Skip to main content

Full text of "Rome, St. Paul & the early church. The influence of Roman law on St. Paul's teaching & phraseology and on the development of the church"

See other formats


ROME,    ST.    PAUL 
AND    THE    EARLY    CHURCH 


ROME,  ST.  PAUL 
&  THE  EARLY  CHURCH 

THE  INFLUENCE  OF  ROMAN  LAW  ON 
ST.  PAUL'S  TEACHING  &  PHRASEOLOGY 
AND  ON  THE   DEVELOPMENT   OF  THE 

CHURCH 


By  W.    S.    MUNTZ,    D.D. 

VICAR  OF  ST.  John's,  upper  holloway 


LONDON 
JOHN    MURRAY,   ALBEMARLE   STREET 

1913 


IN    MEMORIAM 
FILII    DILECTISSIMI 

G.  W.  M.  M. 


All  rights  reserved 


PREFACE 

It  is  to  St.  Paul  we  owe  that  body  of  doc- 
trine which  has  exerted  the  most  profound 
influence  on  the  thought  of  the  Christian 
Church.  Though  the  foundation  of  Chris- 
tianity rests  upon  the  life  and  teaching,  the 
death  and  resurrection  of  the  Divine  Re- 
deemer, the  details  of  which  are  preserved 
for  all  time  by  those  who  wrote  the  Gospels, 
yet  it  was  not  from  those  records,  or  their 
authors,  that  the  greatest  impulse  was 
derived  for  the  propagation  of  the  new 
religion  :  that  came  from  St.  Paul.  A  new 
conception  as  to  the  import  of  Christ's  death 
was  introduced  by  his  teaching,  which 
marked  an  advance  upon  the  views  prevailing 
amongst  his  predecessors.  It  involved  the 
recognition  of  Jesus,  rather  as  the  Divine 
Redeemer  than  the  Messiah,  disclosing  a 
deeper  significance  in  His  death  and  risen 
life,  and  unfolding  new  aspects  of  His 
personality  and  mission. 

Such  differences  have  prompted  some  to 
insist   that   the   grandly   simple    Gospel    of 


vi  PREFACE 

Jesus  has  been  misrepresented  and  ob- 
scured by  the  Pauhne  teaching.  But  while 
there  are  differences,  there  is  no  contra- 
diction in  the  revelation  proceeding  from 
the  Master  and  His  servant.  The  earlier 
conception  was  inadequate,  and  in  St.  Paul, 
God  was  continuing  to  complete  the  revela- 
tion of  His  Son. 

As  his  doctrine  differs  in  type  from  that 
of  other  apostles,  so  St.  Paul's  method 
differs  for  the  propagation  of  what  he  terms 
'my  gospel,'  and  in  the  following  chapters 
an  attempt  is  made  to  outline  some  of  those 
methods  whereby  he  utilised  the  Roman 
system  of  law — either  in  its  pure  form,  or 
modified  by  contact  with  Oriental  customs — 
and  the  Imperial  administration  as  an  auxili- 
ary to  his  aim.  Principles  of  contemporary 
law  supplied  him  with  not  a  few  terms  and 
figures  whereby  he  could  translate  into 
current  speech  some  of  those  profound 
spiritual  conceptions  for  which  those  to 
whom  he  preached  possessed  no  corre- 
sponding terms;  this,  too,  whether  he  was 
engaged  in  controversy  for  the  defence  of 
Christian  principles,  or  stimulating  the 
spiritual  aspirations  of  his  converts. 

There  is  an  aversion  on  the  part  of  some 
to  the  '  forensic  type  of  thought,'  in  connec- 


PREFACE  vii 

tion  with  the  phenomena  of  the  spiritual 
life,  but  its  use  is  a  marked  feature  of  the 
PauUne  writings  and  its  study  well  repays 
investigation.  Professor  G.  B.  Stevens  ob- 
serves (Pauline  Theology,  p.  46) :  ''  When  the 
interpreter  permits  his  distaste  for  legal 
analogy  to  lead  him  to  deny  its  predominance 
in  St.  Paul's  doctrine,  and  to  explain  away 
the  natural  force  of  his  words  in  accordance 
with  that  denial,  he  is  but  conforming  his 
interpretation  to  theological  prepossession 
and  making  impossible  a  sound  and  impartial 
exegesis  of  the  Apostle's  writings." 

Owing  to  the  fact  that  the  major  portion 
of  the  following  pages  was  written  before  the 
author  had  opportunity  to  consult  Professor 
Deissmann's  recent  book.  Light  from  the 
Ancient  East,  only  a  very  limited  use  of 
that  work  was  possible.  But  in  view  of 
the  design  which  prompted  these  chapters,  it 
is  important  to  observe  the  convincing 
proofs  Deissmann  has  adduced,  that  many 
hitherto  unsuspected  passages  have,  as  a 
background,  an  intimate  connection  with 
contemporary  law  and  usage,  especially 
conceptions  relating  to  '  freedom,'  '  re- 
demption,' and  'deliverance'  from  sin 
and  the  law.  The  author's  object  is  to 
exhibit  certain  aspects  of  St.  Paul's  teach- 


viii  PREFACE 

ing  as  they  appealed  to  llic  minds  of  his 
contemporaries.  Though  often  overlooked, 
their  recognition  frequently  discloses  an 
underlying  import,  even  in  passages  which 
by  reason  of  their  familiarity  fail  to  convey 
the  original  significance.  This  is  well  illus- 
trated by  Deissmann's  remark  on  the  Pauline 
metaphor  of  slavery :  "To  the  total  efface- 
ment  of  its  ancient  signification,  in  our 
Bibles,  is  owing  the  fact  that  one  of  the 
most  popular  appraisals  of  the  work  of 
Christ  by  St.  Paul  and  his  school  has  been, 
I  think,  only  vaguely  understood  by  us" 
(p.  323). 

It  is  true  that  it  was  St.  Paul  "  who,  after 
Jesus,  laid  firm  the  foundation  of  the  Churches 
that  are  in  Christ " ;  but,  in  the  Divine 
Providence,  Rome  was  ordained  to  be  an 
unconscious  agent  to  minister  to  that  end. 
That  he  was  able  to  testify  ''  from  Jerusalem 
and  round  about  even  unto  Illyricum,  I 
have  freely  preached  the  Gospel  of  Christ," 
was  in  no  small  measure  due  to  Imperial 
influences.  Had  Rome  realised  that  she 
was  permitting  the  growth  of  a  society 
destined  to  challenge  her  supremacy,  the 
history  of  the  early  Church  would  have  been 
very  different.  But  before  Rome  really 
comprehended   the   meaning   and   issues   of 


PREFACE  ix 

Christianity,  the  faith  had  been  planted 
throughout  the  Empire. 

Lastly,  when  Rome  founded  her  vast 
empire,  she  "  laid  down  the  material  con- 
dition of  the  propagation  of  Christianity," 
and  at  the  same  time  bequeathed  to  suc- 
ceeding ages,  as  prevailing  ideas,  intense 
regard  for  centralised  authority,  a  love  of 
order  and  system,  and  a  spirit  of  cosmo- 
politanism. Such  conceptions,  though  they 
had  indeed  facilitated  the  Apostle's  mission, 
were  destined  later  to  thwart  the  theology 
which  is  identified  with  his  name.  Accord- 
ingly a  brief  sketch  of  those  methods  whereby 
the  Roman  Church  turned  these  prevailing 
conceptions  to  her  own  aggrandisement  will 
not  be  out  of  place. 

Christianity  did  not  abolish  these  senti- 
ments, and  the  Roman  Church  found  them 
to  be  a  fruitful  soil  wherein  to  implant  as 
a  seed  her  claims  to  Universal  Supremacy, 
submission  to  the  hierarchy  of  the  priesthood 
as  representing  the  Bishop  of  Rome,  and 
unquestioning  obedience  to  the  Canons  of 
the  Church.  Thus  "  the  spirit  of  Roman 
Law  survived  and  was  perpetuated  in  ecclesi- 
astical institutions."  Had  these  sentiments 
perished  with  the  decay  of  paganism,  it  is 
more      than      questionable      whether      the 


X  PREFACE 

Roman  Church  could  have  perfected  her 
system. 

The  author  desires  to  acknowledge  his  in- 
debtedness to  the  works  of  Sir  W.  M.  Ramsay, 
to  which  he  has  constantly  referred  in  the 
preparation  of  these  pages.  To  approach 
the  subject  of  the  following  chapters  with- 
out consulting  his  invaluable  works,  would 
indeed  be  presumptuous,  for,  at  almost 
every  step,  one  is  reminded  of  the  immense 
debt  owed  to  him  by  every  one  who  studies 
the  history  of  early  Christianity.  The  author 
would  also  express  his  gratitude  to  Professor 
H.  M.  Gwatkin  and  Professor  H.  Goudy  for 
valuable  suggestions  and  helpful  criticism. 

For  the  sake  of  readers  unacquainted  with 
the  legal  system  of  St.  Paul's  days,  a  brief 
sketch  of  its  more  prominent  institutions 
has  been  introduced  in  Chap.  IV.,  perusal 
of  which,  for  others,  will,  of  course,  be 
unnecessary. 


CONTENTS 


CHAPTER   I 


PAGE 


Witness  in  history  to  a  preparation  for  the  Gospel — 
Butler's  dictum — The  aid  of  secular  forces 
necessary — Heathenism  tended  to  separate  na- 
tions— The  conception  of  a  universal  kingdom 
not  altogether  absent — Zeno  and  the  common 
brotherhood  of  man — Plutarch's  comment  on 
Alexander's  ideal — The  aim  of  Hellenism — 
Rome  carries  on  Alexander's  poUcy — The  re- 
cognised failure  of  heathenism  —  Progressive 
development  foreign  to  ancient  conceptions — 
The  theory  of  cycles  in  history — St.  Paul  de- 
finitely proclaims  a  universal  religion — He  ap- 
propriates the  external  advantages  furnished  by 
the  Roman  Empire  —  Rome  terminates  inter- 
national strife         .....  1-16 

CHAPTER   II 

The  Palestinian  apostles  not  qualified  to  proclaim  a 
universal  Gospel — Peril  lest  a  reformed  Judaism 
should  supplant  Christianity — Universal  purpose 
of  Christ's  mission — Stephen  the  forerunner  of 
St.  Paul — His  attitude  towards  the  Temple  as 
an  obstacle  to  God's  design — St.  Peter's  halting 
acquiescence  in  regard  to  Gentile  evangehsation 
— Rome's  unconscious  assistance  in  St.  Paul's 
mission — His  approval  of  *  the  powers  that  be  ' 
— Spiritual  truths  finding  expression  by  means 
of  legal  terms — Difference  betvreen  St.  Paul's 
presentation  of  Christ  and  that  of  older  apostles 
— His  estimate  of  the  Law  and  avoidance  of 
Jerusalem — Reason  for  wide-spread  knowledge  of 
Roman  Law — The  unity  of  the  Roman  Empire  a 


xii  CONTENTS 


PAGE 


condition  precedent,  if  the  mission  to  Gentiles 
to  succeed — Attitude  of  Roman  magistracy — 
Means  of  communication  between  distant  parts 
maintained — St.  Paul's  purpose  in  the  intended 
visit  to  Spain — Summary  .  .  .  I7~40 

CHAPTER   III 

The  Empire  facilitated  the  Apostle's  work,  but  at 
same  time  was  a  cause  of  hindrance — Spread  of 
Caesar-worship — Poverty  of  Gentile  conceptions  of 
spiritual  truth — Judaism  provided  a  basis  for 
Christian  doctrine — Wide  diffusion  of  Greek 
language — St.  Paul's  recognition  of  the  best 
elements  in  Gentile  religions — A  nidus  in  Roman 
law  for  development  of  inquiry  in  Theology 
and  moral  Philosophy — Atmosphere  created  by 
Imperial  rule  and  legislation  favourable  to  novel 
truths  of  Christianity— Rome  infected  con- 
quered peoples  with  passion  for  study  of  juris- 
prudence— Nations  educated  in  conception  of 
political  brotherhood  —  Converging  lines  in 
Roman  pohcy  and  Christianity     .  .  41-56 

CHAPTER   IV 

Two  extreme  views  regarding  St  Paul's  employment 
of  legal  conceptions — Brief  sketch  of  institu- 
tions of  Roman  Law  —  The  Twelve  Tables — 
Conservatism  of  the  unenlightened  community — 
Expansion  of  old  strict  law  becomes  imperative 
— The  agency  of  the  Jurisconsults — The  Praetor, 
a  keeper  of  the  Roman  conscience — Problems  of 
Western  theology  congenial  to  Roman  mind — 
Contrast  between  Greek  and  Latin  theology — 
The  family,  the  unit  of  society — Its  artificial 
extension — Reason  for  importance  attaching  to 
adoption  —  Roman  and  Greek  wills  —  Death 
eliminated  from  conception  of  inheritance — 
Contrast  between  Roman  testament  and  its 
modern    representative — Slavery    involved     no 


CONTENTS  xiii 


rights — Law  of  Nature  and  law  of  nations — 
a  priori  speculations  of  Stoics  and  theories  of 
Jurisconsults  ....  57-80 

CHAPTER  V 

The  most  prominent  feature  of  St.  Paul's  theology — 
The  doctrine  of  Justification  new,  and  yet  not 
new — The  term  '  my  gospel ' — Justification  in- 
volves subjective  spiritual  processes — Problem 
for  St.  Paul  to  translate  these  into  current 
phraseology — Adoption,  in  EngHsh  sense,  mis- 
leading— Relationship  resulting  from  adoption 
equivalent  to  tie  of  blood — The  Fatherhood  of 
God  a  lost  conception — Roman  hatred  of  spirit 
of  devotion — St.  Paul's  pre-Christian  experience 
enriched  his  sense  of  sonship — The  revelation 
of  the  purpose  of  the  Law — Fault  found  with 
the  Apostle's  method  for  expounding  sonship, 
because  not  natural — Comparison  with  Christ's 
exposition  of   the  idea      .  .  .  81-95 

CHAPTER   VI 

PecuUarity  of  phrase  '  heirs  of  God ' — Explanation 
supplied  by  Roman  Law — Juhus  Paulus  quoted 
— Father  and  son  as  joint-proprietors  of  family 
property — Limitation  of  right  to  disinherit — 
Purpose  of  Divine  Testament  not  to  disinherit, 
but  confirm  a  right — Seeming  incompatibility  of 
sonship  and  present  suffering — Roman  testa- 
mentary law  contemplated  not  only  rights,  but 
duties — Christ  and  His  joint-heirs — The  adoption 
of  the  body  ....  97-109 

CHAPTER   VII 

St.  Paul's  fondness  for  legal  expressions — The  Holy 
Spirit  as  a  witness — Adoption  to  be  distinguished 
from  Justification — Result  of  failure  to  compre- 
hend the  spirit  of  sonship — Reason  for  presence  of 


xiv  CONTENTS 

PA<SE 

witnesses — Solidarity  between  the  Pauline  and 
Johannine  exposition  of  subjective  experience — 
Does  the  present  popular  conception  of  the  Divine 
nature  call  for  readjustment  ? — Testimony  of  the 
Church  of  England  and  Nonconformity — Cause 
for  the  present  decline  of  the  religious  sentiment 
— The  problem  for  the  Church  to-day  resembles 
that  confronted  by  St.  Paul  .  .  111-123 

CHAPTER  VIII 

The  office  of  the  Law — Figure  of  heir  under  age — 
Pauline  conception  of  the  Law  aroused  intense 
hostility  in  Jewish  circles — This  attitude  had 
its  roots  in  past  history  —  Reforms  of  Ezra — 
Dominating  hope  of  Judaism  in  past  (Captivity) 
era — Apocalyptic  hterature  and  its  purpose — 
The  claim  that  the  world  was  created  for  Israel — 
The  suicide  of  national  hope  involved  in  St. 
Paul's  attitude — Baptism  of  Cornelius  implied  a 
principle  of  universal  application — St.  Peter's  in- 
consistency— Condition  of  the  Jew  under  the 
Law  illustrated  by  tutelage — Jewish  conception 
of  God — Advent  of  Heir  of  all  things      .  125-139 

CHAPTER   IX 

Reason  for  introducing  figure  of  '  a  man's  cove- 
nant'— Jewish  notion  that  the  law  existed 
before  Patriarchs — No  interruption  in  principle 
of  Faith  from  the  age  of  Abraham — New  Testa- 
ment use  of  terms  '  covenant  '  and  '  testa- 
ment ' — The  Roman  will  revocable  during  Hfe 
and  operative  at  death — Use  made  of  this  fact 
by  author  of  '  Hebrews  ' — The  Greek  will 
irrevocable — The  Mosaic  Law  introduced  as  an 
innovation — Contrast  between  law  and  promise 
as  to  mode  whereby  given — Progressive  revelation 
not  from  Law  to  Faith,  but  '  from  faith  to  faith  ' 
— Permanency  of  principle  of  Faith  manifests 
immutability  of  God's  design  .  141 -153 


CONTENTS  XV 

CHAPTER  X 

PAGB 

Twofold  meaning  of  '  Galatia  ' — Ethnographical 
and  poUtical  senses — Opposition  to  Lightfoot's 
view — North  and  South  Galatian  theories — 
EarUer  history  of  Galatian  people — Conquest 
of  Phrygia  —  Augustus  incorporates  'Galatia 
Proper '  in  province  of  Galatia — Alexander's 
pohcy  in  South  Galatia — Roman,  not  Greek, 
influence  paramount  in  North  Galatia — Infer- 
ence drawn  from  survival  of  *  Patria  Potestas ' — 
Arguments  in  support  of  South  Galatian  theory 
based  on  legal  references  in  Epistle  to  Galatians 
— (a)  equivalence  of  sonship  and  heirship ; 
(b)  pecuharity  of  Greek,  as  distinguished  from 
Roman,  testaments;  (c)  'guardians  and  stewards' 
— Validity  of  South  Galatian  theory  not  depen- 
dent on  these  legal  allusions  .  .  155-172 

CHAPTER  XI 

Roman  Rule  bequeathed  conceptions  favourable  to 
growth  of  Papacy  —  CentraHsation  of  secular 
powers  in  person  of  Emperor  prompted  idea  of 
concentration  of  spiritual  power — The  moral 
ascendancy  of  Church  of  Rome  during  first  three 
centuries — Influence  of  Greek  Church  predomi- 
nant during  this  period — Subsequently  Latin 
Church  free  to  develop  on  own  lines — Latin 
introduced  into  liturgy — Division  between  East 
and  West  thereby  accentuated  —  Problems  en- 
gaging attention  of  Greek  and  Latin  Churches 
diflerent — Latin  theology  coloured  by  native 
legal  genius — God  represented  as  an  offended 
Judge — Mediating  oflices  of  the  Church  regarded 
as  indispensable — Freedom  of  thought  in  religion 
not  encouraged — A  standard  faith  prescribed — 
Obedience  to  the  Church,  the  all-embracing  ideal 
of  duty — Cost  of  attaining  an  external  unity — 
Reason  for  Roman  partiality  for  tradition — 
Augustine  as  author  of  conceptions  prevaiUng  in 
Middle  Ages  .  .  173-189 


xvi  CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  XII 

PAGE 

The  Imperial  government  adopted  as  a  model  by  the 
Church — This  method  of  ecclesiastical  govern- 
ment opposed  by  Cyprian — The  '  precedence 
among  equals '  no  longer  based  on  moral  consid- 
erations— Authority,  not  concession,  the  ground 
for  a  new  claim — Protest  of  Julius,  bishop  of 
Rome — Appellate  jurisdiction — Independence  of 
the  African  Church  vindicated  in  case  of  Apiarius 
— Civil  power  enUsted  in  support  of  Roman 
claim  to  appellate  jurisdiction — Decree  of  Valen- 
tinian  iii. — Exigencies  arising  from  invasion 
of  Rome,  an  aid  to  papal  ambitions — Results 
following  Emperor's  withdrawal  from  Rome — 
The  Constantine  Donation — Benefits  conferred 
by  Church  of  Rome  in  early  centuries        .  191-208 

CHAPTER   XIII 

The  Canon  Law  intended  as  a  rival  to  the  Imperial 
jurisprudence  —  Gregory  as  'Justinian  of  the 
Church'  —  Origin  of  'foreign  Canon  Law' — 
Imperial  decrees  adopted  as  a  model  by  Bishop 
of  Rome — Dionysius  Exiguus  lays  foundation  of 
Canon  Law — The  Decretum  Gratiani — Various 
compilations  to  form  Corpus  Juris  Canonici — 
Luther's  protest — Causes  for  decUne  of  spiritual 
allegiance  to  Rome — (a)  struggle  between  rival 
Popes  awakened  national  consciousness ;  (b) 
revival  of  learning  incompatible  with  spirit  of 
Papacy ;  (c)  Latin  superseded  by  vernacular 
as  medium  for  expressing  religious  emotions — 
Empire  and  Papacy  as  counter  parts — Reason 
asserted  full  sway  ....  209-222 

Index    ,  .  .  .  .  .         223-227 


ROME,   ST.   PAUL 
&  THE  EARLY  CHURCH 


CHAPTER   I 

Witness  in  history  to  a  preparation  for  the  Gospel — 
Butler's  dictum — The  aid  of  secular  forces  necessary — 
Heathenism  tended  to  separate  nations — The  con- 
ception of  a  universal  kingdom  not  altogether  absent — 
Zeno  and  the  common  brotherhood  of  man — Plutarch's 
comment  on  Alexander's  ideal — The  aim  of  Hellenism — 
Rome  carries  on  Alexander's  policy — The  recognised 
failure  of  heathenism — Progressive  development  foreign 
to  ancient  conceptions — The  theory  of  cycles  in  history 
— St.  Paul  definitely  proclaims  a  universal  religion — 
He  appropriates  the  external  advantages  furnished  by 
the  Roman  Empire — Rome  terminates  international 
strife. 

The  majority  of  thoughtful  men  whose 
studies  have  been  directed  to  the  history 
of  the  ages  preceding  Christianity,  are  in- 
creasingly impressed  with  the  fact  that 
therein  a  definite  purpose  is  traceable,  which 
may  justly  be  termed  the  Divine  prepara- 
tion for  the  coming  of  Christ  and  the  planting 
of  the  Faith  amongst  Gentile  nations.  The 
perception  of  this  fact  is  becoming  clearer 
than  was  possible  even  a  generation  ago, 

2 


2  HISTORICAL  ANTECEDENTS 

in  consequence  of  the  wider  application  of 
the  historical  method,  and  the  fuller  re- 
cognition of  its  valuable  results. 

The  evidence  of  this  preparation  in  history, 
it  is  true,  can  be  traced  from  times  long 
anterior  to  the  Incarnation,  but  space  forbids 
us  to  pursue  the  inquiry  further  than  the 
date  of  those  conquests  of  Alexander  the 
Great,  which  startled  the  world  some  three 
centuries  before  the  birth  of  Christ.  It  is 
not  contended  that  historic  events  were 
invariably  favourable,  but,  like  the  incoming 
of  the  tide,  retrograde  movements  were  not 
maintained,  and  proved  ineffective  to  stay 
the  advancing  course  of  Christianity,  being 
absorbed  in  the  greater  movements  of  pro- 
gress and  preparation  for  that  "  far  off 
Divine  event,"  for  which  all  the  historical 
antecedents  were  but  the  necessary  pre- 
lude. Persecution,  the  revival  of  heathenism, 
Caesar  worship,  and  even  a  catastrophe, 
such  as  the  destruction  of  Jerusalem,  which 
must  have  appeared  to  contemporary  minds 
to  presage  disaster  to  the  Church,  are  seen 
to  have  been  compatible  with,  or  even  need- 
ful to,  its  progress. 

This  is  no  mere  suiting  of  facts  to  a 
fanciful  theory,  no  subtle  afterthought  pro- 
pounded by  those  interested  in  the  construe- 


BUTLER'S  DICTUM  8 

tion  of  fresh  defences  for  the  Faith  ;  it  is 
written  large  and  plain  across  the  face  of 
those  ages.  But  until  that  moment,  desig- 
nated "  the  fulness  of  time,"  the  converging 
lines  of  preparation  were  not  to  meet.  The 
various  factors  together  constituting  the 
preparation,  if  examined  separately,  may 
possibly  appear  to  admit  a  purely  natural 
explanation,  but  when  those  factors  are 
considered  in  their  entirety,  any  such  ex- 
planation is  unthinkable,  and  supply  but 
another  demonstration  of  Bishop  Butler's 
well  known  dictum,  "  Probable  proofs  by 
being  added,  not  only  increase,  but  multiply 
the  evidence." 

Had  the  promise  of  the  Incarnation 
been  fulfilled,  not  at  the  pre-appointed  time, 
but  in  the  historic  surroundings  prevailing 
even  a  few  generations  earlier,  the  appeal  of 
the  new  Faith  would  have  been  eclipsed  and 
its  spiritual  energy  more  or  less  dissipated, 
amid  the  turmoil  gendered  of  racial  pride 
and  international  strife.  It  was  therefore 
essential  as  a  preliminary  condition,  that 
obstacles  originating  in  political  and  ethnic 
causes  should  be  removed  ;  but  this  task  was 
not  within  the  immediate  sphere  of  Chris- 
tianity. That  preliminary,  but  necessary 
work,  was  achieved  by  those  secular  forces 


4  POLITICAL  OBSTACLES 

which   came   into  play   and   were   ordained 
to  minister  to  the  progress  of  the  Faith. 

It  was  essential,  once  the  earthly  ministry 
of  Christ  was  fulfilled,  that  the  Gospel 
message  should  immediately  go  forth  un- 
impeded, save  for  those  various  forms  of 
moral  opposition  which  remained  and  con- 
stituted the  specific  province  of  work,  where- 
in the  triumphs  of  the  gospel  were  to  be 
won.  Otherwise  world-wide  proclamation 
of  the  Faith  must  have  been  postponed  till 
some  future  generation,  when  eye-witnesses 
of  the  Redeemer's  Passion  and  Resurrec- 
tion no  longer  survived  to  testify,  "  that 
which  we  have  seen  and  heard,  declare  we 
unto  you "  ;  thus,  deprived  of  its  most 
convincing  factor,  the  new  faith  would  have 
found  its  course  impeded  in  that  most 
vital  crisis — its  first  contact  with  heathenism. 

Now  the  heathen  religions,  however  much 
they  differed  among  themselves,  had  this 
common  character,  they  tended  to  the  separ- 
ation rather  than  the  union  of  nations. 
For  the  various  cults  were  held  to  have 
been  decreed  by  the  local  deities,  whence  it 
followed  that  members  of  other  states  had 
no  part  or  lot  in  the  worship  of  deities,  whose 
interest  and  aid  extended  merely  to  the 
confines  of  the  territory  wherein  they  were 


HEATHEN  IDEALS  5 

worshipped.  Thus  the  Roman  Jupiter 
could  never  be  an  acceptable  divinity  in 
Greece,  nor  again  the  Grecian  Zeus  in 
Rome.  Consequently  religion  became  a 
barrier  between  the  nations,  preventing, 
rather  than  promoting,  unity  amongst 
mankind. 

And  yet  here  and  there  amongst  heathen 
nations  the  conception  of  a  perfect  kingdom 
was  not  unknown,  wherein  each  member 
might  find  his  highest  happiness,  in  union 
with  his  fellow-men.  This  was  indeed  a 
heathen  adumbration  of  the  Kingdom  of 
God,  and  is  testified  by  the  numerous 
attempts  to  realise  such  a  society.  We  can 
trace  this  notion  to  a  remote  past,  and  find 
evidences  of  efforts  to  realise  the  conception, 
some  incomplete,  some  mistaken,  some 
fantastic,  and  all  more  or  less  Utopian.  We 
follow  it  through  the  varied  schemes  of 
pagan  philosophers  and  legislators,  to  evolve 
some  perfect  human  society,  in  which  each 
man  might  be  enabled  to  realize  the  full 
development  of  the  best  that  was  in  him, 
all  of  which  gave  point  and  purpose  to  the 
world's  need  for  the  Kingdom  of  God,  as 
declared  by  Jesus. 

It  is  no  false  philosophy  or  strained  inter- 
pretation of  ancient  history  to  read  in  the 


6  LINES  OF  PREPARATION 

course  of  all  these  efforts  a  pathetic  testi- 
mony to  the  need  of  mankind  for  the  King- 
dom of  God.  It  was  as  an  infant  crying  for 
food,  conscious  of  need  and  craving  for  satis- 
faction, but  incapable  of  giving  expression 
to  that  which  he  desires.  All  such  efforts 
either  failed  or  enjoyed  a  temporary  and 
partial  measure  of  success,  not  because  they 
pursued  an  altogether  visionary  end,  but 
because  the  '*  fulness  of  time  "  had  not  yet 
arrived  for  the  promulgation  of  the  one  and 
only  method  whereby  the  universal  longing 
could  be  satisfied.  But  the  darkest  hour 
precedes  the  daw^n,  and  to  a  sin-stricken 
world,  disillusioned  as  to  its  own  innate 
power  to  regenerate  itself,  there  came  the 
conception  of  a  new  and  universal  religion, 
involving  the  brotherhood  of  men,  and  offer- 
ing to  every  one  the  glorious  message  of 
redemption  and  immortality.  The  con- 
verging lines  of  preparation  met  at  length, 
concerning  which  Augustine  wrote,  "  Christ 
appeared  to  the  men  of  a  worn-out  dying 
world,  that,  when  everything  around  was 
sinking  into  decay,  they  might,  through  Him, 
receive  a  new  and  youthful  life." 

We  cannot  attempt  to  trace  through  the 
pages  of  history  the  thread  of  the  idea.  Here 
it  must  suffice  to  indicate  a  few  illustrations 


ZENO'S  CONCEPTION  7 

of  the  effort  to  realise  this  object.  Zeno/ 
the  founder  of  the  Stoic  Philosophy,  stated  a 
lofty  conception  when  he  declared  that  his 
aim  was  to  induce  men,  whatever  the  nation 
of  each  might  be,  not  to  live  apart  in 
his  own  city,  and  divided  by  individual 
rights,  but  to  regard  all  men  as  fellow-citi- 
zens, so  that  there  might  be  one  life  and  a 
common  duty.  It  fell  to  the  lot  of  Alex- 
ander the  Great  ^  to  attempt  to  realize  Zeno's 
conception ;  and  this  he  did,  by  essaying  to 
combine  Eastern  and  Western  nations  in 
one  great  monarchy.  Plutarch  enlarges  on 
his  method,  and  informs  us  that  Alexander 
regarded  himself  as  commissioned  by  Heaven 
to  be  the  universal  peacemaker.  He  mingled 
together  as  in  a  loving  cup,  customs,  mar- 
riages and  modes  of  life,  and  sought  to 
induce  all  men  to  consider  the  whole  world 
as  a  native  land.^ 

1  That  permanent  principle  in  Stoic  Philosophy,  the 
common  brotherhood  of  man  obUterating  all  distinction  of 
nationality,  was  first  enunciated  by  him  {IloXiTeia). 

2  Although  Alexander  failed  to  achieve  his  ideal  of  a 
universal  monarchy,  his  efforts  profoundly  affected  the 
missionary  propaganda  of  the  early  Church.  He  was  the 
means  of  introducing  the  Greek  language  amongst  the 
Jews,  who  flocked  for  commercial  purposes  to  the  cities  he 
founded.  So  numerous  were  Greek-speaking  Jews  in 
Alexandria,  that  the  Septuagint  was  prepared  for  their  use, 
as  Hebrew  and  Aramaic  were  no  longer  famihar. 

'  'AXXa  KOivbs  rj<€i.v  0(6dev  cipixoa-Trjs  Koi  BiaWaKTrjs  tcHv  oXcoi' 


8     ALEXANDER  AND  HELLENISM 

He  sought  to  remove  the  barriers  formed 
by  race  and  language,  for  at  Susa,  in  B.C.  824, 
he,  together  with  nearly  one  hundred  of  his 
generals,  wedded  wives  of  the  Persian  race, 
on  an  appointed  day.^  In  short,  his  method 
was  to  spread  Hellenism,  and  thus  attain 
Zeno's  philosophic  conception;  for  "  Hellen- 
ism meant  fusion  of  race,  unity  of  language, 
union  of  cities  in  a  great  monarchy,  religious 
toleration  and  comprehension." 

The  empire  won  by  Alexander  almost 
within  a  decade,  and  stretching  from  the 
Mediterranean  to  the  Indian  Ocean,  was  not 
long  maintained  in  its  integrity.  But  con- 
quests of  a  different  and  more  abiding 
character  resulted  from  the  policy  of  plant- 
ing Greek  colonies  within  the  cities  founded 
by  him  and  his  successors  in  Syria,  Asia 
Minor,  Egypt,  and  the  farther  East.  In 
these  cities,  such  as  Alexandria  and  Antioch, 
learning  was  fostered  and  developed,  Greek 
manners  and  customs  were  observed ;  above 
all,    from   them   proceeded   the   Greek  lan- 

vofxiC<ov,  .  .  .  &(nr€p  iv  KpaTTJpt,  (piXoTTjaio),  fxi^as  Toi>s  ydfj.ovs  kol  rag 
diairas,  narpiba  fxiv  rrjv  olK.oa)p.4vr]v  TrpocreTa^cv  Tjyei(rdm  Trdvras-.— 
De  Fort,  et  Virt.  Alexandria  lib.  i. 

^  "  It  was  an  outward  and  startling  expression  of  the  idea 
that  the  clash  of  arms  was  now  over  and  done  with.  Hence- 
forward the  East  should  wed  the  West." — E.  L.  Hicks, 
SL  Paul  and  Hellenism,  p.  2  (Studia  BibUca). 


ROME'S  UNCONSCIOUS  AID         9 

guage,  a  peculiarly  fitting  vehicle  for  setting 
forth  the  truths  of  Christianity,  and  destined 
to  become  the  common  tongue  of  the  civil- 
ised world. 

The  policy  initiated  by  Alexander  affected 
the  East ;  but  that  policy  was  carried  on  by 
Rome,  being  applied  to  an  area  far  wider,  and 
embracing  Western  nations.  To  sum  up 
Rome's  unconscious  work  of  external  pre- 
paration for  the  Gospel,  —  Wars  between 
nations  were  brought  to  an  end,  and  by  the 
time  Christianity  was  ready  for  entrance 
on  its  work,  there  was  universal  peace ; 
barriers  hitherto  impassable  between  race 
and  race  were  overthrown  ;  commerce,  and 
incidentally  travel  on  the  seas,  were  safe- 
guarded from  the  perils  of  piracy  ;  admir- 
able roads  were  constructed,  policed  by  the 
representatives  of  Rome,  furnishing  safe  and 
easy  communication  between  most  distant 
portions  of  the  Empire  ;  the  administration 
of  public  affairs  was  marked  by  no  small 
degree  of  justice  and  efficiency,  more  especi- 
ally from  the  date  of  the  termination  of 
the  Republic,  27  B.C.  (see  p.  36).  So  highly 
were  the  resulting  benefits  appreciated,  even 
by  remote  communities,  that  the  central 
civic  administration  at  Rome  was  employed 
as  a  model,  to  be  imitated  in  its  smallest 


10         A  NEEDFUL  DISCIPLINE 

detail.  Movements  such  as  these  undoubt- 
edly paved  the  way  for  the  onward  march 
of  Christianity. 

We  have  briefly  referred  to  the  more 
external  preparation,  but  this  did  not  stand 
alone.  Another  preparation — which  may  be 
termed  '  spiritual ' — was  progressing.  For 
God,  "  who  in  the  generations  gone  by 
suffered  all  the  nations  to  walk  in  their  own 
ways  "  (Acts  xiv.  16),  had  thereby  provided 
a  needful  discipline  which  at  length  began 
to  bear  fruit.  The  conviction  was  extending, 
that  attempts  to  find  truth,  abortive  in 
previous  experience,  promised  no  better  hope 
for  the  future.  Belief  in  the  earlier  and 
purer  forms  of  heathen  religion  was  gradually 
yielding  to  systems  permitting  such  moral 
corruption  as  that  described  by  St.  Paul 
in  the  first  chapter  of  the  Epistle  to  the 
Romans.  It  was  no  mere  accident,  but  a 
Providential  design,  that  men  should  learn 
by  disappointing  experience  that  they  could 
evolve  no  practical  scheme  for  the  regenera- 
tion of  the  race.  In  his  philosophic  indict- 
ment of  these  false  systems,  St.  Paul  sums  up 
the  general  trend   of   heathenism,^   whether 

^  "  The  standard  which  St.  Paul  appUes  is  not  that  of  the 
historian.  He  does  not  judge  by  the  average  level  of  moral 
attainment  at  different  epochs,  but  by  the  ideal  standard  of 


DEVELOPMENT  UNKNOWN         11 

in  Greece,  Rome,  or  the  East.  There  he 
traces  in  definite  order  the  causes  of  their 
gradual  debasement.  He  asserts,  as  the 
starting-point,  that  mere  ignorance  of  God 
is  not  the  explanation  for  failure  of  these 
systems,  since  men  might  have  known  "His 
everlasting  power  and  divinity  "  by  the 
witness  of  Creation,  apart  from  Revelation. 
But  slighting  such  truth  and  turning  to 
vain  speculations,  men  adopted  idolatry. 
Wherefore,  having  "  exchanged  the  truth 
of  God  for  a  lie,"  the  Divinely-appointed 
judgment  followed — a  reprobate  mind — with 
all  its  awful  consequences  of  unspeakable 
moral  corruption. 

The  glimpse  afforded  of  better  things 
increased  the  cravings  of  many  for  ameliora- 
tion while  despairing  of  its  attainment,  for 
the  mental  habit  of  the  times  was  incapable 
of  the  modern  conceptions  of  progressive 
development.  Men  were  too  prone  to  look 
to  the  golden  age  ^  of  a  traditionary  past 
as  the  ideal  state,  and  were  therefore  readier 
to  retrace  their  steps  than  advance  them. 

that  which  ought  to  be  attained." — Sanday  and  Headlam, 
Crit.  Com.  Romans,  p.  51. 
^  Thus  Virgil  says — 

"  Aurea  condet 
Soecula  qui  rursus  Latio  regnata  per  arva 
Sftturno  quondam." 

^r}cid,  vi.  792-94. 


12  AN  ANCIENT  THEORY 

Moreover,  the  theory  of  cycles,  according 
to  which  history  repeats  itself  in  one  con- 
tinuous round  throughout  the  ages,  asserted 
its  pernicious  influence.^  It  was  definitely 
asserted  by  Plato  and  Cicero.  Men  per- 
ceived much  that  appeared  to  support  the 
theory,  for  while  schemes  to  secure  some 
better  state  of  society  than  those  founded 
on  force  had  brief  periods  of  comparative 
success,  nevertheless  the  results  were  tran- 
sient, the  old  order  returned,  and  despotism 
again  and  again  asserted  itself, 

St.  Paul  recognised  what  the  pagan  mind 
had  not  yet  perceived,  that  all  these  longings, 
mingled  with  the  sense  of  utter  failure,  were 
but  disciplinary  experiences  in  a  quest 
inspired  of  God,  whereby  the  Divine  plan 
was  being  worked  out.  If  men  were  to  give 
a  hearty  acceptance  to  the  noble  conception 

^  Celsus,  assuming  the  ceaseless  round  of  cycles  in  history, 
ridiculed  Christians  for  their  hope  of  progress  and  im- 
provement— 'Ojxoia  d'  ott'  apx^s  els  riXos  17  rav  Qvqroiv  rreplodos' 
KOI  Kara  ras  rcTayfievas  dvaKVK\T](r€LS  dvayKij  to,  avra  del  Ka 
yeyovevai,  koi  eivai,  /cat  eaecrdai.  (quoted  by  Origen,  Con.  Cels. 
iv.  65).  The  same  idea  is  reflected  in  Virgil's  best  known 
Eclogue  (iv.  5  and  6) — 

"  Magnus  ab  integro  saeclorum  nascitur  ordo. 
Jam  redit  et  virgo,  redeunt  Saturnia  regna." 

'  Magnus  ordo  '  was  the  vast  period  of  some  thousands  of 
years  which  terminates  when  the  heavenly  bodies  return 
to  their  first  position.  Then  the  cycle  of  history  was 
supposed  to  begin  anew. 


HUMAN  METHODS  TESTED         13 

of  the  Kingdom  of  God,  it  was  essential  that 
first  they  should  test  their  own  self-evolved 
methods,  that  they  should  for  a  time  be  left 
to  their  own  devices,  so  that  they  might 
realise  what  "  men  could  do  and  what  men 
could  not  do."  Accordingly  it  is  evident 
that  in  the  world  of  thought  and  effort 
there  was  some  preparation  for  such  a 
kingdom.  "  Not  only  was  it  made  manifest 
that  all  human  societies  founded  on  a 
merely  secular  basis  had  in  them  elements 
of  decay  that  led  to  their  dissolution  or 
fall,  but  some  of  the  principles  that  must 
find  place  in  any  perfect  commonwealth 
had  been  brought  to  light ;  and  though 
only  partially  and  ineffectually  applied,  had 
yet  become  the  possession  of  mankind.  .  .  . 
There  were  more  bitter  cries  of  humiliation 
and  misery  just  because  men  had  known 
better  things  :  there  was  the  longing  for 
pardon  that  could  only  be  satisfied  with  the 
true  pardon  that  the  Son  of  God  gives  .  .  . 
and  there  was  the  cosmopolitan  spirit  that 
could  understand  a  kingdom  that  was  to 
embrace  all  nations.  Such  things  the 
nations  needed ;  and  in  so  far  as  they  were 
led  in  their  struggles  after  a  perfect  common- 
wealth to  feel  their  need,  was  not  this  the 
hand   of    God   preparing   for  the  establish- 


14         A  UNIVERSAL  RELIGION 

ment  of  that  Kingdom  which  '  cannot  be 
moved  '  "  ?  ^ 

It  was  St.  Paul's  privilege  to  be  the  first 
to  proclaim  to  Gentile  nations  satisfaction 
for  this  "  earnest  expectation  of  the  creation." 
He  claimed  that  the  religion  he  preached 
was  universal,  for  every  nation  and  every 
grade  of  men.  That  was  a  conception  so 
novel,  so  contradictory  to  notions  hitherto 
prevailing,  that  it  seemed  incredible.  But 
what  man  deemed  impossible,  was  possible 
to  God;  and  thus  he  argues  on  Mars  Hill, 
if  "  God  made  of  one  blood  all  nations  of 
men,"  then  only  one  conclusion  is  admissible 
— all  are  to  worship  Him. 

Universalism  such  as  this  could  not  have 
been  proclaimed  by  a  narrow  and  bigoted 
Jew,  a  fact  significant  of  the  wisdom  of  the 
Divine  choice  in  the  selection  of  this  herald 
of  the  Kingdom  of  God.  St.  Paul  had  faith 
sufficient  to  believe  that  the  message  he 
was  about  to  proclaim  would  secure  the 
allegiance  of  the  Empire  as  a  whole ;  and 
being,  as  has  well  been  said,  '^  a  great 
ecclesiastical  statesman,"  he  was  not  slow 
to  seize  the  external  advantages  prepared 
under  God  by  the  Empire.  In  all  this 
political    and    moral    preparation    for    the 

1  Candlish,  Kingdom  of  God,  p.  44. 


INTERNATIONAL  STRIFE  15 

Gospel  of  Christ,  '*the  valleys  were  being 
exalted  and  the  mountains  brought  low " 
for  its  promulgation. 

Just  as  it  was  the  temporal  policy  of 
Rome  to  enter  into  and  continue  the  work 
initiated  by  Alexander  the  Great  in  the 
West,  so  was  it  the  spiritual  policy  of  St. 
Paul  to  carry  on  and  elevate  this  work  of 
the  Roman  Empire;  for,  as  Renan  reminds 
us,  the  unity  of  the  Empire  was  the  pre- 
liminary condition  to  any  great  religious 
proselytism  which  should  transcend  every 
nationality.  There  is  truth,  too,  in  his  re- 
mark, "Had  any  told  St.  Paul  that  the 
Emperor  Claudius  was  his  chief  co-operator, 
or  Claudius,  that  the  Jew  just  setting  out 
from  Antioch  was  about  to  found  the  most 
enduring  part  of  the  Imperial  structure, 
both  would  have  been  much  astonished. 
Nevertheless  both  sayings  would  have  been 
true." 

So  long  as  Rome  was  engaged  in  her  wars 
of  conquest,  and  in  the  labour  of  consolidat- 
ing refractory  portions  of  the  vast  territories 
which  had  fallen  under  her  sway,  just  so 
long  were  legitimate  aspirations  after  higher 
things  suspended ;  but  a  lasting  peace  estab- 
lished, mankind  began  to  realise  that  the 
business    of    the    camp    or    forum    did    not 


16  PAX  ROMANA 

furnish  the  only  worthy  motives  of  life. 
In  terminating  international  strife  through- 
out the  world,  Rome  had  awakened  the 
spirit  of  social  and  religious  unrest ;  for  while 
war  and  kindred  matters  occupied  men's 
minds,  such  ideas  slept.  Universal  peace, 
the  Pax  Romana,  however,  arrived  at  length, 
and  became  the  greater  awakener  of  con- 
ceptions and  aspirations,  destined  to  find 
their  culmination  in  the  Gospel  of  Jesus 
Christ. 


CHAPTER    II 

The  Palestinian  apostles  not  qualified  to  proclaim  a  uni- 
versal Gospel— Peril  lest  a  reformed  Judaism  should 
supplant  Christianity— Universal  purpose  of  Christ's 
mission — Stephen  the  forerunner  of  St.  Paul — His 
attitude  towards  the  Temple  as  an  obstacle  to  God's 
design— St.  Peter's  halting  acquiescence  in  regard  to 
Gentile  evangehzation— Rome's  unconscious  assistance 
in  St.  Paul's  mission— His  approval  of  "  the  powers 
that  be  "—Spiritual  truths  finding  expression  by 
means  of  legal  terms— Difference  between  St.  Paul's 
presentation  of  Christ  and  that  of  older  apostles— His 
estimate  of  the  Law  and  avoidance  of  Jerusalem- 
Reason  for  wide-spread  knowledge  of  Roman  Law — 
The  unity  of  the  Roman  Empire,  a  condition  precedent, 
if  the  mission  to  Gentiles  to  succeed— Attitude  of 
Roman  magistracy — Means  of  communication  between 
distant  parts  maintained— St.  Paul's  purpose  in  the 
intended  visit  to  Spain — Summary. 

The  setting  apart  of  St.  Paul  as  the  herald 
of  the  Gospel  to  Gentile  nations,  marks  an 
event  in  history  of  the  Christian  Church,  the 
importance  of  which  it  would  be  impossible 
to  exaggerate.  The  Palestinian  Apostles 
had  shown  that  they  were  unable  to  grasp 
in  all  its  fulness  the  conception  of  a  universal 
Gospel,  nor  were  they  qualified  to  follow  up 
the  issues  involved  in  the  proclamation  of 
3 


18  DANGER  OF  RELAPSE 

such  a  faith  in  Gentile  lands.^  If  Christi- 
anity was  to  escape  the  trammels  of  the 
narrow-minded  system  in  which  it  was  born, 
it  was  an  indispensable  preliminary  that  a 
leader  of  another  type  should  arise,  capable 
not  only  of  restraining  his  fellow-apostles 
from  relapsing  into  a  form  of  Judaism,  but 
preserving  for  the  world  at  large  a  Christi- 
anity emancipated  from  traditions,  which 
would  have  been  fatal  to  the  propagation 
of  a  universal  faith.  For  one  of  the  first 
perils  encountered  by  the  Christian  Faith 
arose  from  the  incapacity  of  its  earliest 
followers  to  grasp  the  fact,  that  in  Christ 
Jesus  the  distinction  between  Jew  and 
Gentile  was  abolished.  So  long  had  it 
been  true,  and  so  tenaciously  was  the 
prerogative  cherished,  "  Salvation  is  from 
the  Jews,"  that  grave  danger  was  involved 
lest  the  new  Faith,  centring  at  Jerusalem, 
should  only  be  a  reformed  Judaism. 

It  is  not  possible  for  us  to  mistake  the 
import  of  Christ's  words,  concerning  the 
Divine  purpose  for  Gentile  nations,  "  other 

^  The  eleven  approved  of  the  Gospel  of  the  uncircumcision 
as  preached  by  St.  Paul,  provided  it  was  limited  to  heathen 
converts,  "  while  they  confined  their  own  ministry  to  the 
Jewish  world,  being  humbly  conscious  of  unfitness  for  work 
in  any  other  sphere." — Bruce,  St.  Paul's  Conception  of 
Christianity,  P«  57* 


STEPHEN'S  LIBERAL  OUTLOOK  19 

sheep  I  have,  which  are  not  of  this  fold : 
them  also  I  must  bring,  .  .  .  and  they  shall 
become  one  flock,^  one  shepherd  "  (John 
X.  16).  But  till  the  liberal  outlook  and 
evangelical  zeal  of  Stephen  began  to  awaken 
the  older  apostles  to  the  comprehensiveness 
of  the  grand  ideal,  that  truth  had  lain  inert 
and  dormant  in  their  minds.  He  it  was  who 
first  perceived  that  the  limitations  imposed 
by  the  Palestinian  apostles  would  be  fatal 
to  Christianity  as  a  world-wide  faith.  For 
this  large-mindedness  he  paid  the  forfeit 
of  his  life,  but  not  before  he  had  vindicated 
his  attitude,  by  the  unanswerable  argument 
that  God  had  granted  a  spiritual  revelation  to 
Abraham,  and  made  His  covenant  with  him, 
before  Tabernacle  or  Temple  were  erected,  with 
which  the  Jew  associated  exclusive  holiness.^ 

1  The  A.V.  rendering  "  fold  "  is  misleading,  and  respon- 
sible for  narrow  views  of  the  visible  Church.  liol^vr)  does  not 
mean  "  fold,"  but  "  flock."  The  error,  introduced  from  the 
Vulgate  (ovile),  was  incorporated  in  Wycliffe's  version. 
The  play  on  the  Greek  words  is  represented  in  Luther's 
translation,  though  not  apparent  in  Enghsh  :  "  und  udrd 
eine  Herde  und  ein  Hirte  werden."  The  unity  implied  in 
Christ's  words  does  not  consist  in  an  aggregation  of  in- 
dividuals witliin  one  fold  {avXr'j),  but  springs  from  union 
with  the  Common  Shepherd,  wherever,  in  time  or  space,  the 
sheep  may  be. 

^  Kai  vaos  ovk  ijv,  koc  dvaia  ovk  j]v,  koI  deias  vyj/'ecos  q^iccTO 
A/3paa/x,  koL  npoyovovs  Hepaas  (Ix^  '^"'  ^^  dWoTpia  yfj  r)v. — Cliry- 

sostom,  Horn.  xv.  2  (Acts). 


20  THE  DIVINE  PURPOSE 

The  nation  had  put  the  Temple  in  the  place 
of  God,  and  made  it  an  object  of  idolatry. 
Accordingly,  since  the  Temple  and  the  Law 
had  become  obstacles  to  the  fulfilment  of 
God's  designs,  Stephen,  by  revealing  their 
relative  unimportance,  would  lead  his 
audience  to  a  true  spiritual  perspective  in 
regard  to  them.^ 

A  special  revelation  was  needed  to  con- 
vince St.  Peter  that  narrow  Judaistic 
limitations  were  foreign  to  the  Divine  pur- 
pose of  spiritual  freedom,  and  that  the  time 
had  come  for  the  portals  of  the  Church  to 
be  thrown  open  widely  to  all  believers. 
Even  then,  such  was  his  prejudice,  it  was 
only  with  a  halting  acquiescence  he  con- 
ceded the  principle  of  a  universal  gospel, 
untrammelled  by  the  conditions  of  its  birth. 
His  interrupted  fellowship  with  Gentile  Chris- 
tians of  Antioch,  proved  his  reluctance  to  ac- 
cept whole-heartedly  the  new  conditions  and 
carry  out  in  practice,  in  the  churches,  what 
he  was  almost  forced  to  admit  in  theory." 

"  In  these  circumstances  St.  Paul  was 
ordained  of  God  to  reveal  the  universality 
of   the   Gospel;    and   so   peculiarly   was   he 

1  To  the  mind  of  Augustine,  Stephen's  wdtness  had  a 
close  connection  with  St.  Paul's  conversion,  as  appears  in 
the  well-known  words,  "  Si  Stephanus  non  orasset,  Ecclesia 
Paulum  non  haberet." 


ST.  PAUL'S  PERSONALITY        21 

fitted  for  the  emancipation  of  the  faith, 
that  the  results  of  his  mission  bear  convincing 
witness  to  the  wisdom  of  the  Divine  choice. 
Seldom,  perhaps  never,  have  such  qualities 
as  were  his,  been  united  in  one  personality. 
Nurtured  in  a  Greek  city  ;  educated  at  the 
feet  of  Gamaliel ;  a  born  Roman  citizen 
with  a  knowledge  of  the  law  ^  enabling  him 
to  engage  successfully  in  legal  argument 
with  the  practised  advocate  Tertullus  (Acts 
xxiv.  1)  ;  he  was  equally  at  home  in  dis- 
putation with  Jew  or  Greek  or  Roman.  As 
we  comprehend  his  marvellous  versatility 
and  commanding  intellect,  his  statesmanlike 
powers  of  organisation,  his  indomitable  pur- 
pose, his  spiritual  fervour,  his  tenderly 
sympathetic  nature  and  his  extraordinary 
powers  of  physical  endurance,  we  realise  the 
fitness  of  the  instrument,  selected  by  God, 
for  the  evangelization  of  the  Gentile  world. 

^  The  trial  of  St.  Paul,  being  a  Roman  citizen,  was  con- 
ducted on  the  lines  of  Roman  criminal  procedure,  involving 
the  '  criminis  delatio,'  the  '  citatio,'  etc.  referred  to  in 
Acts  xxiv.  1-2.  The  accusers  were  assisted  by  the  clever 
pleader,  Tertullus,  but  the  Apostle  successfully  defended 
himself.  In  two  of  the  three  counts  he  based  his  defence  on 
Roman  Law:  (i)  Rome  recognised  and  authorised  Jewish 
worship  as  a  *  religio  Ucita.'  His  presence  in  the  Temple 
accorded  with  that  State  recognition.  (2)  He  challenged  the 
legality  of  the  trial  as  a  whole,  since  according  to  Roman 
Law  the  witnesses  ("  Jews  from  Asia,"  Acts  xxi.  27)  must  be 
produced,  but  they  were  absent. 


22        '  THE  POWERS  THAT  BE  ' 

Information  gathered  from  archaeological 
and  other  sources  accumulates  concerning 
the  condition  of  the  Romano-Greek  world, 
in  the  early  days  of  Christianity,  and  it 
becomes  increasingly  evident  that  St.  Paul 
was  much  indebted  to  the  rule  of  Rome 
and  the  Imperial  administration  in  the  pro- 
vinces, for  unconscious  assistance  in  his 
missionary  efforts.  That  debt  he  would 
probably  have  been  the  first  to  acknowledge  ; 
— a  presumption  justified  by  his  approval 
of  "  the  powers  that  be,"  and  by  the  fact 
that  he,  recognising  the  civil  power  of  Rome, 
as  divinely  appointed,  was  the  first  amongst 
the  writers  of  the  New  Testament  to  insist 
upon  its  due  recognition  by  his  converts.^ 
It  was  a  sense  of  what  he  owed  to  the  civil 
power  that  prompted  him  to  declare,  "  It 
is  a  minister  of  God  to  thee  for  good  " 
(Rom.  xiii.  4).  That  power,  which  through 
its  administrative  machinery,  not  only 
rendered  travel  possible  and  gave  protection 
from  the  tyranny  of  local  officials,  and  also 
the  political  unity  achieved  by  Rome,  im- 
pressed   him    with    the    conception    of    the 

^  Deissmann,  Light  from  the  Ancient  East,  p.  343 — "He 
sees  no  theoretical  difficulties  in  all  the  small  political 
questions  that  affect  the  humble  individual :  to  respect  and 
pray  for  the  powers  in  authority  is  as  natural  to  him  as  the 
payment  of  tribute  and  custom." 


STORE-HOUSE  OF  ILLUSTRATION    23 

Christian  Church,  as  a  universal  spiritual 
empire  and  impelled  him  to  consider  Spain, 
the  Western  limit  of  Roman  power,  as  the 
goal  of  his  evangelistic  ambition. 

In  the  Roman  Law  itself,  and  its  modified 
form  in  the  East,  he  found  ready  to  hand  a 
supply  of  terms  and  illustrations  familiar 
to  his  readers,  fitted  to  give  expression  to 
spiritual  truth,  such  as  the  Fatherhood  of 
God  and  the  corresponding  spirit  of  sonship  ; 
the  unity  of  the  faithful  as  citizens  of  an 
instant  celestial  kingdom  :  ^  the  privileges 
of  believers  as  joint  heirs  with  Christ. 
Truths  like  these,  truths  novel  to  his  readers, 
he  did  not  hesitate  to  set  forth  in  the  terms 
of  a  pagan  legal  code,  content  if  he  might 
thereby  extend  his  Master's  kingdom. 
Liberality  of  method,  such  as  this,  was  one 
of  the  features  which  distinguished  him  from 
the  Palestinian  apostles,  fitting  him  for 
his  special  work  and  prompting  means  con- 
cerning which  he  himself  says,  "  I  am  become 
all  things  to  all  men,  that  I  may  by  all  means 
save  some  "  (1  Cor.  ix.  22). 

It  cannot  be  a  matter  of  surprise  that  his 

^  e.g.,  Phil.  iii.  20,  'Jifxcov  yap  to  TroXiVeu/xa  eV  ovpavots  vTnip)((i. 
The  verb  marks  an  objective  and  abiding  existence.  In  the 
context,  e'l  ov  is  important  in  this  connection.  Moulton 
regards  it  as  convertible  with  oOev  and  thus  connected  with 
ovpavols,  but  this  is  questionable. 


24      PRESENTATION  OF  CHRIST 

presentation  of  Christ  should  differ  from 
that  of  the  older  apostles.  For  even  they, 
notwithstanding  underlying  harmony,  ex- 
hibit a  diversity  in  their  conceptions  of  the 
Person  of  Christ,  and  their  teaching  as  to 
aspects  and  issues  of  the  Christian  life. 
Since  the  Palestinian  apostles,  with  a 
common  training  and  a  singular  identity  of 
spiritual  experience,  exhibit  these  varia- 
tions, then,  a  priori,  St.  Paul's  theology 
would  exhibit  features  differing  from  those 
of  his  fellow-apostles.  They  were  untutored 
provincials,  but  he  was  a  native  of  a  cosmo- 
politan city,  a  born  Roman  citizen  wdio  had 
spent  his  youth  and  early  manhood  in  the 
midst  of  a  community  impregnated  with 
the  doctrines  of  men  like  Athenodorus,  the 
Stoic,  and  possessed,  moreover,  of  a  catholicity 
begotten  of  extensive  travel  and  intercourse 
with  many  nationalities.  Nor  is  such  a  con- 
clusion unwarranted,  for  it  is  confirmed  by  the 
study  of  the  Pauline  theology,  the  examina- 
tion of  which  discloses  many  features  w^hich 
differentiate  the  Apostle  to  the  Gentiles 
from  those  mainly  concerned  with  the  Jew. 

The  fertile  imagination,  the  keenness  of 
his  moral  observation,  his  religious  fervour, 
animated  by  a  liberal  spirit  and  far-seeing 
statesmanship,  prompted  methods,  both  of 


REVOLUTIONARY  METHODS      25 

expression  and  work,  which,  compared  with 
theirs,  might  be  called  revolutionary,  but 
were  necessary,  if  he  was  to  accomplish  his 
mission  to  the  Gentiles.  Nor  can  we  fail 
to  note  that  the  prevailing  spirit  amongst 
the  apostles  at  Jerusalem  was  so  foreign  to 
his  own,  that  for  three  years  he  represses 
the  legitimate  desire  to  commune  with  those 
who  had  companied  with  the  Saviour.  When 
at  length  he  went  to  Jerusalem,  it  was  to 
visit  St.  Peter,  and  him  alone,  whose  teach- 
ing and  methods  were  more  akin  to  his  own 
than  those  of  St.  James ;  but  his  protest  is 
emphatic,  that  the  Christianity  he  preached 
was  not  derived  from  them  at  Jerusalem, 
"  which  were  apostles  before  me  "  (Gal.  i.  17). 
The  mental  attitude  towards  Judaism  which 
could  speak  of  its  "  weak  and  beggarly 
rudiments,"  could  never  have  been  im- 
planted by  them.  There  is  much  to  be  said 
for  Weizsacker's  ^  contention,  that  Jeru- 
salem was  avoided  by  St.  Paul,  because 
he  was  well  aware  that  the  spirit  prevailing 
there  was  foreign  to  his  own,  and  that  when 
he  did  go,  the  visit  was  rendered  possible 
because  he  realised  that  there  was  no  longer 
a  fear  of  interference  with  the  independence 
of  the   definite  and   distinctive   attitude  he 

^  The  Apostolic  Age,  p.  95  ff. 


26     ST.  PAUL'S  VIEW  OF  THE  LAW 

had  determined  to  adopt.  How  completely 
he  had  broken  loose  from  their  teaching, 
may  be  estimated  by  the  bold  and  revolu- 
tionary position  he  took  up  in  regard  to  the 
Law.  "  Had  we  no  other  information  as 
to  his  doctrine  concerning  the  Law  (than 
that  contained  in  the  Epistle  to  the  Gala- 
tians),  we  might  readily  take  his  meaning 
to  be  that  it  was  added  to  restrain  trans- 
gression. It  would  be  nearer  the  truth  to 
say  that  he  means  to  suggest  that  the  Law 
was  given  in  favour  of  transgression,  to 
provoke  resistance  to  its  behests.  This  is 
certainly  a  very  bold  idea,  but  it  is  none 
the  less  likely  to  be  Pauline."  ^ 

Instances  of,  and  reasons  for,  the  diverg- 
ence of  St.  Paul,  both  in  spirit  and  in  method, 
might  be  multiplied,  but  sufficient  has  been 
already  stated  to  justify  the  conclusion 
stated  above,  and  disclose  the  probability 
that  the  Pauline  theology  would  be  formul- 
ated in  terms  differing  in  many  respects 
from  those  of  the  older  apostles. 

We  are  chiefly  concerned,  however,  with 
the  fact  that  St.  Paul,  and  he  alone,  utilised 
current  terms  of  the  great  legal  system  of 
his  day,  which  as  a  "  master  of  metaphor  " 
he    found    adaptable    for    his    purpose.     He 

^  Bruce,  St.  PauVs  Conception  of  Christianity ,  ?•  63. 


ROMAN  LEGAL  EDUCATION       27 

perceived  that  here  was  to  his  hand  a 
vehicle  capable  of  being  employed  for  the 
formulation  of  doctrines  he  had  been  com- 
missioned to  proclaim/ 

It  may  be  objected  that  the  last  statement 
begs  the  question,  that  scope  for  the  em- 
ployment of  legal  terms  as  ancillary  to  St. 
Paul's  aims  for  the  propagation  of  the  Gospel 
was    restricted   to    a   very    small    minority, 
since  knowledge  of  the  law  must  have  been 
confined  to  the  comparatively  few  interested 
in   legal  matters.     That   was  not  the  case, 
and  an  objection  of  this  kind  imports  modern 
custom  into  the  first  century.     The  fact  is 
that  a  deep  reverence  for  law  was,  for  long, 
one  of  the  moral  characteristics  of  the  times, 
and   in   order  that   it   might  be  inculcated 
from  the  earhest  years,  it  was  a  part  of  the 
Roman  system  of  education  to  obhge  the 
children  to  repeat  by  rote  the  code   of   the 
Decemvirs.     This    decemviral    code,    other- 
wise the  Twelve  Tables,  was  to  the  Roman 
youth   what   the  catechisms  of   the  various 
Churches  are  to  the  children  of  to-day.^ 

1  "  It  is  a  matter  of  great  importance  how  gospel  con- 
ceptions were  expanded  and  adapted  to  the  world,  when  we 
try  to  understand  Christianity  as  a  world  rehgion."— 
Deissmann,  Light  from  Ancient  East,  p.  332,  n.  4. 

2  The  case  of  Cicero  supplies  an  illustration.  He  states 
{de  Leg,  ii,  59)  that  as  a  boy  he  was  taught  to  repeat  by 


28     KNOWLEDGE  OF  LAW  ESSENTIAL 

Moreover,  those  who  dealt  under  the  aegis 
of  the  Roman  Empire  were  compelled, 
for  reasons  of  everyday  life  and  personal 
security,  to  have  some  knowledge  of  the 
law.  In  modern  times  a  man  can  afford  to 
be  ignorant  of  it,  but  it  was  otherwise  in  the 
apostle's  days.  Every  man  was  obliged 
to  be,  to  a  certain  extent,  his  own  lawyer, 
as  there  was  no  class  of  professional  men, 
corresponding  to  our  modern  solicitors,  to 
whom  we  commit  the  conduct  of  legal 
affairs.  Questions  regarding  inheritances, 
legacies,  adoption,  slavery,  status,  contracts, 
tutors,  wills,  were  continually  arising,  and 
no  man  who  valued  his  rights  could  afford 
to  be  in  complete  ignorance  of  his  privileges 
and  liabilities.^  Such,  then,  was  the  soil 
which  lay  ready  and  receptive  for  the  casting 
of  the  seed. 

This,    however,    is   but    one   aspect    of   a 

rote  the  text  of  the  Tables  :— '  discebamus  enim  pueri  XII, 
ut  carmen  necessarium.' 

^  In  early  Roman  times  the  Patricians  jealously  guarded 
from  the  Plebeians  the  knowledge  of  the  law,  hence  the 
frequent  and  bitter  disputes  arising  from  its  uncertainty. 
This  was  terminated  in  451  b.c.  by  the  appointment  of  ten 
commissioners  (^decemviri  legihus  scvibendis),  who  compiled 
a  code  of  the  law — which  may  be  regarded  as  the  Magna 
Charta  of  the  Roman  people — and  made  its  knowledge 
public  by  inscribing  them  on  tables  of  bronze,  placed  in 
front  of  the  Senate  House.  Hence  none  could  plead  ig- 
norance of  the  law. 


GENTILE  EVANGELIZATION       29 

great  truth.  The  other  is  St.  Paul's  own 
attitude  towards  the  legal  institutions  and 
administration  of  the  Roman  Empire.  He 
himself  had  a  pride  in  his  connection  with 
the  Empire,  nor  can  we  "  fail  to  be  struck 
by  the  strong  hold  that  Roman  ideas  had 
on  the  mind  of  St.  Paul."  We  have  but  to 
perceive  the  policy  he  adopted  for  the  evan- 
gelization of  the  Gentile  world  to  be  con- 
vinced of  the  accuracy  of  this  statement. 
Previous  to  his  work  at  Antioch,  he  had 
laboured  only  in  the  smaller  provincial 
centres ;  but  the  withdrawal  from  Antioch 
coincides  with  the  inception  of  a  different 
and  far  bolder  policy,  namely,  the  expansion 
of  Christianity  through  the  medium  of  the 
Roman  Empire  itself.  The  proof  of  this 
statement  lies  in  the  fact  that  all  his  efforts 
and  movements  subsequent  to  the  com- 
mencement of  the  Second  Missionary  jour- 
ney are  dominated  by  this  bold  conception. 
The  goal  of  this  period  of  his  ministry  was 
Ephesus,  the  metropolis  of  the  Roman 
Province  of  Asia,  and  "  the  door  of  the  East 
toward  the  West.  There,  sheltered  by  the 
Roman  magistracy,  he  was  enabled  to  carry 
on  his  work  for  three  years  in  the  very 
home  of  the  worship  of  the  Ephesian  Diana." 
For  the  accomplishment  of  this  grand  policy 


80     UNITY  OF  EMPIRE  NEEDFUL 

he  utilises  the  facihties  which,  as  a  Roman 
citizen,  were  at  his  disposal,  and  which  he 
well  knew  how  to  employ  to  the  best  ad- 
vantage. 

But  this  was  by  no  means  the  full  measure 
of  the  Apostle's  indebtedness  to  the  Roman 
regime.  Renan  observes  that  "  every  pro- 
vince conquered  by  the  Roman  Empire  was 
a  province  conquered  for  Christianity,"  and 
without  the  political  preparation  which 
followed  these  conquests,  the  difficulties 
for  the  Apostle  would  have  been  enormously 
increased,  perhaps  insurmountable.  The 
same  writer  draws  a  picture  of  the  obstacles 
which  would  have  lain  in  the  Apostle's 
path  if  Asia  Minor,  Greece,  and  Italy  had 
been  divided,  in  the  first  century,  into  a 
hundred  little  republics.  In  such  circum- 
stances it  would  be  impossible  to  conceive 
of  his  success.  The  imity  of  the  Empire 
was  the  condition  precedent,  if  he  was  to 
succeed  in  winning  men  to  the  conception 
of  a  kingdom  which  knew  no  frontiers, 
involving  a  unity  superior  to  all  nationalities. 
We  may  be  quite  certain  that  the  keen 
perception  of  St.  Paul  was  not  oblivious  of 
the  striking  analogy  to  the  Church,  pre- 
sented by  the  development  of  the  Roman 
Empire.     Its  progress  from  an  insignificant 


ALIENS   COVET   CITIZENSHIP    31 

Italian  State  to  world-wide  supremacy  is  a 
marvel  in  history.  Bitter  racial  animosity 
was  swallowed  up  in  admiration,  which 
prompted  foreigners  and  aliens  to  solicit 
the  honour  of  citizenship  and  sink  estrange- 
ment in  common  fealty  to  the  Emperor. 
So,  too,  Christianity,  going  forth  to  world- 
wide conquest,  had  its  roots  in  Judaism,  the 
religion  of  a  despised  and  insignificant  people ; 
but  from  it  proceeded  the  Messiah,  through 
whose  heralds  the  sway  of  universal  empire 
was  claimed.  Just  as  Rome  had  abolished 
barriers  between  state  and  state,  so  had 
Christianity  overthrown  Jewish  particular- 
ism. Henceforth  such  distinctions,  "  Greek 
and  Jew,  circumcision  and  uncircumcision, 
Barbarian,  Scythian,  bondman,  freeman," 
were  meaningless  to  St.  Paul,  for  "  Christ 
is  all  and  in  all."  ^ 

In  order  that  we  may  appreciate  the 
possibilities,   for  the  furtherance  of  Christi- 

^  In  the  writings  of  St.  Paul,  the  death  and  ascension  of 
Jesus  are  shown  to  involve  the  catholic  and  spiritual 
character  of  His  kingdom  (Eph.  iii.  13-20).  Believers  are 
taken  up  into  the  fellowship  of  that  celestial  Ufe  wliich  He 
now  leads  (Phil.  iii.  20).  The  Apostle  no  longer  knows 
"  Christ  after  the  flesh  "  as  a  member  of  one  nation,  as  a 
Hebrew  (2  Cor.  v.  16).  The  abohtion  of  Judaic  particularism 
and  the  impartial  freedom  of  the  Christian  brotherhood,  is 
the  legitimate  consequence  of  the  heavenly  and  glorified  life 
that  belongs  to  Jesus.  See  Fisher,  The  Beginnings  of  Chris- 
tianity, p.  513. 


32  ROME  AS  A  CENTRE 

anity,  created  and  opened  up  in  the  founding 
and  expansion  of  the  Empire,  we  have  but 
to  recollect  the  condition  of  the  Greek 
republics.  They  were  a  type  of  other 
ancient  governments,  and  in  them  liberty 
of  thought  was  utterly  unknown.  But  the 
suppression  of  these  and  similar  states  made 
for  freedom.  The  policy  of  the  Roman 
Empire  was  to  consolidate  and  pacify  all  the 
nations  which  lay  around  the  Mediterranean, 
with  Rome  as  the  centre,  from  which  an 
effective  administration  issued  to  the 
furthest  limits  of  the  Imperial  sway.  Thus 
was  the  great  world-power  of  the  day  pre- 
paring the  way  for  the  spread  of  the  kingdom 
of  Christ,  and  through  its  agency,  events 
were  overruled  to  the  founding  of  "  a  king- 
dom which  cannot  be  moved."  By  this 
Imperial  policy  of  consolidation  and  the 
administrative  system  established  through- 
out the  Empire,  St.  Paul  was  signally  aided 
to  attain  his  object  and  convey  his  message 
to  unevangelized  regions,  as  he  says,  "  making 
it  my  aim  so  to  preach  the  Gospel,  not  where 
Christ  was  already  named  .  .  .  but  as  it  is 
written.  They  shall  see  to  whom  no  tidings 
of  Him  came,  and  they  who  have  not  heard 
shall  understand  "  (Rom.  xv.  20,  21). 

The   protection   afforded   by   the   Roman 


JUDAISM  A  '  RELIGIO  LICITA  '     33 

magistracy  was  so  helpful  that  its  records 
occupy  no  small  place  in  Acts.  At  Antioch, 
Corinth,  Philippi,  Thessalonica,  Ephesus, 
and  many  other  places,  the  Apostle  came 
into  collision  with  opponents,  but  they  were 
either  Jews  or  local  officials,  and  not  Roman 
magistrates.  These  latter,  while  refraining 
from  interference  with  the  Jewish  worship 
and  religion,  as  a  *religio  licita,'^  controlled, 
and  sometimes  prevented,  the  effects  of  that 
fierce  persecution  which  followed  in  the 
steps  of  the  Apostle  wherever  he  aroused 
Jewish  opposition.  Again  and  again  his 
enemies  essayed  to  prejudice  the  Roman 
officials,  but  the  '  Duoviri '  "^  were  not  to  be 
enlisted  either  by  Jew  or  Gentile,  in  the 
cause  of  persecution.  The  Roman  policy  or 
the  sense  of  justice  prompted  the  refusal. 
This  attitude  of  the  Roman  magistracy 

1  This  term — due  to  Tertullian  (Apolog.  21) — was  un- 
known to  Roman  law.  It  was  the  "  collegia  licita  "  which 
were  recognised.  The  Jews  of  the  Dispersion  became  so 
numerous  that  with  the  Greeks  and  Romans  they  were 
termed  '  a  third  nationality.'  Their  numbers,  together 
with  their  loyalty  to  the  naling  power, — so  long  as  their 
religion  was  not  interfered  with — brought  about  the  State 
recognition  of  Judaism. 

2  The  official  title  of  the  highest  Roman  magistrates 
in  colonial  and  municipal  towns  was  '  duoviri  juri  dicundo.' 
These  were  responsible  for  the  judicial  side  of  affairs  ; 
two  others,  the  '  duoviri  aediles,'  corresponded  to  our  city 
surveyors. 

4 


34  GALLIO'S  DECISION 

is  well  illustrated  by  the  treatment  meted 
out,  by  the  proconsul  of  Achaia,  to  the 
accusers  of  St.  Paul.  He  refused  to  entertain 
their  plea  and  then  stated  the  ground  for 
his  decision,  ''  If  indeed  it  were  a  matter  of 
wrong  or  of  wicked  villany,  O  ye  Jews, 
reason  would  that  I  should  bear  with  you  : 
but  if  they  are  questions  about  words  and 
names  and  your  own  law,  look  to  it  your- 
selves ;  I  am  not  minded  to  be  a  judge  of 
these  matters.  And  he  drave  them  from 
the  judgment  seat  "  ^  (Acts  xviii.  14-16). 

The  objection  may  be  raised  that  this  and 
similar  incidents  do  not  necessarily  imply  a 
favourable  attitude  towards  the  Apostle's 
work,  since  the  reason  assigned  for  the 
refusal  of  the  Proconsul  was  based  on  the 
ground  that  he  had  no  jurisdiction  in  such 
cases.  But  the  accusation  was  clearly  re- 
cognised in  the  Roman  Criminal  Law,  and 
was  a  serious  charge.  The  jurist  Paulus 
informs  us  that  the  Criminal  Procedure 
prescribed   death   or   deportation  for  those 

^  According  to  Ramsay  the  purport  of  Gallic's  decision  is 
as  follows  :  "  If  a  misdemeanour  or  crime  were  in  question, 
ye  Jews,  reason  would  that  I  should  bear  with  you,  but  if 
they  are  questions  of  word,  not  deed,  and  of  names,  not 
things,  and  of  your  law,  not  Roman  law,  ye  yourselves  will 
look  to  it :  to  be  a  judge  of  these  matters  I  for  my  part  have 
no  mind." — St.  Paul,  The  Traveller,  p.  257. 


ROMAN  ADMINISTRATION        85 

persons  who  introduced  "new  kinds  of 
worship,  unknown  to  custom  and  disturbing 
to  weaker  minds."  ^  Various  causes  had 
led  to  the  recognition  of  Judaism  by  the 
Imperial  authorities  as  a  "religiolicita,"  and 
had  given  it  a  legal  standing.  Here  was  a 
man  who  was  charged  with  an  offence 
against  public  order,  and  had  the  Proconsul 
desired  to  do  so,  he  undoubtedly  could  have 
committed  the  Apostle  for  trial. 

By  way  of  contrast  with  the  foregoing,  it 
is  worth  noting  that  when  St.  Paul  visited 
Berea,  a  city  which  did  not  enjoy  the 
benefits  of  the  Roman  administration,  he 
found  a  favourable  reception  and  a  sym- 
pathetic hearing.  Success  was  manifest, 
for  many  believed.  Notwithstanding  all 
this,  he  found  it  impossible  to  remain,  for  the 
Jewish  opponents  who  had  followed  him 
from  Thessalonica,  uncontrolled  by  the 
Roman  magistracy,  raised  such  opposition, 
that  the  new  converts  were  compelled  to 
send  him  away.  We  cannot  resist  the  con- 
clusion that  had  the  city  of  Berea  been  a 
centre  of  Roman  administration,  St.  Paul 
would  have  found  it  possible  to  remain 
and  carry  on  his  work,  in  spite  of  Jewish 
opposition. 

^  Julius  Paulus,  Sententio  Recefics  (5,  21,  2). 


36  THE  RULE  OF  A.  FELIX 

One  of  the  few  instances  of  injustice  at 
the  hands  of  Roman  ofBcials,  occurred  at 
Caesarea,  when  Antonius  Felix/  a  man  of 
infamous  memory,  in  defiance  of  the  laws 
enacted  for  the  prevention  of  maladminis- 
tration of  justice  in  the  provinces,^  kept 
St.  Paul  a  prisoner  in  the  hope  of  extorting 
a  bribe  for  his  release. 

The  trust  reposed  in  the  justice  of  the 
Roman  administration  is  illustrated  by  St. 
Paul's  resolve  to  appeal  to  the  Emperor, 
and  Ramsay  is  of  opinion  that  his  purpose 
in  doing  so  was  to  gain  a  recognition  for 
Christianity  as  a  '  religio  licita,'  and  place  it 
in  this  respect  on  an  equality  with  Judaism. 
The  imprisonment  at  Rome  was  scarcely 
an  act  of  oppression,  but  rather  a  measure 
of  precaution  to  prevent  tumultuous  assem- 
blages. 

We  need  only  refer  briefly  to  the  assist- 
ance   afforded    St.   Paul   in  his    missionary 

1  The  rule  of  Felix  was  terminated  by  his  recall  by  Nero. 
The  testimony  of  Tacitus  (Hist.  v.  9)  throvv^s  light  on  this 
act  of  injustice  to  the  apostle  : — "  Antonius  Felix  per 
omnem  sasvitiam  ac  libidinem  jus  regium  servili  ingenio 
exercuit." 

2  Administrative  justice  in  the  provinces  was  zealously 
maintained.  Previous  to  the  Lex  Calpurnia  repetundarum, 
the  Socii  knew  of  no  case  of  exactions  by  governors,  if  we 
may  trust  Livy's  evidence.  Such  offences  were  punished 
in  the  age  of  St.  Paul  by  exile. 


EFFICIENCY  OF  COMMUNICATION     37 

work  by  the  surprising  efficiency  of  the 
Imperial  system  of  intercommunication 
between  the  different  parts  of  the  Empire. 
It  was  literally  true  to  say,  "  all  roads  lead 
to  Rome."  Every  province  looked  to  Rome 
as  the  great  centre  of  the  civilised  world. 
There  in  the  Imperial  city  the  fashion  was 
set,  which  the  provinces  followed  sooner  or 
later.  The  policy  of  the  Republic  was  to 
create  and  foster  this  conception,  and  it 
remained  as  a  heritage  during  the  first 
century.  It  is  evident  the  best  means  to 
accomplish  this  end  was  by  the  formation 
and  maintenance  of  reliable  and  convenient 
routes  of  communication,  supplying  a  direct 
access  to  the  city.  Hence  the  excellence 
of  the  main  roads  to  and  from  Rome,  com- 
pared with  the  condition  of  the  '  cross 
country '  roads.  Both  in  Italy  and  in 
the  provinces,  the  efficiency  of  the  road 
system  was  guaranteed  either  by  the  ap- 
pointment of  special  officers,  or  by  making 
the  governors  of  each  province  responsible 
for  the  condition  of  the  roads,  and  for 
maintenance  of  the  peace  along  their  course. 
Piracy  on  the  seas  and  highway  robbery 
were  largely  suppressed  during  the  reign  of 
Augustus,  but  in  later  years  the  conditions 
arose  once  more,  which  gave  point  to  St. 


38    ST.  PAUL'S  DESIRE  TO  VISIT  SPAIN 

Paul's    reference    to    '"  perils    of    robbers " 
(2  Cor.  xi.  26). 

One  of  the  strong  desires  of  the  later 
period  of  the  Apostle's  life  was  to  reach  the 
Imperial  city,  and  thence  to  pass  on  to 
Spain,  the  most  westerly  portion  of  the 
Empire,  with  the  intention  of  transforming 
"  that  great  world  centre,  Rome,  into  a 
Christian  centre,"  so  that  from  her  the  light 
might  shine,  even  to  the  utmost  bounds, 
both  East  and  West.  While  it  cannot  be 
confidently  asserted  that  he  accomplished 
his  purpose  and  visited  Spain/  the  earliest 
Roman  tradition,  as  contained  in  the  Mura- 
torian  Fragment,  expressly  states  he  did  so, 
and  in  this  supports  the  statement  of 
Clement.  "  Paul,  having  been  a  herald 
both  in  the  east  and  in  the  west,  received 
the  high  glory  of  his  faith.  When  he  had 
taught  righteousness  to  the  whole  world 
and  had  come  to  the  limit  of   the  west,* 

^  The  chronology  of  St.  Paul's  life,  as  stated  by  Lightfoot, 
has  been  seriousty  questioned  by  competent  authorities, 
from  which  it  appears  that  the  Apostle  may  have  arrived  in 
Rome  early  in  59  a.d.  and  been  released  from  imprisonment 
in  61  A.D.  Therefore  the  interval  between  the  latter  date 
and  his  martyrdom  may  have  afforded  opportunity  for  the 
visit  to  Spain. 

*  '  The  limit  of  the  West '  (t6  repixa  t^s  d^o-ecos)  is 
probably  a  phrase  for  '  Spain,'  since  a  Roman  writer  would 
scarcely  employ  the  expression  as  an  equivalei^t  for  '  Rome,' 


A  LEGITIMATE  CONCLUSION      39 

and  borne  witness  before  the  rulers,  he  so 
departed  from  the  world  and  went  to  the 
holy  place." 

It  is  a  legitimate  conclusion,  to  sum  up 
what  has  been  stated — ^that  the  methods 
employed  by  St.  Paul  for  presenting  the 
gospel  would  differ  from  those  of  the  Pales- 
tinian apostles.  The  examination  of  the 
Pauline  theology  confirms  that  conclusion. 
He  perceived  the  valuable  use  to  which 
contemporary  law  and  the  Roman  admini- 
stration might  be  put,  in  view  of  the  wide- 
spread knowledge  of,  and  admiration  for, 
that  legal  system  ;  the  protection  afforded 
by  the  Roman  magistrates  ;  the  facilities 
provided  for  travel  by  the  Imperial  power  ; 
all  these  were  impressed  into  service  for  the 
attainment  of  that  object  so  near  to  the 
Apostle's  heart.  The  suppression  of  the 
smaller  states,  with  their  endless  internecine 
strifes  and  the  unity  of  the  Roman  Empire, 
all  tended  to  prepare  the  way  for  the  gospel 
of  Christ.  Otherwise  the  progress  of  the 
gospel  would  have  been  impossible.  "  Even 
Judaism,"  as  Renan  insists,  "  but  for  the 
pressure  of  Roman  authority,  would  have 
been  strong  enough  to  stifle  it.  The  Jews 
were  prevented  by  the  Roman  magistrates 
from  killing  it." 


40  THE  DIVINE  APPROVAL 

St.  Paul's  methods  may  not  have  com- 
mended themselves  to  the  Palestinian 
apostles  as  a  wliole,  but  when  we  ponder  the 
difficulties  of  his  labours  and  their  amazing 
results/  no  other  conclusion  is  possible 
than  this — God  was  ratifying  the  peculiar 
methods  employed  by  His  servant — and 
the  Divine  approval  crowned  with  success 
the  endeavours  to  bring  home  to  men's 
hearts  that  Gospel,  thus  "  made  known 
unto  all  the  nations  unto  obedience  of 
faith  "  (Rom.  xvi.  26). 

^  "  The  world-wide  activity  of  St.  Paul,  extending  through 
a  period  of  thirty  years,  beginning  at  a  time  when  he  was  in 
the  full  vigour  of  life  and  not  terminating  till  he  had  become 
*  Paul,  the  aged,'  was  the  prime  means  of  estabhshing  the 
Christian  religion  in  Europe." — Fisher,  Beginnings  of 
Christianity,  p.  523. 


CHAPTER   III 

The  Empire  facilitated  the  Apostle's  work,  but  at  same  time 
was  a  cause  of  hindrance — Spread  of  Caesar-worship — 
Poverty  of  Gentile  conceptions  of  spiritual  truth — 
Judaism  provided  a  basis  for  Christian  doctrine — 
Wide  diffusion  of  Greek  language — St.  Paul's  recog- 
nition of  the  best  elements  in  Gentile  religions — ^IMany 
hitherto  unsuspected  passages  of  Scripture  have  as  a 
background  contemporary  law  and  usage — A  nidus 
in  Roman  law  for  development  of  inquiry  in 
Theology  and  Moral  Philosophy — Atmosphere  created 
by  Imperial  rule  and  legislation  favourable  to  novel 
truths  of  Christianity — Rome  infected  conquered  peo- 
ples with  passion  for  study  of  jurisprudence — Nations 
educated  in  conception  of  political  brotherhood — 
Converging  lines  in  Roman  poUcy  and  Christianity. 

Though  moral  and  political  conditions,  such 
as  those  described  in  a  previous  chapter, 
facilitated  St.  Paul's  mission,  at  the  same 
time  hostile  and  embarrassing  elements  were 
involved  in  the  problem  of  Gentile  evangel- 
ization, whose  tendency  was  to  retard  the 
free  course  of  revealed  truth ;  for  as  Prof. 
Gwatkin  has  observed,  ''  if  the  Empire  was 
the  greatest  of  helps,  it  was  also  the  greatest 
of  hindrances  to  the  gospel."  Thus  the 
spread  of   '  Caesar- worship  '   throughout   the 

Empire,    constituting    an    element    of   most 

41 


42  C^SAR-WORSHIP 

serious  opposition  to  Christianity,  began  to 
replace  the  many  and  varied  forms  of 
worship  formerly  observed,  though  local 
cults,  in  accordance  with  the  general  Roman 
policy,  were  not  prohibited.  The  Senate 
deified  deceased  emperors  {divi  imperatores)  ^ 
who  were  considered  to  represent  the  divine 
majesty  of  the  Roman  State,  the  new  cult 
thus  giving  expression  to  the  national 
unity.  In  the  year  39  a.d.,  Caligula  at- 
tempted to  set  up  his  statue  within  the 
precincts  of  the  Temple  at  Jerusalem,  in 
order  that  he  might  be  worshipped  as  a  god, 
and  decreed  that  divine  honours  should  be 
paid  to  him.  The  Jews  everywhere  refused ; 
but  after  a  brief  persecution  they  were 
expressly  exempted  from  compliance  by  the 
succeeding  Emperor,  Claudius.  This  edict 
of  toleration  did  not  extend  to  the  Christians, 
consequently  "  through  this  official  religion, 
dissent  became  also  high  treason  "  in  their 
case.  Multitudes  of  those  who  had  accepted 
Christianity  .suffered    martyrdom   by  refus- 

^  The  term,  first  applied  to  Julius  Caesar,  was  stamped  on 
the  coinage,  e.g.  the  denarius  of  Tiberius ;  the  coin  used  in 
the  question  of  the  tribute  money  put  to  our  Lord  (Matt. 
xxii.  20)  bore  the  legend,  TiCiESAR  Divi  Aug  F  Augustus. 
Virgil  refers  to  Augustus  (JEneid,  vi.  793,  '  Augustus  Caesar, 
Divi  genus '),  the  adopted  son  of  C.  Julius  Caesar,  as 
'  offspring  of  a  god.' 


THE  THRONE  OF  SATAN         43 

ing  the  test  proposed,  namely,  that  they 
should  sacrifice  to  the  Emperor.  It  has 
been  suggested  with  much  probability  that 
the  wide  dissemination  of  the  new  Imperial 
cult,  with  one  of  its  most  important  centres 
at  Pergamum,  prompted  St.  John's  reference 
to  that  city  as  the  "  throne  of  Satan."  ^ 

And  yet  adverse  as  all  this  might  appear 
to  be  to  Christian  hopes  and  efforts,  there 
was  another  aspect  of  the  subject.  Save 
for  the  Jews  and  Christians,  the  cult  of  the 
Emperor  became  a  universal  worship,  "  as  a 
recognition  of  the  unity  of  the  State,"  and 
familiarised  mankind  with  the — hitherto  un- 
known— conception  of  a  universal  religion. 
It  "  did  indeed  prepare  the  way  for  the 
Christian  Church  ...  it  co-ordinated  the 
various  religions  of  the  province  into  some- 
thing approximating  to  a  single  hierarchy."  ^ 

As  a  religion,  it  was  almost  valueless  from 
a   devotional   point   of  view ;   but  when  an 

^  OiSa  TTOV  KarotKels  ottov  6  Bpovos  tov  2arava  (Rev.  ii.  1 3). 
Pergamum,  the  capital  of  the  Roman  province  of  Asia  from 
133  B.C.,  had  two  temples,  dedicated  solely  to  the  Imperial 
cultus,  one  to  Augustus,  another  to  Tragian,  and  probably 
a  third  to  a  later  emperor,  whence  the  designation,  Tp\s 
NfcoKopoy.  This  is  evidence  for  the  importance  of  Pergamum 
as  a  seat  of  '  Caesar-worship,'  more  especially  as  it  was  one 
of  the  earliest  cities,  if  not  the  first,  to  dedicate  a  temple  for 
this  purpose. 

2  Jlamsay,  Christianity  in  the  Roman  Empire,  p.  133. 


44       ROMAN  FORMS  OF  RITUAL 

emperor  of  the  type  of  Nero  ascended  the 
throne,  even  heathen  minds  revolted  at  the 
thought  of  rendering  divine  honours  to  such 
a  man.  Thus  were  they  induced  to  give  a 
readier  hearing  to  the  preaching  of  the  new 
Faith,  with  its  ideals  of  purity,  truth,  and 
love.  Again,  we  may  not  overlook  the  fact 
that  "  there  were  also  certain  direct  legacies 
from  the  old  Roman  religion,  of  which 
Christianity  could  dispose  with  profit  in  the 
shape  of  forms  of  ritual,  and  what  was  of 
even  greater  value,  words  of  real  significance 
in  the  old  religion  which  were  destined  to 
become  of  paramount  and  priceless  value  in 
the  Christian  speech  of  the  Western  nations."  ^ 
But  we  are  here  particularly  concerned 
with  the  impediment  arising  from  the  ex- 
treme poverty  of  Gentile  conceptions  of 
spiritual  truth,  and  the  absence  of  a  phrase- 
ology, whereby  St.  Paul  might  clothe  the 
novel  ideas  involved  in  his  message.  We 
can  form  some  conception  of  the  difficulty  in 
this  respect  if  we  contrast  his  position  with 
that  of  those  teachers  who  laboured  to 
convert  the  adherents  of  Judaism  to  Chris- 
tianity. Monotheistic  ideas  were  embedded 
in  the  Hebrew  religion.  The  Jewish  people 
had  an  "  antecedent  aptitude  "  for  religious 

^  Fowler,  Religious  Experience  of  Roman  People,  p.  465. 


THE  ADVANTAGE  OF  THE  JEW     45 

truth,  and  no  language  was  more  fitted  than 
theh'S,  for  the  expression  of  spiritual  ideas. 
The  meaning  and  results  of  sin  were  em- 
phasised, both  by  precept  and  example ; 
its  far-reaching  effects  stood  fully  revealed 
upon  the  first  pages  of  the  Jewish  Scriptures  ; 
means  of  atonement  were  provided  whereby 
intercourse  between  man  and  God  could  be 
restored.  The  spiritual  education  of  the 
Jewish  race  could  be  summed  up  in  the 
statement,  that  it  w^as  one  long  and  gradual 
enlightenment  as  to  the  moral  attributes  of 
the  great  eternal  Power,  whereby  the  know- 
ledge of  God,  both  as  regarded  His  justice 
and  His  mercy,  was  possible. 

Thus  Christian  teachers  who  laboured  to 
win  the  Jews,  had  but  to  erect  the  super- 
structure of  Christianity  upon  the  founda- 
tions of  Israel's  ancient  religion,  whereas 
St.  Paul  was  confronted  by  the  difficulty 
that  such  a  basis  was  non-existent  among 
the  Gentiles.  For  them  it  was  necessary  to 
enunciate  a  complete  theory  of  natural  and 
revealed    religious  truth, ^   and   without   St. 

^  "  When  the  Apostles  went  to  the  Gentiles  they  could  not 
build  upon  familiar  Jewish  conceptions.  They  must  find  or 
create  an  equivalent  for  them  upon  heathen  ground.  They 
had  to  lay  a  foundation  in  the  natural  intuitions  and  con- 
scious necessities  of  the  human  soul,  apart  from  all  special 
revelation." — Fisher,  Begimiin^s  of  Christianity ^  p.  51 1. 


4G    SPREAD  OF  GREEK  LAXCxUAGE 

Paul,  or  some  one  like  him,  imbued  with 
Gentile  culture,  the  Christian  religion  could 
hardly  have  extended  itself  beyond  Palestine. 
No  doubt  Greek — ^the  language  employed 
by  St.  Paul — was  admirably  fitted  for  his 
purpose,^  being  a  most  flexible  instrument, 
and,  at  the  same  time,  most  widely  spoken. 
In  fact,  no  other  language  was  needed  by 
the  traveller,  between  Spain  and  Syria,  so 
effectively  had  the  projects  of  Alexander  the 
Great  taken  root.  Notwithstanding  this, 
Greek  did  not  supply  a  Christian  nomen- 
clature, its  exquisite  pliancy  with  difficulty 
accommodated  itself  to  the  new  sentiments 
and  convictions.  It  had  either  to  "endure 
the  naturalisation  of  new  words,  or  to  deflect 
its  own  terms  to  new  significations.  In  the 
latter  case,  the  doctrines  were  endangered, 
in  the  former,  the  purity  of  the  language." 
St.  Paul  had  therefore  to  weave  the  very 
garments  in  which  he  could  array  his  mes- 

1  "  Greek  furnished  the  vehicle  by  wliich  the  revelation 
of  God  through  Jesus  Christ  was  given  to  the  world.  Its 
origin  discloses  its  fitness  for  its  providential  office.  It 
embodied  the  lofty  conceptions  of  the  Hebrew  and  Christian 
faith  in  a  language  which  brought  them  home  to  men's 
business  and  bosoms."  Christianity  has  "  elevated, 
spirituahsed,  transfigured,  words  previously  current.  It 
has  set  old  terms  in  new  relations.  It  has  added  lustre  to 
conceptions  already  radiant." — Vide  Thayer,  Hastings,  Diet, 
of  B.,  vol.  iii.  p.  ^6  ff. 


MISSIONARY  DIFFICUIvTIES       47 

sage.  A  close  parallel  exists  at  the  present 
day  in  the  case  of  heathen  races,  for  whom 
versions  of  the  Scripture  are  prepared  in  the 
native  language.  The  translators  are  faced 
at  times  with  almost  insurmountable  diffi- 
culties, arising  from  the  lack  of  spiritual 
ideas,  and  consequently  the  absence  of  terms 
in  the  vernacular,  capable  of  reproducing 
the  import  of  the  primary  conception,  as  set 
forth  in  Holy  Scripture. 

Similar  difficulties  confronted  St.  Paul, 
but  God  had  selected  a  herald  gifted  with 
peculiar  qualifications  for  the  work.  He 
was  a  native  of  Tarsus,  a  seat  of  Greek 
Philosophy  scarcely  inferior  to  Alexandria 
or  Athens.  Stoicism  was  there  most  ably 
taught  by  such  philosophers  as  Nestor  and 
Athenodorus.  It  was  a  cosmopolitan  city, 
and  as  a  seat  of  learning  and  philosophy, 
the  meeting-place  of  both  Greeks  and 
Orientals.  Now  it  would  have  been  im- 
possible for  a  young  man  gifted  with  the 
mental  capacity  of  St.  Paul,  to  pass  his  most 
susceptible  years  in  the  midst  of  such  a 
community  and  remain  in  ignorance  of  the 
heathen  philosophy.  We  know  he  was  suffi- 
ciently acquainted  with  the  pagan  practices 
of  his  native  city  to  be  able  to  formulate 
an  indictment  of  heathenism,  such  as  that 


48     KNOWLEDGE  OF  ROMAN  LAW 

set  out  in  his  epistle  to  the  Romans.  His 
was  the  peculiar,  but  important  qualification, 
namely,  to  know  the  best  and  the  worst  of 
Gentile  religions.  This  knowledge  enabled 
him  to  attack  heathen  systems  in  their  most 
vulnerable  points ;  at  the  same  time  his 
acquaintance  with  Roman  Law  was  of  no 
little  service  in  furnishing  him  with  many 
an  easily  intelligible  analogy  to  make  things 
plain,  and  to  formulate  a  constructive  system, 
appealing  to  men  whose  hearts  he  sought 
to  win. 

The  extent  to  which  he  is  indebted  to 
it,  is  a  matter  of  discussion  (see  page  59), 
but  it  is  unquestionable  that  various  legal 
metaphors,  such  as  adoption,  inheritance, 
tutelage,  slavery,  manumission,  were  con- 
secrated by  him  to  the  high  office  of  con- 
veying his  doctrine  and  facilitating  its  com- 
prehension by  heathen  minds,  impoverished 
of  spiritual  conceptions  and  strangers  to  the 
novel  truths  he  proclaimed. 

As  an  illustration  of  this  fact  we  may 
refer  to  manumission  from  slavery.  During 
a  lengthened  period  of  Roman  history,  the 
slave's  whole  earnings  were  the  property  of 
his  master.  But  gradually  the  hardship 
was  relaxed  and  it  became  a  recognised 
custom  to  permit  the  slave  to  retain,  for  his 


SACRAL  MANUMISSION  49 

own  use,  his  savings  (peculium),  or  what  was 
given  him  as  a  reward  for  any  special 
services.  His  savings  might  accumulate  till 
he  had  sufficient  to  purchase  freedom  from 
his  master.  Roman  and  Grsec^o-Roman  law 
employed  various  methods  for  manumission, 
but  that  mode  whereon  St.  Paul  relies  for 
illustration  of  Christ's  redemptive  work  is 
drawn  from  Greek  usage.  Thus  ''ye  are 
nc^your  own,  for  yet  were  bought  with  a 
price  "  (1  Cor.  vi.  19,  20)  ;  ''  Ye  were  bought 
with  a  price  ;  become  not  bondservants  of 

ERRATA 

Page  49j  lirfe  5  from  top,  for  "  Grascl».Roman  "  read  "  Gr»co- 

Roman." 
Page  49,  line  9  from  top,  for  ^*  ye  are  no  your  own,  for  yet  were 

bought  with  a  price  "  read  "  ye  are  not  your  own,  for  ye 

were  boaght  with  a  price." 


,t*XJ.iK^  W 


man,  xne  gou  ucmg  mo  i/xkjvk.k.vkjj.  t^^, 
who  might  dispute  his  enfranchisement. 

In  his  recent  work,  Light  from  the 
Ancient  East  (p.  326  ff.).  Professor  Deiss- 
mann  supplies  details  of  this  mode  from 
the  inscriptions  and  papyri,  which  are  so 
numerous  that  "  the  form  must  have  been 
extremely  well  known."  He  gives  a  typical 
example. 
5 


48     KNOWLEDGE  OF  ROMAN  LAW 

set  out  in  his  epistle  to  the  Romans.  His 
was  the  peculiar,  but  important  qualification, 
namely,  to  know  the  best  and  the  worst  of 
Gentile  religions.  This  knowledge  enabled 
him  to  attack  heathen  systems  in  their  most 
vulnerable  points ;  at  the  same  time  his 
acquaintance  with  Roman  Law  was  of  no 
little  service  in  furnishing  him  with  many 
an  easily  intelligible  analogy  to  make  things 
plain,  and  to  formulate  a  constructive  system, 
appealing  to  men  whose  hearts  he  sought 
tr  -■" 


i1 
I 
r 
t 


of  spiritual  conceptions  and  strangers  to  the 
novel  truths  he  proclaimed. 

As  an  illustration  of  this  fact  we  may 
refer  to  manumission  from  slavery.  During 
a  lengthened  period  of  Roman  history,  the 
slave's  whole  earnings  were  the  property  of 
his  master.  But  gradually  the  hardship 
was  relaxed  and  it  became  a  recognised 
custom  to  permit  the  slave  to  retain,  for  his 


SACRAL  MANUMISSION  49 

own  use,  his  savings  (peculium),  or  what  was 
given  him  as  a  reward  for  any  special 
services.  His  savings  might  accumulate  till 
he  had  sufficient  to  purchase  freedom  from 
his  master.  Roman  and  Grsec^o-Roman  law 
employed  various  methods  for  manumission, 
but  that  mode  whereon  St.  Paul  relies  for 
illustration  of  Christ's  redemptive  work  is 
drawn  from  Greek  usage.  Thus  "ye  are 
nc^your  own,  for  yet  were  bought  with  a 
price  "  (1  Cor.  vi.  19,  20)  ;  "  Ye  were  bought 
with  a  price  ;  become  not  bondservants  of 
men  "  (1  Cor.  vii.  23). 

By  this  method  of  sacral  manumission,  a 
slave  paid  to  the  temple  officials  the  price 
his  owner  had  already  agreed  to  accept.  The 
master  having  received  the  price,  sold  him 
to  the  temple  deity,  not  for  the  purpose  of 
serving  his  new  fictitious  purchaser,  but  for 
manumission.  Henceforth  he  was  a  free 
man,  the  god  being  his  protector  against  any 
who  might  dispute  his  enfranchisement. 

In  his  recent  work,  Light  from  the 
Ancient  East  (p.  326  ff.).  Professor  Deiss- 
mann  supplies  details  of  this  mode  from 
the  inscriptions  and  papyri,  which  are  so 
numerous  that  "  the  form  must  have  been 
extremely  well  known."  He  gives  a  typical 
example. 
5 


50  CHRISTIAN  LIBERTY 

"Date.  'N.N.  sold  to  the  Pythian 
Apollo,  a  male  slave  named  X.Y.  at  a  price 
of  .  .  .  minae,  for  freedom  (or  on  con- 
dition that  he  shall  be  free,  etc.).'  " 

He  shows  convincingly  that  many  hitherto 
unsuspected  passages  have  a  background  of 
contemporary  law  and  usage,  for  "in 
numerous  records  of  manumission  the  nature 
of  the  newly  obtained  liberty  is  illustrated 
by  the  enfranchised  person's  being  expressly 
allowed  henceforth  to  '  do  the  things  he 
will.'  St.  Paul,  therefore,  is  referring  to  a 
relapse  into  servitude  when  he  points  to  the 
possible  result  of  the  conflict  between  flesh 
and  spirit  with  these  words  :  '  that  ye  may 
not  do  the  things  that  ye  would  '  (Gal.  v. 
17).  Numerous  manumissions,  again,  ex- 
pressly forbid,  sometimes  under  heavy 
penalties,  that  the  enfranchised  slave  shall 
ever  '  be  made  a  slave '  again.  We  now  see 
how  wicked  is  the  intention  of  those  '  who 
.  .  .  spy  out  our  liberty,  which  we  have 
in  Christ  Jesus,  that  they  might  bring 
us  into  bondage '  (Gal.  ii.  4).  And  we 
understand  warnings  like  these  in  the  letters  : 
'  For  freedom  did  Christ  set  us  free ;  stand 
fast  therefore,  and  be  not  entangled  in  the 
yoke  of  bondage'  (Gal.  v.  1).  And  the  still 
more  moving  exhortation :  '  Ye  were  bought 


A  VEHICLE  OF  TRUTH  51 

with  a  price,  become  not  slaves  of  men'" 
(1  Cor.  xii.  23). 

These  are  but  a  few  of  the  examples  that 
might  be  quoted,  for  "all  that  St.  Paul  and 
St.  John  have  to  say  about  freedom  has  this 
background ;  but,  most  important  of  all, 
the  frequently  misunderstood  conception  of 
redemption,  i.e.  buying  off,  and  hence  deliver- 
ance  (from  sin,  the  law,  etc.),  belongs,  as  St. 
Chrysostom  knew  and  pointed  out,  to  the 
same  complex  of  ideas."  ^ 

Thus  contemporary  law  became  a  possible 
vehicle  of  Divine  truth,  arguments  and 
allusions  were  rendered  effective  and  the 
apostle  was  thereby  materially  aided  to  ex- 
pound his  system  of  doctrine,  embodying 
terms  and  conceptions  appealing  to  the  vast 
majority  of  his  readers  :  for  there  are, 
perhaps,  few  important  aspects  of  the 
religious  experience  which  do  not  find  ex- 
pression in  his  epistles  by  its  means.  It  is 
significant  that  in  later  days  Theology  and 
Moral  Philosophy  "  found  in  Roman  Law 
not  only  a  vehicle  of  expression,  but  a  nidus 
in  which  some  of  their  profoundest  inquiries 
w^ere  nourished  into  maturity."  ^ 

^  Light  from  the  Ancient  East,  p.  331.  The  conception  is 
clearly  seen  in  St.  John's  metaphor,  "  If  the  Son  shall  make 
you  free,  ye  shall  be  free  indeed  "  (John  viii.  2,^). 

2  Maine,  Ancient  Law,  p.  340. 


52  POLICY  OF  ROME 

It  is  needful  to  observe,  apart  from  the 
possibility  of  adapting  prevailing  conceptions 
of  jurisprudence  so  as  to  give  expression  to 
spiritual  truths,  an  atmosphere  was  created 
by  Roman  rule  and  legislation,  in  which 
there  floated  certain  ideas,  all  tending  to 
render  the  pagan  mind  receptive  of,  and 
favourable  to,  the  novel  truths  proclaimed. 

Roman  power  and  Roman  law  were  pre- 
paring the  civilised  world  as  a  fruitful  soil 
wherein  the  seed  of  Pauline  theology  might 
be  cast.  For  it  was  the  deliberate  policy 
of  Rome  to  familiarize  conquered  nations 
with  her  legal  conceptions  and  institutions. 
This  she  effectively  accomplished  by  means 
of  her  colonies,^  whence  her  influence  was 
diffused  amongst  the  conquered  peoples. 
The  administration  of  Roman  Law,  in 
vanquished  provinces,  was  generally  so  wisely 
and  impartially  carried  on,  that  the  natives 
were  at  length  won  over  to  a  union,  which 
ultimately  produced  an  esteem  for  her  law 
and   institutions.     Rome   infected  the  con- 

^  The  Roman  '  coloniae  '  had  Httle  in  common  with  our 
modern  colonies.  Cicero  and  Livy  refer  to  them  as 
'  prsesidia,'  '  speculse.'  They  were  eminently  fitted  to 
achieve  the  purpose  of  the  conquerors.  Held  by  Roman 
citizen-soldiers,  they  familiarized  the  conquered  peoples  with 
Roman  administrative  ideas,  and,  in  a  word,  were  miniatures 
of  the  central  power  at  Rome. 


POLITICAL  BROTHERHOOD       53 

quered  states  with  a  passion  for  the  study 
of  her  national  intellectual  pursuit.  "  Thus," 
Maine  says,  "  it  came  to  pass  that  the 
inhabitants  of  distant  provinces  came  to 
rival  the  Italians  themselves  as  masters  of 
the  national  jurisprudence." 

Well-nigh  fruitless  would  it  have  been  to 
proclaim  the  universal  brotherhood,  by  which 
saints  on  earth  were  to  live  as  members  of  a 
heavenly  commonwealth,  wherein  "  Greek 
and  Jew,  circumcision  and  uncircumcision, 
Barbarian,  Scythian,  bondman,  freeman " 
(Col.  iii.  2)  were  not  differentiated,  till 
Rome  had  first  educated  the  nations  in  the 
conception  of  political  brotherhood,  breaking 
down  the  barriers  of  national  animosity 
and  exclusiveness,  thus  leading  all  to  realise 
a  common  citizenship  ^  in  a  universal 
empire. 

^  During  the  early  history  of  the  RcpubUc  those  alone  who 
dwelt  in  Rome  were  citizens,  all  others  were  aliens  ('  pere- 
grini ').  Extension  of  territory  and  the  Social  War  (b.c.  90) 
brought  about  the  recognition  of  a  third  class,  'Latini,' 
with  a  modified  grant  of  citizenship,  and  the  franchise  was 
extended  to  all  citizens  of  ItaUan  federated  states,  and  even 
to  Roman  subjects  who  dwelt  outside  Italy.  Gradually 
restrictions  became  less  and  less  rigorous,  till  in  the  reign 
of  Claudius  (pb.  a.d.  54)  the  franchise  was  largel}''  a  matter 
of  price.  Finally  Caracalla,  as  a  fiscal  expedient,  granted 
the  privilege  to  all  freemen  of  the  Empire,  "  In  orbe 
Romano  qui  sunt  ex  constitutione  imperatoris  Antonini 
Gives  Romani  cffecti  sunt  "  (Digest,  i.  5,  17). 


54      ADMISSION  TO  CITIZENSHIP 

In  the  early  days  of  the  Repubhc,  ad- 
mission to  the  rights  of  Roman  citizenship 
was  as  strictly  circumscribed  as  the  privileges 
of  Judaism,  but  extension  of  franchise  pro- 
ceeded apace  under  the  Emperors,  whose 
revenues  were  largely  supplemented  by  the 
fees  ^  exacted  for  the  franchise,  till  at  length 
the  citizenship  was  extended  to  all  free 
subjects  of  the  Empire.  There  was  growing 
up  concurrently  as  the  result  of  apostolic 
labour,^  the  Christian  conception  of  a  chtu^h, 
not  as  a  Kingdom  subjugating  the  world, 
but  as  a  commonwealth  gradually  extending 
its  citizenship  to  other  lands  and  races. 
That  conception  is  thus  expressed  by  St. 
Paul,  "  ye  were  at  that  time  separate  from 
Christ,  alienated  from  the  commonwealth 
of  Israel,  ...  ye  are  no  longer  strangers 
and  aliens,  but  ye  are  fellow  citizens  with  the 
saints  and  of  the  household  of  God  "  (Eph. 
ii.  12,  19). 

Roman  policy  and  Christianity  were  thus 
working   on  converging  lines — though   with 

^  'E-ycb  ttoXKov  K€(paXaLOV  rrjv  TroKiTeiav  ravTTjv  €KTrjadfxi]v  (ActS 
xxii.  28). 

2  Even  at  the  time  of  St.  Paul's  death,  "  Christianity  had 
already  entered  ever}?-  province  bordering  on  the  Mediter- 
ranean from  Sj^ria  to  Italy,  with  the  exception  of  Thrace, 
and  had  penetrated  into  the  interior  of  Asia  Minor  as  far 
as  Galatia." — Hastings,  Ency.  Relig.  and  Ethics,  p.  628, 
vol.  i. 


IDEALS  IN  CHRISTIANITY        55 

different  objects  in  view,  for  "  one  of  the 
most  remarkable  sides  of  the  history  of 
Rome  is  the  growth  of  ideas  which  found 
their  reahsation  and  completion  in  Chris- 
tianity. Universal  citizenship,  universal 
equality  of  rights,  universal  religion,  a  uni- 
versal church,  all  were  ideas  which  the 
Empire  was  slowly  working,  but  which  it 
could  not  realise  till  it  merged  itself  in 
Christianity."  ^ 

As  we  look  back  across  the  centuries  and 
observe  the  frequent  tokens  of  the  Divine 
approbation  which  rested  upon  the  Apos- 
tolic labours ;  the  amazing  results  which 
followed  them  ;  together  with  the  destruc- 
tion of  Jerusalem,  involving,  as  it  did,  the 
breaking  up  of  the  Jewish  community — 
the  one  race  which  stood  in  solid  opposition 
to  Christianity — we  can  but  say,  God  has 
placed  his  seal  of  approval  upon  the  efforts 
of  the  Apostle,  and  vindicated,  not  only 
the  methods  adopted  by  him  but  also  the 
catholic  interpretation  of  the  Gospel,  of 
which  St.  Paul  was  the  most  renowned  and 
successful  exponent. 

1  Ramsay,  Expositor,  Dec.  1889,  P-  40-' 


CHAPTER   IV 

Two  extreme  views  regarding  St.  Paul's  employment  of 
legal  conceptions — Brief  sketch  of  institutions  of  Roman 
Law — The  Twelve  Tables — Conservatism  of  the  un- 
enlightened community — Expansion  of  old  strict  law 
becomes  imperative — The  agency  of  the  Jurisconsults 
— The  Prsetor,  as  keeper  of  the  Roman  conscience — 
Problems  of  Western  theology  congenial  to  Roman 
mind — Contrast  between  Greek  and  Latin  theology — 
The  family,  the  unit  of  society — Its  artificial  extension 
— Reason  for  importance  attaching  to  adoption — 
Roman  and  Greek  wills — Death  eliminated  from 
conception  of  inheritance — Contrast  between  Roman 
testament  and  its  modern  representative — Slavery 
involved  no  rights — Law  of  Nature  and  law  of  nations — 
A  priori  speculations  of  Stoics  and  theories  of  Juris- 
consults. 

There  is  no  question  as  to  St.  Paul's  obliga- 
tion to  the  Imperial  rule  and  administra- 
tion, increasingly  manifested  as  it  is  by  the 
course  of  modern  investigation,  but  the 
extent  of  his  debt  to  principles  and  institu- 
tions of  contemporary  law  as  a  means  of 
expounding  doctrine  is  a  subject  of  dis- 
cussion. Some  have  insisted  that  his  re- 
ferences are  only  of  a  vague  nature,  and 
consequently  appeal  to  them  for  exegetical 
purposes   must  be  barren   of  result.     It   is 

57 


58  TWO  EXTREME  VIEWS 

needful,  however,  to  recollect  that  these 
references  were  employed  in  an  age  when — 
for  various  weighty  reasons,  as  we  shall 
presently  see- -men  attached  the  first  im- 
portance to  a  knowledge  of  their  renowned 
jurisprudence.  Accordingly  such  allusions, 
far  from  conveying  an  indeterminate  signi- 
fication, spoke  forcefully  and  with  an  import 
self-evident  to  his  readers.  Otherwise  we 
should  be  compelled  to  believe  that  the 
Apostle's  keen  perception  was  at  fault  in 
employing  metaphors  unfitted  to  facilitate 
comprehension  of  his  teaching. 

Some  writers  have  gone  to  the  other 
extreme ;  Halmel,^  for  instance,  seeks  to 
prove  that  St.  Paul  was  familiar  even  with 
the  profoundest  technicalities  of  Roman 
Law.  No  attempt  is  made  in  these  chap- 
ters to  maintain  this  extreme  and,  as  we 
believe,  mistaken  view  ;  nor  is  it  asserted 
that  the  more  carefal  examination  of  these 
references  will  unfold  new  truths,  but  it  is 
unquestionable  that  passages  of  the  Pauline 
Epistles,  obscure  to  many  readers,  will  im- 
part a  clearer  signification  and  reveal  fresh 
aspects  of  truth,  if  examined  in  the  light 
of    Roman    Law,    or    its    Hellenistic    form. 

1  Dr.    Anton    von    Halmel,    tJbey    romisches    Recht   im 
Galaterbvief. 


FOUNDATION  OF  ROMAN  LAW    59 

As  an  aid  to  those  readers  who  may  have  no 
acquaintance  with  it,  a  brief  sketch  is  in- 
troduced and  reference  made,  with  somewhat 
greater  fulness,  to  the  legal  institutions 
reflected  in  St.  Paxil's  Epistles. 

The  foundation  of  Roman  Law  rests  in 
large     measure    upon    the    Twelve    Tables 
(see  p.  27),  which,  regarded  as  semi-sacred, 
supplied  for  long  a  code  of  legal  principles 
regulating    the    life    of    the    citizen.      The 
law^    of    the    Twelve    Tables    was    strictly 
limited    in    its    application :     except    as    a 
special  favour,  no   one   outside  the   pale  of 
Roman  citizenship   was   permitted  to  avail 
himself    of    the    benefits    of    Roman    Law ; 
for    the    citizen,    like    the    Jew,    was    most 
zealous     in    the    maintenance     of     his    ex- 
clusive privileges.     Had  this  exclusive  ap- 
propriation been  maintained,   Roman  Law 
might  have  become  as  great  a  hindrance  to 
the  onward  march  of    the  Gospel  as  subse- 
quently  it   becamiC   an    auxiliary,    after   its 
extension  to  other  nations.     Notwithstand- 
ing the  conservatism  of  the  unenlightened 
community,   which   dreads   change,   the  ex- 
pansion of  the  Empire  rendered  it  imperative 
that  Roman  Law  should  be  modified  both 
as  to  its  principles  and  their  geographical 
application. 


60     WORK  OF  THE  JURISCONSULTS 

To  follow  the  course  of  its  development 
and  extension,  till  it  attained  its  maximum 
scope,  would  carry  us  far  beyond  the 
apostolic  age.  It  will  not,  however,  be  out  of 
place  to  refer  to  the  methods  whereby  the 
ancient  Roman  Law,  the  pride  and  the 
exclusive  possession  of  the  citizen,  the  envy 
of  the  non-citizen,  became,  either  in  its 
pure  or  Hellenistic  form,  of  universal  applica- 
tion and  practically  coextensive  with  the 
civilised  world,  a  result  involving  momen- 
tous consequences,  in  connection  with  the 
propagation  of  Christianity  throughout  the 
Roman  Empire. 

Expansion  came  about  in  the  following 
manner.  First  the  Jurisconsults^  —  who 
may  be  compared  to  our  professors  of  law, 
but  with  no  place  on  the  Bench — stated  their 
opinions  to  their  students,  not  only  on 
actual  cases  as  they  were  submitted  by 
clients  for  their  opinion,  or  were  decided  by 
the  magistrates  in  Court,  but  also  on 
imaginary  cases  suggested  by  themselves 
or  by  their  pupils,  which  might  appear  to 

1  Cicero  informs  us  of  the  high  esteem  in  which  their 
profession  was  held,  and  students  flocked  in  crowds  to 
receive  instruction  from  them.  He  himself  was  taught  by 
the  renowned  Q.  Mucius.  Pupils  passed  through  a  regular 
course  of  legal  study,  referred  to  in  the  Digest  in  the  words 
"  instituere,  audire,  instruere." 


THE  TWELVE  TABLES  61 

have  some  connection  with  the  former. 
These  opinions  (sententice)  on  both  real  and 
hypothetical  cases,  carefully  recorded  by 
themselves  or  sometimes  by  their  students, 
so  increased  as  to  form  a  huge  legal  litera- 
ture, and  formed  the  major  portion  of  that 
great  body  of  Civil  Law  which  has  been  in- 
valuable in  the  formation  of  European 
systems  of  law.  The  older  Jurisconsults 
professed  merely  to  explain  the  Twelve 
Tables,  but  they  contrived  by  liberal  inter- 
pretation to  read  into  that  ancient  code 
much  more  than  the  text  contained.  Thus 
they  enlarged  its  scope  without  offending 
the  susceptibility  of  men  averse  to  change. 
Amongst  later  jurisconsults  were  some  of 
surpassing  genius,  such  as  Ulpian,  Julian, 
and  Papinian,  and  it  is  well-nigh  impossible 
to  estimate  at  its  proper  worth  the  debt 
owed  to  them  by  the  majority  of  civilised 
nations  ;  truly  they  are  ''  the  great  lights  of 
jurisprudence  for  all  time,"  the  fruit  of  their 
work  remains  with  us,  but  it  is  unsurpassed 
either  in  form  or  matter. 

Again,  a  further  modification  of  the  old 
strict  law  was  later  achieved  by  the  action 
of  the  Praetor,  who  proceeded  on  different 
lines.  The  amelioration  of  the  old  iron- 
bound  system,  effected  by  him,  was  marked 


62     HARDSHIPS  OF  ANCIENT  LAW 

by  open  departure  from  the  older  form  of 
Roman  Law.  One  of  his  functions  was  to 
provide  opportunities  for  securing  justice  in 
cases  where  non-citizens  were  involved.  In 
the  performance  of  this  duty  he  had  con- 
siderable discretion — although  within  certain 
limits — and  could  decide  as  to  when  the 
strict  provisions  of  Roman  Law  should  give 
way  to  considerations  of  jus  gentium  and 
equity  {naturalis  cequitas).  He  was  per- 
mitted to  go  even  further  and  to  found  his 
decision  for  altering  the  law  on  the  basis 
of  the  common  weal  {publica  utilitas). 
Thus  in  giving  relief  against  the  hardship 
of  the  old  law,  he  may  be  regarded  as  the 
"  keeper  of  the  conscience  "  ^  of  the  Roman 
people.  In  this  task  he  was  aided  in  no 
small  degree  by  the  attention  drawn  to 
the  Law  of  Nature  (jus  naturale)  by  the 
Stoics.^  Apart  from  the  jurisconsults  and 
the  praetors  a  good  deal  also  was  done  by 
legislation,  which,  during  the  Republic,  was 
enacted    by   the    assembly    of   the    Roman 

^  The  Roman  innate  sense  of  justice  and  reverence  for  law 
is  exhibited  in  the  permission  for  ahens  to  pretend  citizen- 
ship, in  certain  cases  of  patent  hardship,  and  so  find  a  legal 
remedy.  Thus  (Gaius,  iv.  2)7)'  "  Item  ci vitas  Romana 
peregrino  fingitur,  si  eo  nomine  agat  aut  eum  eo  agatur,  quo 
nomine  nostris  legibus  actio  constituta  est,  si  modo  justum 
sit  eam  actionem  etiam  ad  peregrinum  extendi." 

2  See  post,  p  yy. 


LAW  IN  APOSTOLIC  TIMES        63 

people.  This  source  of  law  was  gradually 
superseded  during  the  early  period  of  the 
Empire  by  the  ordinances  of  the  Senate,  from 
which,  or  later  from  the  Emperor,  as  repre- 
senting the  people,  there  proceeded  such 
enactments  as  that  referred  to  in  Luke  ii.  1 : 
"  In  those  days,  there  went  out  a  decree  from 
Caesar  Augustus,  that  all  the  world  should 
be  enrolled."  At  length  the  ordinances  of 
the  Senate,  termed  "  senatus  consulta,"  were 
wholly  replaced  by  Imperial  constitutions, 
proceeding  from  the  Emperor  alone,  as 
supreme  lawgiver.  Our  knowledge  of  the 
Roman  Law,  as  it  existed  in  the  time  of 
St.  Paul,  is  largely  derived  from  the  Insti- 
tutes of  Gaius  (his  full  name  is  unknown, 
Gaius  being  probably  his  praenomen),  a  MS. 
of  which  was  discovered  in  1816  by  Niebuhr 
at  Verona.  The  lateness  of  this  discovery 
explains  the  paucity  of  references  to  the 
legal  features  of  St.  Paul's  epistles,  by 
writers  prior  to  this  date,  as  the  Institutes 
of  Justinian,  with  which  they  were  alone 
familiar,  did  not  represent  the  law  as  it 
stood  in  apostolic  days.  Numerous  changes 
were  made  in  the  Roman  Law  by  suc- 
cessive Emperors,  forms  and  institutions 
in  force  in  the  age  of  St.  Paul  becoming 
obsolete.      When     Justinian     assumed     the 


64  WESTERN  CHURCH 

purple  (527),  Roman  Law  had  long  passed 
the  climax  of  its  development,  and  within 
six   years   the   vast    accumulation    of   legal 
literature,   proceeding  from  the  sources  we 
have  specified,  was  edited  and  published  by 
him  with  numerous  amendments,  adapting 
the  law  to  his  own  time,  in  his  immortal 
works,  the  Code,  the  Institutes  and  Digest, 
The  whole   of   the   common   law   (so  called 
'jus'),  collected  into  fifty  books,  is  known 
as  the  Digest  or  Pandects,  a  work  which  has 
influenced   in   greater   or   lesser   degree  the 
legal  systems  of  most  civilised  nations.^    The 
part  played  by  Roman  Law  in  connection  with 
theological   discussion   during   the  centuries 
succeeding  the  time  of  St.  Paul  is  important. 
''Almost    everybody    who    has    knowledge 
enough    of    Roman   law   to    appreciate    the 
Roman  penal  system,  the  Roman  theory  of 
the  obligations   established  by  Contract  or 
Delict,  the  Roman  view  of  Debts,  and  the 
modes  of  incurring,  extinguishing,  and  trans- 
mitting them  .  .   .  may  be  trusted  to  say 
whence  arose  the  frame  of  mind  to  which 
the  problems  of  Western  theology  proved  so 
congenial,  whence  came  the  phraseology  in 

1  Among  others,  legal  codes  framed  by  France,  Germany, 
Austria,  Italy,  and  Spain  are  all  based,  more  or  less,  on 
Roman  Law. 


GREEK  SPECULATION  65 

which  these  problems  were  stated,  and 
whence  the  description  of  reasoning  employed 
in  their  solution."  ^ 

Therefore  it  is  not  strange,  in  view  of  what 
has  just  been  stated,  that  subsequently  the 
Western  Church  assimilated  the  Pauline 
theology  with  readiness,  especially  such 
aspects  of  it  as  were  cast  in  a  forensic  mould. ^ 
The  contrast  between  the  Greek  and  Latin 
Churches  gives  point  to  this  statement. 
The  theology  of  the  Greek  Churches  was 
largely  tinctured  by  Greek  Philosophy, 
Eastern  mysticism,  and  Judaism,  for  the 
Oriental  mind  revelled  in  this  wealth  of 
thought  from  divers  quarters,  and  there 
resulted  a  theology  in  which  metaphysical 
aspects  were  its  prominent  features.  It  is 
equally  true  to  say  that  the  theology  of  the 
Latin  Church  was  coloured  by  the  legal 
attitude  of  mind  which  characterised  the 
West.  While  the  speculative  mind  of  the 
Greek  was  chiefly  engaged  with  such  doctrinal 
questions  as  the  Godhead  and  the  nature  of 
Christ,  which  it  continued  "  defining  with 
still  more  exquisite  subtlety,"  the  practical 

^  Maine,  Ancient  Law,  p.  358. 

2  Numerous  forensic  terms  are  emplo^-ed  in  the  Pauline 
epistles,  e.g.  biKaiovv,  '  to  declare  rigliteous  '  ;  diKaicoais, 
'the  act  of  acquittal';  KaraKpina,  'sentence  of  condemna- 
tion ' ;  eyxaXeti/,  '  to  indict '  or  'summon  to  a  court  for  trial.' 
6 


66  THE  ROMAN  FAMILY 

bent  of  the  Western  mind  was  almost  ex- 
clusively occupied  with  such  conceptions  as 
justification,  moral  obligation,  transmitted 
sin  or  liability,  and  satisfaction  or  atone- 
ment. That  was  a  result  to  be  anticipated 
in  the  case  of  men  occupied  solely  with  the 
study  of  jurisprudence,  in  which  alone  their 
intellectual  activities  found  scope.  In  this 
connection,  Maine  observes  truly,  "  It  was 
impossible  that  they  should  not  select  from 
the  questions  indicated  by  the  Christian 
records,  those  which  had  some  affinity  with 
the  order  of  speculations  to  which  they  were 
accustomed,  and  that  their  manner  of  deal- 
ing with  them  should  not  borrow  something 
from  their  forensic  habits."  ^ 

The  Family, — According  to  Roman  legal 
conceptions,  the  family — not  the  individual 
— formed  the  unit  of  society,  and  was  com- 
posed of  those  related  exclusively  through 
males. ^  Accordingly,  the  family  embraced  the 
eldest  male  ancestor — the  '  Paterfamilias  ' 
— as  the  head,  his  wife  and  all  their  male 
descendants,  together  with  their  wives,  un- 
married   daughters,   and    likewise    adopted 

^  Maine,  Ancient  Law,  p.  358. 

2  The  modern  and  natural  conception  of  kinship  is  based 
on  descent  from  the  marriage  of  a  common  pair.  Those 
related  thus — "  cognati  " — are  to  be  distinguished  from  the 
"  agnati,"  related  by  the  artificial  tie  described  above. 


ANCIENT  HORROR  OF  INTESTACY    67 

persons.  The  '  Paterfamilias '  possessed 
despotic  powers — '  Patria  potestas  ' — over 
all  the  members,  and  in  many  ways  he  re- 
sembled the  head  of  the  patriarchal  family 
of  the  Old  Testament.  He  was  the  house- 
hold priest,  and  maintained  the  family 
worship.  The  Roman  cultus  was  mainly 
the  worship  of  ancestors,  whose  spirits,  as 
protecting  divinities,  were  supposed  to  haunt 
the  hearth  and  home.  It  was  the  filial  duty  of 
descendants  to  supply  them  with  food,  which 
was  sacrificed  to  these  spirits.  If  the  '  pater- 
familias '  died  childless,  there  was  no  person 
to  perform  this  most  necessary  duty,  for  the 
heir  was  reckoned  to  be  the  only  one  who 
could  fulfil  the  office.  '  To  die  childless  was 
to  leave  the  perturbed  spirit  of  the  father 
without  rest  or  food  ;  from  the  natural  pro- 
tector of  his  house  he  became  a  malignant 
ghoul.  The  records  of  ancient  law  show 
many  traces  of  the  absolute  horror  with 
which  the  fathers  of  our  race  contemplated 
their  disconsolate  state,  if  they  died  without 
children  and,  by  consequence,  without  heirs.'  ^ 
This  fact  explains  in  large  measure  the 
important  place  assigned  to  adoption,  for 
hereby  a  remedy  could  be  found  for  the 
catastrophe  involved  in  childlessness. 

^  Hunter,  Introduction  to  Roman  Law,  p.  151. 


68      IMPORTANCE  OF  x\DOPTION 

Adoption. — This  institution  occupies  a  very 
insignificant  place  in  modern  European  life, 
as  supreme  importance  attaches  to  relation- 
ship by  blood ;  but  adoption  was  a  most 
important  factor  in  the  social  and  religious 
life  of  the  age  with  which  we  are  here 
concerned,  and  involved  weighty  conse- 
quences. Roman  sentiment  and  Roman  Law 
regarded  an  adopted  son  as  standing  in 
the  identical  position  of  a  son  born  in 
marriage.  The  truth  of  this  statement  is 
revealed  by  the  fact  that,  during  the 
whole  succession  of  the  Caesars,  there  is  no 
instance  of  a  father  being  succeeded  by  any 
other  than  an  adopted  son.  So  completely 
was  an  adopted  person  identified  with  his 
new  family,  that  the  rules  prohibiting  inter- 
marriage between  certain  degrees  of  blood 
relationship,  applied  with  equal  force  to  him. 
Accordingly  Octavia,  the  daughter  of 
Claudius,  was  not  permitted  to  marry  Nero, 
who  had  been  adopted  by  her  father,  till 
she  was  emancipated  from  the  paternal 
authority.  Further  consequences  were  in- 
volved ;  thus  the  right  to  be  heir  of  the 
adopting  father  was  conferred  from  the 
moment  of  the  ceremony,  a  right  as  valid  as 
in  the  case  of  a  son  by  birth.  If  he  was  the 
only  son,  whether  by  birth  or  adoption,  he 


ADOPTION  AND  SONSHIP         69 

became  sole  heir ;  but  if  there  were  other 
sons,  he  inherited  as  joint-heir  with  them. 
All  agnatic  relationships  with  his  previous 
family  were  dead  and  completely  severed  ; 
he  acquired  a  new  family,  and  in  the  eye  of 
the  law  lost  his  former  '  caput,'  involving  his 
recognition  as  another  man,  a  new  being 
born  into  the  w^orld.  Accordingly,  he  relin- 
quished his  old  name,  assuming  the  '  nomen ' 
of  his  new  father,  and,  renouncing  his  former 
household  deities,  adopted  the  worship  of  his 
new  family. 

The  common  method  of  transferring  a 
person  from  one  family  to  another  took  place 
in  the  following  manner.  In  the  presence 
of  five  witnesses  the  person  about  to  be 
adopted  was  sold  by  his  paterfamilias 
three  times.  The  reason  being  that  the 
Twelve  Tables  enacted  that  if  a  father 
sold  his  son  thrice  he  lost  his  paternal 
right  {'  patria  potestas  ').  A  fictitious  law- 
suit then  followed,  whereby  the  person 
to  be  transferred  was  surrendered  to  the 
adopting  father.  But  the  final  stages  of  an 
adoption  and  of  a  sale  into  bondage  were 
very  similar,  hence  the  necessity  for  the 
presence  of  witnesses  to  testify  as  to  the 
real  intention  of  the  ceremony.  Otherwise, 
in  the  absence  of  anything  corresponding  to 


70     HEIRSHIP  AND  INHERITANCE 

our  modern  legal  deeds,  misconception  might 
ensue ;  after  the  death  of  the  adopting  father, 
malice  or  envy  might  suggest  that  he  who 
had  entered  into  an  inheritance  had  no  legal 
right  to  possess  it,  being  only  a  bondsman. 
In  such  a  case  the  adopted  son  would  seek 
judicial  aid.  In  open  court  he  would  declare 
'  after  the  ceremony  with  the  scales  and 
brass,  the  deceased  claimed  me  by  the  name 
of  son.  From  that  time  forward  he  treated 
me  as  a  member  of  his  family.  I  called  him 
'  father  '  and  he  allowed  it.  ...  I  sat  at  his 
table  where  the  slaves  never  sat ;  he  told  me 
the  inheritance  was  mine.'  But  the  law 
required  corroborative  evidence.  One  of 
the  five  witnesses  was  called.  '  I  was 
present,'  he  says,  '  at  the  ceremony.  It 
was  I  who  held  the  scales  and  struck  them 
with  the  ingot  of  brass.  It  was  an  adoption. 
I  heard  the  words  of  vindication,  and  I  say 
this  person  was  claimed  by  the  deceased  not 
as  a  slave,  but  as  a  son.'  ^  In  accordance 
with  the  testimony  of  the  witness  a  judicial 
decision  followed,  confirming  the  right  of 
the  adopted  son  to  the  inheritance. 

Heirship  and  inheritance, — The  notion  ex- 
pressed by  the  maxim  of  English  law,  "  nemo 
est  heres  viventis  " — no  one  is  the  heir  of  a 

^  Ball,  Contemporary  Review.     Aug.  1891, 


THE  HEIR  AS  A  CHILD  71 

living  person— had  no  place  in  the  early 
Roman  Law,  for  at  the  moment  of  birth — or 
adoption — a  son  became  the  heir  of  his  father. 
In  our  day  the  person  who  will  inherit  by  the 
terms  of  a  man's  will  has  no  immediate 
interest  in  the  property,  which  may  at  some 
future  time  be  his  :  the  heir  of  St.  Paul's 
time  was  interested  in  the  property  of  the 
'  Paterfamilias,'  and  reckoned  to  have  been 
previously  proprietor  {suns  heres),  even 
during  the  lifetime  of  the  father.  Further, 
an  '  indissoluble  unity '  was  considered  to 
exist  between  the  ancestor  and  his  heir,  for 
the  testator  was  conceived  '  to  live  on  in  his 
heir.'  In  the  eye  of  law  he  survived,  for 
'  the  elimination,  so  to  speak,  of  the  fact 
of  death  '  was  a  principle  of  pure  Roman 
jurisprudence.  It  has  been  suggested  that 
this  fact  explains  the  bold  expression,  '  heirs 
of  God,'  and  it  is  only  our  familiarity  with 
the  words  that  disguises  the  remarkable 
nature  of  a  phrase  implying  succession  to 
the  Eternal  Father.  St.  Paul  makes  fre- 
quent and  effective  use  of  the  idea  of  spiritual 
inheritance,  e.g.  "  heirs  of  God  and  joint 
heirs  with  Christ  "  (Rom.  viii.  17).  "If  a 
son,  then  an  heir  through  God  "  (Gal.  iv.  7). 

Guardianship. — This    was    a    method    for 
continuing    artificially   the   Patria   potestas 


72  THE  PR.ETORIAN  WILL 

over  an  heir  whose  Pater  famihas  was 
dead,  but  who  was  not  of  sufficient  age  to 
protect  his  person  or  deal  with  his  inheritance. 
The  heir,  though  he  might  be  the  possessor 
of  great  wealth,  found  himself  in  a  position 
little  better  than  a  slave,  so  long  as  subject  to 
tutelage  ;  but,  once  the  guardianship  deter- 
mined, the  inheritance  was  entirely  under 
his  control.  Accordingly,  St.  Paul  writes, 
''  So  long  as  the  heir  is  a  child,  he  differeth 
nothing  from  a  bond-servant,  though  he  is 
lord  of  all ;  but  is  under  guardians  and 
stewards  until  the  time  appointed  of  the 
father"  (Gal.  iv.  1  and  2). 

Testaments, — The  ancient  Roman  will  pre- 
sented a  remarkable  contrast  to  its  modern 
representative,  since  its  chief  purpose  was 
not  so  much  to  transfer  property,  as  to 
appoint  an  heir  who  might  represent  the 
personality  of  his  ancestor.  This  purpose 
was,  as  we  have  already  seen,  a  vital  con- 
sideration of  the  time.  Further,  the  ancient 
will  in  Rome  was  public,  irrevocable,  and 
took  immediate  effect ;  in  a  word,  it  re- 
sembled a  modern  conveyance  of  property, 
becoming  operative  in  the  moment  of  its 
completion.  Subsequently  another  form — 
the  Praetorian  will — came  into  use  ;  in  it  the 
features  which  characterised  the  older  form 


THE  STATUS  OF  A  SLAVE        73 

disappeared,  it  became  a  private  instrument 
revocable  by  a  later  will,  and  taking  effect 
only  after  the  testator's  death. 

But  while  the  ancient  form  fell  into  desue- 
tude in  Rome,  its  peculiar  features  continued 
— according  to  Ramsay — in  wills  made  in 
Greece  and  South  Galatia.  This  distinction 
has  been  employed  to  reinforce  the  argu- 
ments in  support  of  the  South  Galatian 
theory  (see  Chap.  X.). 
//  Slavery, — While  not  a  few  slaves  in  the 
time  of  St.  Paul  owed  their  condition  to 
capture  in  war  or  the  fact  that  they  were  born 
in  slavery,  yet  by  far  the  greater  number 
were  imported  to  Rome  by  agents  who 
scoured  the  nearer  Asiatic  countries,  Spain, 
Gaul,  and  Africa  to  maintain  the  supply. 
Their  numbers,  on  the  most  moderate 
estimate,  amounted  to  one-half  the  popula- 
tion of  Rome.  Regarded  as  a  mere 
*  animated  instrument,'  a  useful  chattel,^ 
legal  writers  classed  the  slave  with  animals 
and  merchandise.  He  was  frequently  be- 
queathed by  will,  or  a  master  might  oblige  a 
friend  by  the  loan  of   a  slave,  as  we  might 

1  While  St.  Paul  did  not  directly  insist  on  the  freeing  of 
the  slave  as  a  Christian  duty,  the  abolition  of  slavery  was 
involved  in  his  counsel  to  Philemon,  to  receive  back  the 
fugitive  slave  Onesimus,  not -as  'a  slave,  but  more  than  a 
slave,  a  brother  beloved.' 


74        THE  STATUS  OF  A  SLAVE 

lend  a  horse  ;  and  all  his  earnings  belonged 
to  his  master.  A  modern  servant  gives  his 
services  for  wages,  he  is  free  to  relinquish  his 
work  at  the  end  of  his  term  of  service,  and  is 
possessed  of  rights  corresponding  to  those  of 
his  master.  The  slave  had  no  such  rights, 
nor  did  later  legislation,  for  the  purpose  of 
preventing  cruelty  to  the  slave  confer  any 
legal  rights ;  it  was  merely  an  effort  to 
restrain  cruel  masters,  akin  to  the  object 
of  a  modern  society  for  the  prevention 
of  cruelty  to  animals.  Notwithstanding 
his  servile  condition,  his  position  compared 
favourably  with  that  of  the  modern  slave 
before  emancipation,  for  he  was  frequently 
in  education  and  attainments  the  equal  of  his 
master,  and  entrusted  with  duties,  such  as  the 
'  schoolmaster  '  (A.V.)  ^  which  demanded  the 
fullest  confidence ;  and  instances  of  friend- 
ship between  master  and  slave  were  not 
infrequent.  A  New  Testament  example 
is  furnished  in  the  case  of  the  Roman 
centurion  whose  slave  was  healed  by  Christ 
(Luke  vii.  2). 

1  His  duty  was  to  accompany  the  child  to  and  from 
school,  to  give  moral  instruction,  and  '  keep  him  out  of 
mischief.'  Tindale's  rendering  of  the  original  (naidaycoyos) 
as  '  scholemaster '  conveys  a  wrong  impression,  but  the 
original  has  no  corresponding  word  in  English.  R.V. 
translates  '  tutor.' 


'  THE  LORD'S  FREEDMAN  '        75 

St.  Paul  frequently  employed  the  term 
'  slave  '  to  represent  the  Christian  service. 
''  If  I  were  still  pleasing  men,  I  should  not 
be  the  slave  of  Christ  "  (Gal.  i.  10) ;  ''  Epaph- 
ras,  a  slave  of  Christ  Jesus  "  (Col.  iv.  12). 
To  the  great  majority  of  those  to  whom  his 
Epistles  were  addressed,  the  term  '  slave  ' 
{hovXo^)  would  not  suggest  the  idea  of 
'  servant '  in  the  sense  noted  above.  Such 
as  were  converts  from  the  Grseco-Roman 
world  would  undoubtedly  regard  the  ex- 
pression as  implying  '  slave.'  Unfortun- 
ately, in  the  Authorised  and  Revised  Ver- 
sions, '  servant '  is  employed  as  a  synonym 
for  the  Pauline  expression  '  slave.'  In 
one  passage  the  Revisers  have  ventured 
to  translate  the  word  rendered  in  the 
Authorised  Version  as  'servant'  by  'bond- 
servant,' i.e.  slave,  "for  he  that  was  called 
in  the  Lord,  being  a  bondservant,  is  the 
Lord's  freedman "  (1  Cor.  vii.  22).  By 
substituting  '  servant '  for  '  slave,'  we 
lose  just  that  aspect  of  his  life  in  which  St. 
Paul  gloried,  and  which  he  would  keep  before 
the  minds  of  men.  He  claims  no  rights 
against  the  Master  who  had  bought  him  with 
a  price ;  nor  did  he  regard  his  high  office, 
even  for  a  moment,  as  an  honourable  post 
in  his  Master's  kingdom,  which  he  was  free 


76  THE  LAW  OF  NATURE 

to  renounce  at  his  pleasure ;  for  '  in  this 
abandonment  of  all  human  liberty,  at  the 
feet  of  the  Redeemer — in  this  utter  surrender 
of  the  right  to  his  intelligence,  his  affections, 
the  employment  of  his  time,  and  his  property, 
his  movements  from  place  to  place,  except 
as  his  Master  might  command,  St.  Paul 
found  the  true  dignity  and  the  true  happi- 
ness of  his  being  as  a  man.'  ^ 

The  Law  of  Nature. — Allusion  has  been 
made  above  to  the  assistance  rendered  by 
the  Praetor,  in  his  task  of  simplifying  and 
extending  the  application  of  the  old  law, 
with  its  numerous  restrictions  and  in- 
tricacies. At  first  the  liberal  policy  of 
the  Praetor  was  possibly  despised  by  the 
Roman  citizen.  He  would  probably  have 
been  content  to  permit  the  '  foreigner  and 
alien '  to  resort  to  the  tribunal  of  the 
Praetor  Peregrinus  (who  presided  over  the 
Court  dealing  with  cases  in  which,  through 
commerce,  etc.,  foreigners  were  involved), 
just  as  the  Jew  was  prepared  to  allow  '  aliens 
to  the  commonwealth  of  Israel '  the  enjoy- 
ment of  the  benefits  of  Judaism  to  a  limited 
extent,  so  long  as  they  confined  themselves  to 
the  portion  of  the  Temple — the  Gentiles' 
Court — assigned    for    their     use.      But    in- 

^  Liddon,  Sermon  on  Gal.  i.  lo. 


INFLUENCE  OF  STOICS  77 

creasing  acquaintance  with  the  simpler 
Praetorian  system  convinced  opponents  of  its 
superiority,  and  finally  won  their  admiration. 
This  change  of  attitude  was  due  not  only  to  its 
recognised  merits,  but  perhaps  more  largely 
to  the  influence  of  the  philosophy  of  the 
Stoics.  They  taught  that  there  was  a  code 
of  Nature  prescribing  to  every  man  in  every 
nation  the  things  which  are  right,  prohib- 
iting likewise  what  was  wrong ;  in  a  word,  it 
was  a  '  lex  scripta  in  cordibus,'  a  law  written 
in  the  heart.  Now  the  further  the  Romans 
pushed  their  conquests,  the  more  plainly 
it  was  seen  that  amongst  all  the  subjugated 
peoples,  however  much  their  local  customs 
might  differ,  there  was  a  certain  substratum 
of  rules  and  principles  common  not  only 
to  them,  but  to  Rome  herself.  The  Stoics 
seized  upon  this  '  notion  of  a  law  common 
to  the  Romans  with  other  nations  and  with 
all  mankind.'  They  termed  it  the  '  jus 
naturale.'  Study  of  this  subject  suggested 
to  some  of  the  Roman  legal  professors  that 
the  law  administered  by  the  Praetor — and 
called  the  '  jus  gentium,'  the  law  of  nations — 
was  to  be  identified  with  '  the  law  of  Nature  ' 
of  the  Stoics.  Thus  the  a  priori  speculations 
of  the  philosophers  and  the  a  posteriori  infer- 
ences of  the  lawyers  were  conceived  to  have 


78  GENESIS  OF  STOICISM 

arrived  at  a  common  result.  The  lost  code  of 
natm^e  was  held  to  have  been  rediscovered 
and  restored  from  the  Golden  Age.  This 
shallow  identification  satisfied  the  Roman 
mind  and  stimulated  the  growing  popularity 
of  the  Praetorian  law  which,  as  we  have 
seen,  largely  superseded  the  old  Quiritary 
law. 

In  this  connection  it  may  be  added  many 
have  imagined  that  St.  Paul  was  indebted 
to  Stoicism  for  not  a  few  aspects  of  his 
teaching.  Undoubtedly  there  is  a  remark- 
able correspondence,  especially  with  the 
ethics  of  Seneca,  so  that  some  have  argued 
that  this  Roman  philosopher  was  acquainted 
with  St.  Paul  and  with  the  New  Testament  :  ^ 
Jerome,  indeed,  gives  him  a  place  in  his  list 
of  Christian  authors ;  but  such  assumptions 
have  been  disproved  by  Bishop  Lightfoot, 
in  his  Philippians,  The  true  reason  for  the 
resemblance  lies  in  the  fact  that  Jewish 
thought  and  Stoicism  had  much  in  common, 
and  it  is  exceedingly  probable  that  the 
genesis  of  the  latter  is  to  be  found  in 
Judaism.     The  agreement  was  remarkable  : 

1  This  is  improbable  ;  but  Ramsay  sees,  in  the  harsh  treat- 
ment meted  out  to  St.  Paul  after  the  year  64,  the  removal 
of  a  former  ameliorating  influence,  which  he  traces  to  the 
policy  of  Seneca,  who  was  deprived  of  office  in  62.  Vide 
St,  Paul  the  Traveller ^  etc.,  p.  355. 


ST.  PAUL  AND  '  CONSCIENCE  '     79 

belief  in  one  great  supreme  Being ;  the 
impossibility  of  representing  the  Divine 
nature  by  means  of  things  material ;  the 
ultimate  extinction  of  the  heathen  deities 
and  the  existence  of  Providence  {Trpovoia), 
Such  were  some  of  the  conceptions  common 
to  Jew  and  Stoic.  The  correspondences 
are  so  numerous  and  striking  that  they 
cannot  be  regarded  as  mere  coincidences 
in  thought.  An  example  is  afforded  by 
St.  Paul's  use  of  the  term  '  conscience ' 
{(Tvveihr)(7L<;),  Apart  from  his  use  of  the  word, 
it  does  not  occur  in  the  New  Testament 
except  in  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews  and 
1  Peter;  and  since  it  was  not  employed  in 
the  Old  Testament,  the  question  naturally 
arises,  what  origin,  other  than  Stoicism,  can 
be  assigned  for  a  term  of  frequent  applica- 
tion by  the  Apostle,  and  yet  one  foreign  to 
Hebrew  thought  ?  That  he  should  have 
been  familiar  with  the  doctrines  of  Stoicism 
is  not  strange,  as  he  must  have  had  many 
opportunities,  during  his  early  manhood, 
of  listening  to  the  daily  disputations  of 
teachers  from  the  celebrated  Tarsian  school, 
who  invaded  the  market-place  and  streets 
of  his  native  city  in  their  zeal  for  the  pro- 
pagation of  their  doctrines. 

It  has  been  suggested  with  much  proba- 


80  INDICTMENT  OF  GENTILE  NATIONS 

bility  that  St.  Paul  has  in  his  mind  the  '  jus 
naturale  '  as  he  indicts  Gentile  nations  (Rom. 
ii.) ;  for  Theophilus — who  wrote  the  early 
paraphrase  of  the  Institutes  of  Justinian — 
informs  us  that  by  it,  thefts,  murder, 
adultery  and  such  crimes  w^ere  prohibited. 
Thus  it  fulfilled  for  Gentile  nations  the 
purpose  accomplished  by  the  Decalogue 
for  the  Jewish  people. 


CHAPTER   V 

The  most  prominent  feature  of  St.  Paul's  theology — The 
doctrine  of  Justification  new  and  yet  not  new — The 
term,  'My  gospel' — Justification  involves  subjective 
spiritual  processes — Problem  for  St.  Paul  to  translate 
these  into  current  phraseology — Adoption,  in  English 
sense,  misleading — Relationship  resulting  from  adoption 
equivalent  to  tie  of  blood — The  Fatherhood  of  God 
a  lost  conception — Roman  hatred  of  spirit  of  devotion 
— St.  Paul's  pre-Christian  experience  enriched  his  sense 
of  sonship — The  revelation  of  the  purpose  of  the  Law — 
Fault  found  with  the  Apostle's  method  for  expounding 
sonship,  because  not  natural — Comparison  with  Christ's 
exposition  of  the  idea. 

During  the  period  of  his  retirement  after 
his  conversion,  St.  Paul,  by  profound  in- 
vestigation, had  thought  out  under  Divine 
direction  the  relations  and  issues  of  the 
revelation  vouchsafed  him  by  his  Risen 
Lord.  The  doctrine  of  Justification  by 
Faith,^  the  most  prominent  feature  of  his 

1  The  interpretation  of  the  expression  '  to  justify ' 
(dL<aiovv)  occupies  an  important  place  in  the  distinction 
drawn  between  Eastern  and  Western  theology;  according 
to  the  former  it  generally  signified  to  '  count  or  declare 
just  '  ;  but  the  Latin  Church  regarded  the  corresponding 
expression  (*  justificare ')  as  equivalent  to  'make  just,'  thus 
in  effect  including  '  sanctification  '  as  involved  in  the  term. 

7 


82        JUSTIFICATION  BY  FAITH 

theology,  was  one  of  the  fruits  of  this  period. 
The  doctrine  was  new,  and  yet  again  was 
not  new ;  for  although  in  its  '  technical 
theological  sense,'  as  employed  in  the  New 
Testament,  it  is  not  to  be  discovered  in  the 
records  of  patriarchal  times,  yet  the  Apostle 
brings  us  back  to  that  germinal  conception 
which  was  as  old  as  Abraham  himself. 
For  ages  the  part  played  by  faith  in  the  life 
of  the  Patriarch  had  been  concealed  and 
obscured  by  the  Law  till  its  true  import 
was  revealed  to  St.  Paul,  whereby  the  whole 
current  of  his  life  was  reversed. 

No  reader  of  what  he  termed  '  my 
gospel '  ^  can  fail  to  observe  the  modes  he 
employs  to  state  the  spiritual  issues  of 
justification  by  faith.  Thus,  "Ye  are  all 
sons  of  God  through  faith  in  Christ  Jesus  " 
(Gal.  iii.  26) ;  "  God  sent  forth  His  Son  .  .  . 
that  we  might  receive  the  adoption  of 
sons.     And  because  ye  are  sons,  God  sent 

The  Pauline  use  of  the  term  signifies,  not  the  character 
imparted  to  the  justified  man,  but  the  '  footing  '  on  which 
one  may  stand  to  another.  On  this  distinction  depends  in 
large  measure  the  important  place  assigned  to  the  conception 
of  *  grace  '  in  the  theology  of  the  West. 

1  Thrice  he  employs  the  phrase,  '  according  to  my  gospel ' 

(Kara  to  evayyeXLOv  fxov),  —  his   purpose  waS,    not    tO   suggest 

it  as  '  antagonistic  to  the  common  faith  of  the  Church,  but 
as  complementary  to  and  explanatory  of  it.' — Sanday  and 
Headlam,  Romans,  p.  433. 


ISSUES  OF  JUSTIFICATION        83 

forth  the  Spirit  of  His  Son  into  our  hearts, 
crying,  Abba,  Father"  (Gal.  iv.  4-6);  and 
again,  "  Ye  received  not  the  spirit  of  bondage 
again  unto  fear,  but  ye  received  the  spirit 
of  adoption,  whereby  we  cry,  Abba,  Father,"  ^ 
(Rom.  viii.  15).  Some  have  disparaged  the 
doctrine  as  tending  to  antinomianism ;  but 
those  who  do  so,  forget  that  it  imphes 
more  than  a  mere  claim  to  an  interest  in  the 
atonement  on  the  ground  of  faith.  It  in- 
volves subjective  spiritual  processes,  verified 
by  his  own  experience,  and  out  of  that 
experience  he  speaks.  He  anticipated  the 
objection  of  those  who  might  disparage 
the  doctrine,  for  he  realised  that  men  might 
rest  content  with  its  merely  objective  aspect, 
and  be  satisfied  with  a  claim  to  release  from 
condemnation  through  the  vicarious  sacri- 
fice of  Christ.  Therefore  he  introduces  the 
figure  of  adoption  to  reveal  that  subjective 
side  of  justification,  in  the  absence  of  which 
the  atonement  is  shorn  of  its  power,  as  a 


1  It  is  noteworthy  that  '  abba '  (the  *  emphatic  ' 
Aramaic  word  for  '  father  ')  is  only  employed  in  the  N.T. 
in  '  direct  address  '  to  God.  Such  was  Christ's  use  ;  here 
it  is  an  utterance  prompted  by  the  Holy  Spirit  and  directed 
to  the  Heavenly  Father.  The  double  form  probably 
originated  with  Greek  -  speaking  Jews,  but  it  became  a 
hallowed  expression  by  reason  of  Christ's  example  in 
GeLhseman*. 


84       AN  ESSENTIAL  CONCEPTION 

dynamic  for  a  life  of  holiness.  So  essential 
was  this  conception  for  his  readers,  and  so 
potent  and  uplifting  had  he  found  it  in  his 
own  spiritual  experience,  that  his  ardent 
nature  was  on  fire  to  state  the  true  and  worthy 
relationship  to  God  in  such  terms  as  to  find 
a  ready  access  to  their  minds.  The  rela- 
tionship involved  not  only  the  filial  spirit, 
but  a  divine  life,  divine  because  kindred  to 
God's  own  nature  and  communicated  by 
Him.  Thus  St.  John  writes,  "  Behold,  what 
manner  of  love  the  Father  hath  bestowed 
on  us,  that  we  should  be  called  the  sons  of 
God :  and  such  we  are  "  (1  John  iii.  1,  R.V.). 
But  how  convey  an  adequate  notion  to 
others,  how  translate  the  conception  into 
current  phraseology  ?  That  was  the  prob- 
lem for  St.  Paul,  and  accordingly  he  sought 
some  analogy  to  facilitate  his  task.  He 
turned  to  the  Roman  Law  and  appropri- 
ated the  legal  term  '  adoption  '  {vlodeala)^'^ 
for  to  his  mind,  and  that  of  his  readers, 
the  status  resulting  from  adoption,  far  from 
implying  inferiority,  was  identical  with  son- 
ship    originating    in    birth, ^    ''  Ye    received 

^  The  term  '  adoption  '  is  employed  by  St.  Paul  five 
times  in  his  Epistles.  Once  (Rom.  ix.  4)  it  is  applied  to  the 
unique  position  of  Israel  as  a  nation  ;  elsewhere  it  refers  to 
the  Christian's  peculiar  privileges. 

2  The  apostle  does  not  deny,  by  the  use  of  this  illustra- 


ADOPTION  IN  ENGLISH  SENSE     85 

not  the  spirit  of  bondage  again  to  fear ; 
but  ye  received  the  spirit  of  adoption, 
whereby  we  cry,  Abba,  Father "  (Rom. 
viii.  15).  Gilford's  explanation,  that  he 
coined  the  word  expressly  for  his  purpose, 
is  improbable  in  view  of  the  very  numerous 
inscriptions  incorporating  the  term ;  but, 
whatever  its  origin,  as  a  metaphor  it  con- 
veyed to  minds  familiar  with  the  Roman 
Law  a  wealth  of  meaning  which  to-day  is 
hidden  from  many  readers  of  St.  Paul. 
English  readers,  unacquainted  with  Roman 
Law,  might  be  disposed  to  question  the 
aptness  of  the  illustration ;  the  reason 
being,  they  assume  the  Pauline  reference 
is  to  an  adoption  similar  to,  or  identical 
with,  our  custom  of  adoption.  If  he  had 
employed  this  illustration  in  the  English 
sense,  it  would  have  been  a  most  unhappy 
analogy,  and  for  the  following  reason :  ^^dth 

tion,  that  all  men  may  be  designated  *  sons  of  God  '  in  a 
restricted  sense  ;  e.g.  he  quotes  with  approval  to  a  heathen 
audience,  rod  yap  koX  yevos  eo-fiev  (Acts  xvii.  28),  yet  he 
never  fails  to  make  clear  that  the  regenerate  man  is  a  son 
in  a  far  more  exalted  sense  than  he  who  might  be  so  termed, 
because  created  by  God.  Such  are  *  sons  of  God,'  but  being 
under  the  dominion  of  sin,  of  each  it  might  be  said  truly, 
'  he  differeth  nothing  from  a  slave  '  (Gal.  iv.  i).  St.  Paul 
restricts  the  term  vl6s  to  those  who  as  '  sons  of  God ' 
through  faith  in  Christ,  have  peculiar  spiritual  privileges. 
Compare  with  this  his  use  of  yeVoy  in  the  former  quotation. 


86         THE  BOND  IN  ADOPTION 

us  a  man  receives  a  child  into  his  house  and 
gives  him  a  home  and  education ;  but  this 
relationship  is  not  founded  on  a  law.  The 
arrangement — and  it  is  nothing  more — may 
be  broken  at  any  moment ;  the  legitimate 
hopes,  raised  high  by  temporary  kindness, 
may  be  dashed  to  the  ground,  and  the  child 
returned  to  his  former  life  and  surroundings. 
Public  opinion  m.ay  have  some  weight, 
but,  certain  minor  legal  rights  excepted, 
English  Law,  generally  speaking,  does  not 
recognise  '  adoption '  as  involving  any 
right  on  the  part  of  the  child.  But  the 
Pauline  analogy  was  founded  on  one  of  the 
most  cherished  of  the  Roman  institutions,^ 
fraught  with  most  important  and  widely- 
reaching  results,  both  to  the  adopted  person 
and  the  father  who  had  received  him  into 
his  family.  A  bond  was  formed  which  not 
even  death  could  sever.  The  adopter  could 
not,  even  if  he  would,  evade  the  new 
relationship,  established  by  the  ceremony 
of  adoption  in  the  presence  of  the  appointed 
witnesses.  The  adopted  person  obtained  a 
right  to  the  family  inheritance  ;  and  so  close 
was  the  new  relationship  conceived  to  be, 
that  the  tie  of  blood  was  no  stronger.     A 

^  For  the  importance   attached   to  this   institution,   see 
p.  67. 


THE  DIVINE  PLEDGE  87 

proof  of  this  may  be  seen  in  the  fact  that 
the  rules  prohibiting  marriage  between  blood 
relations  operated  equally  to  preclude 
marriage  where  the  relationship  originated 
in  adoption.^  An  English  adoption,  with 
its  elements  of  capriciousness,  its  liability 
to  sudden  termination,  its  almost  entire 
immunity  from  legal  sanction  of  any  kind, 
would  have  been  a  most  unfortunate  illus- 
tration, since  the  object  of  the  Apostle  was 
to  awaken  men  to  the  full  realisation  of 
their  glorious  privileges,  to  enable  them  to 
comprehend  the  certainty,  the  closeness  and 
permanence  of  that  bond  which  united  God 
to  them  as  their  Father,  and  them  to  God 
as  His  sons ;  to  assure  his  readers  that  the 
covenant  which  God  makes  with  every 
believer  in  Christ  Jesus  is  not  a  capricious 
undertaking,  liable  to  be  broken  at  any 
moment,  but  a  pledge  to  be  observed  by 
Him  in  all  its  fulness,  because  grounded 
on  the  Eternal  Truth  and  Justice.  This 
deep  spiritual  concept  was  amongst  the  most 
difficult  of  statement  and  translation  into 
current  thought.     Some  idea  of  the  difficulty 

^  "  Sed  si  qua  per  adoptionem  soror  mihi  esse  coeperit, 
quamdiu  quidein  constat  adoptio,  sane  inter  me  et  earn 
nuptiae  non  possunt  consistere,  cum  vero  per  emancipati- 
onem  adoptio  dissoluta  sit  ;  potero  earn  uxorem  ducere." — 
Gaius.  i.  6i. 


88  TIMES  OF  IGNORANCE 

may  be  formed  by  the  recollection  of  the 
fact  that  '  the  average  Christian '  of  the 
present  day,  with  all  the  acknowledged  aids 
to  the  right  conception  of  the  filial  spirit 
and  its  blessed  consequences  set  forth  by 
St.  Paul,  finds  it  no  shallow  task  to  grasp 
his  meaning. 

But  in  the  age  when  the  Apostle  wrote, 
not  only  did  the  same  difficulty  exist,  but 
men  had  lost  the  idea  of  the  Fatherhood  of 
God.  The  pagan  conception  of  God  varied ; 
some  regarded  Him  as  no  better,  from  the 
moral  standpoint,  than  themselves  ;  others, 
'  as  a  sternly  pure  being,  extreme  to  mark 
what  was  done  amiss,  who  might  give  a 
happier  lot  in  another  world  in  exchange 
for  ascetic  self-torture  in  this,  or  for  rigid 
observance  of  a  rule  more  exact  than  that 
which  He  had  Himself  imposed.'  During 
the  times  of  his  ignorance,  man  '  had 
learned  to  travestie  and  caricature  to  him- 
self the  nature  and  mind  of  God  in  a  thousand 
ways.  The  more  unlike  to  God  he  became, 
so  much  the  more  he  thought  wickedly  that 
God  was  even  such  an  one  as  himself.  To 
the  minds  of  the  heathen  in  general,  God 
was  no  better  than  men,  and  would  condemn 
Himself  if  He  condemned  them  .  .  .  and 
the  utmost  that  could  be  done  was  to  en- 


A  NEW  CONCEPTION  OF  GOD     89 

deavour  to  keep  Him  in  good  temper  with 
fair  words  and  frequent  offerings.'  ^ 

To  men  with  such  impoverished  and  un- 
worthy notions  as  these,  St.  Paul  endeav- 
oured to  bring  the  noble  conception  of 
sonship  with  the  Heavenly  Father,  and 
none  had  greater  need  than  those  that  dwelt 
within  the  confines  of  the  Latin  world. 
Their  religion,  the  lineal  descendant  of  the 
cult  of  ancient  Latium,  was,  as  Renan  well 
says,  a  pitiful  thing,  presenting  such  a 
conception  of  Deity  that  one  more  false  is 
nowhere  to  be  found, — a  conception  that  rose 
no  higher  than  the  State,  which  was  the 
true  god  of  Rome.  If  prayer  was  offered, 
there  was  no  necessity  for  any  moral  quali- 
fication, for  the  Deity  was  compelled,  not 
by  the  fitness  of  the  applicant,  but  by  the 
fact  that  all  due  forms  had  been  carefully 
observed.  Nay  more,  if  feelings  of  devotion 
should  happen  to  be  aroused,  such  must  be 
immediately  suppressed,  for  that  would  be 
a  defect  in  a  religion  which  placed  '  calm, 
order,  and  regularity  '  before  all  else.  Men 
were  to  yield  what  was  due  to  the  gods,  but 
anything  more  than  this  exceeded  what  w^as 
strictly  due  and  became  '  superstitio,' — a 
thought    to    the    Roman    mind    as    hateful 

^  Mason,  Faith  of  the  Gospel,  p.  174. 


90  ST.  PAUL'S  DISCOVERY 

as  the  spirit  of  scorn,  which  ignored  the 
gods. 

Accordingly,  to  such  peoples,  possessed 
during  the  '  times  of  ignorance '  of  this 
false  and  pitiful  notion  of  Godhead,  St.  Paul 
brought  the  new  conception  of  God  as 
Father,  and  men  as  sons  of  God.  Although 
there  had  been  amongst  the  heathen  writings, 
adumbrations  of  this  magnificent  truth  as 
the  Apostle  declares,  when  on  Mars  Hill  he 
quoted  with  approval  the  words  of  the  poet 
Aratus,  his  fellow-countryman,  "  For  we  are 
also  His  offspring  "  (Acts  xvii.  28),  yet  such 
were  but  the  faint  glimmerings  of  the  coming 
dawn. 

But,  further,  that  new-found  knowledge 
of  the  Fatherhood  of  God,  and  the  sonship 
of  believers,  was  enriched  by  his  peculiar 
pre-Christian  experience,  and  prepared  him 
in  a  remarkable  way,  by  the  contrast,  to  be 
a  worthy  exponent  of  the  truth  he  was  so 
keenly  concerned  to  communicate  to  others. 
The  most  important  moment  in  the  spiritual 
life  of  St.  Paul,  next  to  his  conversion,  was 
that  when  there  flashed  upon  him  the  full 
significance  of  the  commandment,  "  Thou 
shalt  not  covet  "  (Rom.  vii.  7).  The  force 
of  this  word  has,  in  the  original,  "  a  wider 
sense  than  our  '  covet ' ;    it  includes  every 


AN  IMPOSSIBLE  STANDARD     91 

kind   of   illicit   desire."'     Concerning   other 
commandments   he   could   say,    "  All  these 
have  I  kept  from  my  youth,"  since  they 
related  only  to  external  matters  of  conduct. 
As  a  Pharisee  he  was  not  concerned  with 
the  surging   passions   and  appetites  within 
the  heart ;  the  state  of  his  motives,  feeling, 
or  will  aroused  no  anxious  solicitude  ;    nay, 
of  their  importance  in  the  spiritual  life  he 
was  ignorant,  and  therefore  he  could  truly 
say,  "  I  was  alive  apart  from  the  law  once  " 
(Rom.  vii.  9).     But  St.  Paul  stood  on  the 
threshold    of     a    new    discovery.      In    the 
moment  when  the  significance  of  this  par- 
ticular   commandment,    "Thou    shalt    not 
covet,"  stood  revealed  to  his  conscience,  a 
new  dimension  for  him  was  added  to  the 
Law.     Hitherto  he  had  known  its  length  and 
breadth,    now   he   knew    its    depth ;     lusts, 
passions,  evil  desires,  had  formerly  aroused 
no   spiritual   concern   within   him,    now   he 
learnt  that  "  the  world  of  iniquity  within  " 
must  be  taken  into  account. 

This  new  insight  convinced  him  of  two 
facts.  First,  that  the  Law  which  had  been 
his  boast,  and  whose  demands  he  had  fondly 
imagined  he  had  perfectly  fulfilled,  con- 
demned him,  its  most  devoted  adherent  and 

1  Vide  Sanday  and  Headlam,  Intevnat.  Grit.  Com.  p.  179- 


92    TRUE  PRINCIPLE  OF  SERVICE 

follower  ;  and  again,  he  was  persuaded  that 
acceptance  with  God  by  means  of  the  Law 
was  impossible,  for  he  testifies,  "  By  the 
works  of  the  law  shall  no  flesh  be  justified 
in  His  sight  "  (Rom.  iii.  20).  How  intense 
the  anguish  of  his  soul  when  suspicions 
concerning  his  boasted  religion  refused  to  be 
silenced,  when  secret  misgiving  was  rein- 
forced by  the  testimony  of  those  he  per- 
secuted and  by  the  witness  of  Stephen  ! 
Nay  more,  the  impossible  standard  receded 
further  from  attainment  as  he  became 
conscious  that  by  the  perversity  of  his 
human  nature  the  Law  suggested  disobedi- 
ence. "  Sin,  finding  occasion,  wrought  in 
me  through  the  commandment  all  manner 
of  coveting  "  (Rom.  vii.  8).  But  the  dawn 
of  a  new  hope  was  night  at  hand,  and 
brightened  into  the  light  of  day  as  soon  as 
the  Divine  purport  of  the  Law  was  manifest 
to  his  conscience,  namely,  to  prepare  the 
heart  to  welcome  the  new  principle  of  life 
and  sonship  in  Christ  Jesus.  His  transition 
from  despair  to  hope,  from  servitude  to 
filial  relationship,  he  thus  describes,  "  A 
Deliverer  has  come,  and  I  can  only  thank 
God,  approaching  His  Presence  in  humble 
gratitude,  through  Him  to  whom  the  deliver- 
ance   is    due — Jesus,    Messiah,    our    Lord." 


CHRIST  AND  SONSHIP  93 

The  great  spiritual  discovery  at  length  is 
his,  that  men  are  sons  of  God  ; — not  by  the 
physical  act  of  circumcision,  entailing  a 
servile  obedience,  but  through  faith  in 
Christ  Jesus,  which  ushered  in  the  new 
spiritual  relationship,  "  For  ye  received  not 
the  spirit  of  bondage  again  unto  fear ;  but 
ye  received  the  spirit  of  adoption,  whereby 
we  cry,  Abba,  Father." 

Fault  has  been  found  with  St.  Paul  on  the 
ground  that  the  method  employed  by  him 
to  expound  sonship  conveys  the  idea  of  a 
relationship  which,  emphasizing  the  external 
bond  of  union,  is  not  natural,  whereas  son- 
ship  as  Christ  presents  the  idea,  for  example, 
in  the  parable  of  the  Prodigal  Son,  is  neither 
artificial,  nor  is  it  restricted  by  such  limi- 
tation. He  taught  His  disciples,  too,  to 
regard  God  as  "  our  Father  "  and  address 
Him  as  such  : — a  formula  subsequently  em- 
ployed by  all  His  apostles  as  their  '  dis- 
tinctive method  of  addressing  the  Deity  ' — 
thereby  authorising  the  use  of  a  term 
connoting  relationships  that  are  frequently 
unrecognised.  For  although  His  relation 
to  the  Father  is  unique,  He  did  not  intend 
His  disciples  to  regard  the  relationship 
expressed  by  "  our  Father  "  as  quite  of  a 
different  character  from  His  own ;    and  for 


94  A  NEW  REVELATION 

this  reason  the  sonship  of  such  disciples  to 
God,  '  is  a  participation  of  His  own  unique 
relation  to  the  Father.'  Otherwise,  if  en- 
tirely different  from  His,  we  should  be  com- 
pelled to  regard  our  Lord's  presentation  of 
sonship  to  God  as  artificial  and  unreal.  The 
manifestation  of  this  truth  during  His 
earthly  ministry  was  impossible,  and  had 
necessarily  to  await  the  advent  of  the  pro- 
mised Revealer. 

The  conception  of  the  fatherhood  of  God, 
though  clearly  recognized  in  the  Old  Testa- 
ment, was  limited,  as  it  lacked  the  note 
of  universalism  expressed  by  Jesus,  and  so 
different  are  the  proportions  assumed  by 
the  doctrine  in  the  New  Testament  that  it 
may  be  said,  they  amount  almost  to  '  a  new 
revelation.'  Jesus  gave  the  new  and  needed 
impulse :  '  if  the  idea  of  the  fatherhood  of 
God  was  to  retain  its  highest  qualities  of 
warmth  and  intimacy,  and  was  at  the  same 
time  not  to  be  the  privilege  of  a  chosen  few, 
but  was  to  be  brought  home  to  the  common 
consciousness  of  mankind.'  ^ 

To  disparage  the  Pauline  method  of  state- 
ment is,  so  to  speak,  to  slight  the  reflected 
light,  because  it  does  not  equal  the  brilliancy 
of  that  from  which  it  borrows  its  diminished 

1  Hastings,  Did.  of  Bib.,  art.  '  God.' 


ADOPTION  IN  PAULINE  THEOLOGY  95 

radiance.  The  Only  Begotten,  who  was  in 
the  bosom  of  the  Father,  neither  had  nor 
could  have  any  interpreter  of  His  absolute 
knowledge  who  might  pass  on  undimmed  and 
unimpaired  to  man  the  knowledge  He  alone 
possessed.  We  may  be  certain  that  none 
were  more  conscious  than  the  Apostle  of  the 
measure  by  which  the  figure  of  adoption  fell 
short  of  the  '  genial  presentation  '  of  sonship 
by  Christ.  Nevertheless  it  plays  an  im- 
portant part,  not  only  in  the  Pauline  theology, 
but  in  the  devotional  literature  of  the  Church, 
amply  repaying  a  careful  examination  of  the 
ideas  involved. 


CHAPTER    VI 

-  Heirs  of  God  ' — A  remarkable  phrase — Explanation  sup- 
plied by  Roman  Law — Julius  Paulus  quoted — Father 
and  son  as  joint-proprietors  of  family  property — Limi- 
tation of  right  to  disinherit  —  Purpose  of  Divine 
Testament  not  to  disinherit,  but  confirm  a  right  — 
Seeming  incompatibility  of  sonship  and  present 
suffering — Roman  testamentary  law  contemplated  not 
only  rights,  but  duties — Christ  and  His  joint-heirs — 
-  The  adoption,  to  wit,  the  redemption  of  our  body.' 

A  MATTER  for  discussion  arising  naturally 
out  of  the  subject  of  adoption  is  Heirship — 
a  legal  metaphor  of  effective  use  and  frequent 
occurrence  in  the  Pauline  Epistles.  Thus, 
"the  Spirit  Himself  beareth  witness  with 
our  spirit,  that  we  are  children  of  God  : 
and  if  children,  then  heirs  ;  heirs  of  God, 
and  joint-heirs  with  Christ ;  if  so  be  that 
we  suffer  with  Him,  that  we  may  be  also 
glorified  with  Him "  (Rom.  viii.  16,  17). 
Again,  "  because  ye  are  sons,  God  hath  sent 
forth  the  Spirit  of  His  Son  into  your  hearts, 
crying,  Abba,  Father.  So  that  thou  art  no 
longer  a  bondservant,  but  a  son  ;  and  if  a 
son,  then  an  heir  through  God  "  ^  (Gal.  iv.  6,  7). 

^  A.V.  has  'an  heir  of  God  through  Christ.'     ^lu  \pia-Tov 
is  probably  an  interpolation,  depending  on  Rom.  viii.  17. 
8 


98  '  HEIRS  OF  GOD  ' 

But  having  established  the  reaUty  of  son- 
ship,  to  which  fact  the  indwelhng  Spirit 
bears  witness  by  infusing  fihal  impulses, 
proper  to  the  new  relation  of  sonship  to 
God,  St.  Paul  proceeds  to  show  that 
the  adoption  of  grace  involves  further 
privileges,  for  believing  men  are  thereby 
'  heirs  of  God.'  That  is  an  expression 
with  which  we  are  so  familiar,  that  its 
peculiarity  escapes  the  ordinary  reader. 
The  peculiarity  consists  in  the  following 
fact. 

According  to  English  Law,  heirship  con- 
notes death,  the  death  of  the  father  to  whom 
the  son  succeeds  ;  but  God  is  eternal,  hence 
at  first  sight  this  phrase,  'heir  of  God,' 
strikes  a  reader  as  being  unwarranted  and 
absurd.  Let  us  examine  the  phrase.  We 
shall  first  take  the  expression  'heirs  of 
God '  as  it  is  commonly  understood  by  an 
English  reader  and  consider  the  two  con- 
clusions involved.  According  to  our  law,  a 
man  may  have,  during  his  lifetime,  an  '  heir 

'  Through  God '  is  a  somewhat  peculiar  phrase,  signifying 
the  inheritance  comes  to  men,  neither  through  merit,  nor 
the  law,  nor  kindred  with  Abraham,  but  through  the 
redemption  effected  by  God.  The  idea  of  heirship  has  the 
imprimatur  of  our  Lord  (Matt.  xxi.  28).  In  O.T.  times  it 
referred  to  the  possession  of  the  Promised  Land,  but  in  the 
N.T.  it  embraces  those  privileges  associated  with  the  name 
of  the  Messiah. 


THE  ETERNAL  INHERITANCE    99 

presumptive  '  or  an  '  heir  apparent,'  but, 
strictly  speaking,  he  can  have  no  heir.  It 
is  death,  the  death  of  the  ancestor,  which 
brings  the  heir  into  existence/  Hence  we 
find  that,  according  to  the  common  interpre- 
tation, the  absurd  deduction  is  involved, 
that  God,  like  man,  is  capable  of  death ; 
for,  as  we  have  seen,  without  the  death  of  the 
person  from  whom  he  inherits,  the  heir  does 
not  exist.  We  pass  from  that  preposterous 
conclusion  to  the  only  other  alternative. 
By  it  we  are  obliged  to  assume  that  the 
Apostle  employed  the  expression  in  a  manner 
both  vague  and  pointless.  Such  an  assump- 
tion would  be  entirely  at  variance  with  the 
precise  and  logical  methods  of  the  writer, 
and,  moreover,  would  defeat  the  very  pur- 
pose he  had  in  view,  namely,  to  bring  home 
to  the  hearts  of  his  readers  the  certainty 
and  indefeasible  nature  of  the  eternal  inherit- 
ance to  be  shared  with  Christ  our  '  joint- 
heir.' 

This  remarkable  phrase,  '  heirs  of  God,' 
implying  succession  to  an  Eternal  Being, 
cannot  be  satisfactorily  explained  by  the 
principles  of  our  law  ;  but  the  fact  that  the 

^  Blackstone,  on  Title  by  Descent,  says,  '  By  law  no 
inheritance  can  vest,  nor  can  any  person  be  the  heir  of 
another  till  the  ancestor  is  dead.' 


100    CONCEPTION  OF  INHERITANCE 

Apostle  was  employing  the  conceptions  of 
Roman  jm'isprudence  to  formulate  his 
theology,  removes  our  difficulty.  '  Heirs ' 
and  '  inheritance  '  in  St.  Paul's  days  im- 
plied the  very  reverse  of  the  conceptions  in- 
volved in  the  modern  use  of  these  terms.  A 
person  did  not  then  await  the  decease  of  the 
man  whose  son  he  was  ;  in  the  moment  he 
was  born,  or  constituted  a  son  by  adoption, 
he  then  became  an  heir. 

A  further  difference  to  be  observed  in  the 
principle  which  obtained  in  Roman  Law 
has  been  well  put  by  Sir  Henry  Maine.  He 
compares  the  Roman  conception  of  inherit- 
ance to  the  notion  expressed  by  our  legal 
maxim,  'the  king  never  dies,'  and  so  the 
testator  was  conceived  to  live  on  still  in  his 
heir.  '  In  the  pure  Roman  jurisprudence, 
the  principle  that  a  man  lives  on  in  his  heir — 
the  elimination,  if  one  may  so  speak,  of  the 
fact  of  death — is,  too  obviously  for  mis- 
take, the  centre  round  which  the  whole  law 
of  testamentary  and  intestate  succession  is 
circling.'  ^  Thus  birth,  not  death,  accord- 
ing to  Roman  Law,  brought  the  heir  into 
being. 

Applying  these  facts  to  the  figure  '  heirs 
of  God,'  we  perceive  a  new  import   and  a 

^  Maine,  Ancient  Law,  p.  190. 


A  SUBLIME  DESTINY: :         ^^^^ 

loftier  meaning.  No  longer  does  the  ex- 
pression seem  forced  or  unwarranted.  Birth, 
not  death,  is  the  incident  which  initiates  the 
happy  condition  of  an  '  heir  of  God.'  The 
new  birth  into  the  family  of  God,  through 
faith  in  Christ  Jesus,  is  the  foundation  of 
the  right  to  inheritance.  Our  claim  to 
sonship  rests  upon  the  new  relationship 
established,  "  Ye  are  all  sons  of  God,  through 
faith,  in  Christ  Jesus  "  (Gal.  iii.  26).    i' 

The  phrase  "  heirs  of  God  and  joint-heirs 
wath  Christ  "  involved  a  destiny  so  sublime 
that  sober  minds  might  well  regard  the 
promised  heritage  as  purely  visionary.  But 
as  no  mere  enthusiast  St.  Paul  declared, 
"  I  am  in  a  strait  betwixt  two,  having  a 
desire  to  depart  and  be  with  Christ ;  for  it  is 
very  far  better  "  (Phil.  i.  23).  For,  having 
proved  his  Master's  present  promises,  he 
was  fully  assured  of  those  to  come,  and  all 
that  intervened  between  him  and  the  in- 
corruptible inheritance  was  but 

"  The  lifting  of  a  latch, 
Naught  but  a  step  into  the  open  air 
Out  of  a  tent  already  luminous 
With  light  which  shines  through  its  transparent  folds." 

By  the  familiar  figures  '  heir  '  and  '  in- 
heritance '  he  would  bring  to  other  hearts 
an  assurance  like  his  own. 


102  FATHER  AND  SON  JOINT-OWNERS 

Just  as  the  very  novelty  and  sublimity  of 
the  glorious  truth  no  doubt  caused  some  to 
question  its  reality,  so  assuredly  many  readers 
to-day  fail  to  apprehend  precious  aspects  of 
the  same  truth  on  account  of  erroneous  inter- 
pretation, or  overlook  them  by  reason  of 
familiarity  with  the  terms. 

We  find  in  the  Digest  (28-2-11)  a  quotation 
of  which  Julius  Paulus  (the  Jurist)  is  the 
author,  that  a  sort  of  co-partnership  existed 
in  the  property  possessed  by  the  family,  and 
thus  the  father  and  his  children  were  joint- 
owners  of  the  family  estate.  '  When,  there- 
fore, the  father  dies  it  is  not  so  correct  to 
say  that  they  inherit  his  property,  as  that 
they  acquire  the  free  control  of  their  own.'  ^ 
A  curious  feature  of  Roman  Law  bears  out 
this  fact.  Throughout  the  records  of  Roman 
history,  and  even  in  the  time  of  Justinian, 
who  abolished  so  much  of  the  older  law,  the 
rule  was  universally  observed  that  if  a  father 
wished  to  disinherit  his  sons,  adopted  or 
otherwise,  he  must  do  so  in  express  terms. ^ 
If  he  failed  to  do  this,  the  will  whereby  he 
had  attempted  to  give  the   inheritance  to 

^  Post  mortem  patris  non  hereditatem  percipere  videntur, 
sed  magis  liberam  bonorum  administrationem  consequuntur. 

*  "  Sed  siquidem  films  a  patre  exheredetur,  nominatim 
exheredari  debet :  alioquin  non  videtur  exheredari." — 
Gaius,  ii.  127. 


PURPORT  OF  DIVINE  COVENANT    103 

others  was  absolutely  void,  and  the  children 
inherited  notwithstanding  the  will,  the  reason 
being,  as  above  stated,  the  law  regarded  the 
children  as  already,  before  the  death  of 
the  father,  co-proprietors  in  that  inherit- 
ance. 

Now  the  whole  purport  of  God's  covenant 
with  men  in  Christ  is  not  to  disinherit,  but 
the  reverse,  to  assert,  to  confirm  their  right. 
Human  purposes  may  change,  but  there  is  no 
dualism  in  the  counsels  of  God.  Thus,  "  if 
ye  are  Christ's,  then  are  ye  Abraham's 
seed,  heirs'  according  to  the  promise" 
(Gal.  iii.  29).    7 

Those  to  whom  St.  Paul  wrote,  being  fully 
conversant  with  the  legal  aspects  of  heirship, 
apprehended  the  lofty  conception  set  forth 
in  these  figures  and  the  spiritual  prerogatives 
portrayed.  They  thereby  realised  the  il- 
limitable inheritance— though  for  a  time  its 
enjoyment  was  deferred— as  already  a  posses- 
sion of  the  child  of  God.  They  were  not 
mere  expectants,  but  possessors  in  reality 
of  the  eternal  inheritance  ;  already,  here  and 
now,  they  were  partners  with  God  in  the 
Divine   patrimony.     It   is   noteworthy  that 

1  Not  "  heirs  "  of  Abraham  ;  that  was  the  Jew's  contention 
but  "  heirs"  of  God,  in  agreement  with  the  statement  as  in 
Gal.  iii.  26. 


104     THE  VALIDITY  OF  SONSHIP 

St.   Paul  asserts  this  privilege   of   spiritual 
inheritance,    in    close    connection    with    his 
statement  of  the  incarnation  and  its  purpose, 
"that   we    might   receive   the    adoption    of 
sons."     The   Son  of   God  became  the   Son 
of  Man  in  order  that  men  might  become  the 
sons  of  God  ; — a  spiritual  status  involving 
inheritance,    for    "  if    children,    then    heirs ; 
heirs  of  God,  and  joint-heirs  together  with 
Christ  "    (Rom.  viii.  17).     But  how  are  we 
to  reconcile  all  this  with  the  low  estate  of  the 
present  ?     Such  exalted  honour  and  privilege 
might  appear  to  be  incompatible  with  the 
trials,   the  temptations,   "  the  sufferings  of 
this  present  time."     By  sad  experience  we 
know  that  the  evils  consequent  upon  previous 
sin    are    not    annihilated     by    the    pardon 
granted  in  sonship,   and  the  child  of  God 
is  therefore  sometimes   tempted   to  suspect 
the  validity  of  his  sonship  ;  but  the  Holy 
Spirit,  in  His  office  as  a  witness,  enables  the 
heir  of  God  to  look  upon  these  consequences 
in  a  different  light.     Formerly  he  regarded 
them  as  penal,  '  emphasizing  his  separation 
from  God,'  but  now  he  sees  them  in  the  light 
of  a  spiritual  discipline,  the  purport  of  which 
is  to  bring  a  closer  union  between  the  Father 
and  His  child.     He  who  thus  interprets  the 
'  mystery  of  suffering  '  and  so  reconciles  it 


A  STAGE  OF  EXPERIENCE      105 

with  the  love  of  God  in  Christ,  can  truly 
say— 

"  And  so  I  live,  you  see, 
Go  through  the  world,  try,  prove,  reject, 
Prefer,  still  struggling  to  effect 
My  warfare  ;  happy  that  I  can 
Be  crossed  and  thwarted  as  a  man, 
Not  left  in  God's  contempt  apart. 
With  ghastly  smooth  Ufe,  dead  at  heart."  ^ 

Universal  suffering  does  not  belie  the  sublime 
destiny,  for  it  is  only  a  stage  of  transitory 
experience  which  must  precede  attainment 
of  the  heritage  of  glory.  The  apparent  in- 
consistency vanishes  in  the  light  of  this 
figure,  "  if  children,  then  heirs ;  heirs  of 
God,  and  joint-heirs  with  Christ ;  if  so  be 
that  we  suffer  with  Him,  that  we  may  also 
be  glorified  with  Him." 

This  does  not  refer  to  sorrow  in  general, 
which  comes  to  all,  whether  children  of  God 
or  not.  The  '  suffering '  here  intended  is 
that  arising  from  our  union  with  Christ ;  such 
suffering  '  must  be  involved  in  our  being 
one  of  His  members.'  This  is  but  the 
Pauline  setting  of  St.  Peter's  assurance, 
"but  insomuch  as  ye  are  partakers  of 
Christ's  sufferings,  rejoice ;  that  at  the 
revelation  of  His  glory  also  ye  may  rejoice 
with  exceeding  joy  "  (1  Pet.  iv.  13).  Roman 
^  Browning,  "  Easter-Day." 


106     LIABILITIES  OF  HEIRSHIP 

Law  did  not  contemplate — any  more  than 
our  present  law — an  inheritance  as  involv- 
ing only  rights  and  privileges.  The  heir 
was  responsible  for  any  liabilities  affecting 
the  inheritance,  as  well  as  for  the  per- 
formance of  any  duties  which  the  adopter 
might  choose  to  place  upon  him. 

Thus  co-heirs,  according  to  Roman  Law, 
were  invested  with  a  liability  to  the  claims 
upon  the  inheritance  to  which  they  suc- 
ceeded. It  would  be  manifestly  unjust  to 
permit  one  co-heir  to  accept  all  the  benefits 
and  at  the  same  time  to  refuse  the  liabilities, 
thus  casting  all  the  burden  upon  the  other 
co-heir.  So  we  cannot  expect  to  share  the 
glory  with  Christ  and  reject  the  suffering 
entailed,  for  "  faithful  is  the  saying :  If  we 
endure,  we  shall  also  reign  with  Him " 
(2  Tim.  ii.  11  and  12),  and  to  suffer  with 
Christ  is  but  an  evidence  of  our  oneness 
with  Him.  It  is  only  by  our  sharing  in  the 
inheritance  of  suffering  and  service,  of 
whatever  kind  it  may  be,  that  we  can 
finally  hope  to  be  sharers  in  the  heritage 
of  glory.  '  We  must  bear  the  charges  with 
Him,  if  we  would  also  share  the  emoluments.' 

But  the  certainty  and  value  of  the  inherit- 
ance encouraged  the  Roman  heir  to  sustain 
the  burden  of  such  liabilities  as  might  be 


'  WAITING  FOR  OUR  ADOPTION  '    107 

involved  in  the  inheritance.  So,  too,  the 
child  of  God  can  say,  "  I  reckon  that  the 
sufferings  of  this  present  time  are  not  worthy 
to  be  compared  with  the  glory  which  shall  be 
revealed  to  us-ward  "  (Rom.  viii.  18).  The 
right  and  title  to  the  eternal  inheritance  is 
indefeasible,^  so  that  the  '  co-heir  with 
Christ '  can  declare,  '  to  disinherit  me  is  to 
disinherit  my  co-heir  Christ ;  for  His  title 
and  mine  are  joined  together  in  an  indis- 
soluble bond  of  co-heirship  '  ;  according  to 
the  title,  we  are  "  children  of  God,  and  if 
children  then  heirs  :  heirs  of  God,  and  joint- 
heirs  with  Christ." 

In  close  connection  with  the  benefits 
flowing  from  sonship  by  adoption,  St.  Paul 
refers  to  what  some  have  conceived  to  be 
either  a  different  type  of  adoption  or  a 
contrasted  and  perfect  spiritual  state,  in 
the  words,  "  not  only  so,  but  ourselves  also, 
which  have  the  firstfruits  of  the  Spirit,  even 
we  ourselves  groan  within  ourselves,  waiting 
for  our  adoption,  to  wit,  the  redemption  of 
our  body "  (Rom.  viii.  23).  But  neither 
of  these  explanations  gives  the  true  sense 

^  Compare  with  this  the  maxim  of  Roman  Law,  '  semel 
heres  semper  heres  '  ;  the  inheritance  might  be  forfeited 
for  certain  reasons,  e.g.  if  the  heir  refused  to  observe  the 
terms  of  the  will,  but  this  was  the  exception  to  the  general 
rule. 


108     REDEMPTION  OF  THE  BODY 

of  the  passage ;  for  the  Apostle  '  is  not 
here  contrasting  an  inward  state  already 
relatively  perfect  with  an  outward  state 
which  has  not  yet  participated  in  the 
spiritual  renewal.  The  Apostle  means  :  We 
ourselves  who,  by  the  possession  of  the 
Spirit,  have  already  entered  inwardly  into 
the  new  world,  still  groan  because  there  is  a 
part  of  our  being,  the  outward  man,  which 
does  not  yet  enjoy  this  privilege.'  ^ 

In  our  present  circumstances  we  have 
only  the  firstfruits  of  the  Spirit,  comprising 
"  love,  joy,  peace,  longsuffering,  goodness, 
faith,  meekness,  temperance " ;  but  the 
glorious  inheritance  which  pertains  to  the 
sons  of  God  will  not  be  realized  in  all  its 
fulness  until  the  resurrection,  when,  "  con- 
formed to  the  body  of  His  glory,"  the 
faultlessness  of  the  outward  man  will  be 
vmited  to  the  holiness  of  the  believer's 
redeemed  spirit,  whereby  the  physical  part 
of  the  adopted  son  of  God  shall  have  been 
placed  on  an  equality  with  his  spirit,  and 
when  body,  as  well  as  spirit,  shall  have 
become  participators  in  Redemption.  While 
there  is  no  doubt  as  to  the  fact  of  our  pre- 
sent adoption,  nevertheless,  so  long  as  the 
physical  side  of  our  nature  is  not  a  partici- 

1  Godet,  Romans,  vol.  ii.  p.  97. 


TESTIMONY  OF  ST.  JOHN  109 

pator  in  the  redemptive  process  already 
enjoyed  by  the  spirit,  just  so  long  we  may 
be  truly  said  to  ^'  wait  for  our  adoption." 

Thus  there  is  no  inconsistency  in  the 
statements,  but,  according  to  the  particular 
aspect  of  sonship  which  occupies  the  Apostle's 
mind,  he  refers  at  one  time  to  the  inheritance 
as  already  in  possession,  and  again  as  in  the 
nature  of  an  expectancy.  A  similar  char- 
acteristic may  be  observed  as  the  Apostle 
treats  of  salvation ;  at  one  time  he  regards  it 
as  a  thing  already  complete,  and  again  as  a 
conception  of  a  spiritual  fact  only  to  be 
perfected  at  the  Parousia.  The  question 
may  be  asked  what  is  the  nature  of  the 
inheritance  to  w^hich  the  Apostle  refers  ? 
We  can  only  reply  in  the  words  of  Scripture, 
"it  is  not  yet  made  manifest  what  we  shall 
be  "  ;  but  this  we  do  know,  '  Christ  admits 
all  His  brethren  to  share  alike  in  that  in- 
heritance which  He  has  won,  not  for  Himself, 
but  for  them.'  The  testimony  of  St.  John, 
though  expressed  in  another  setting,  is  in 
full  accord  with  that  of  the  Apostle  to  the 
Gentiles,  "  We  know  that,  if  He  shall  be 
manifested,  we  shall  be  like  Him  "  (1  John 
iii.  2). 


CHAPTER    VII 

St.  Paul's  fondness  for  legal  expressions — The  Holy  Spirit 
as  a  witness  —  Adoption  to  be  distinguished  from 
Justification — Result  of  failure  to  comprehend  the 
spirit  of  sonship — Reason  for  presence  of  witnesses — 
Solidarity  between  the  Pauline  and  Johannine  ex- 
position of  subjective  experience — Does  the  present 
popular  conception  of  the  Divine  nature  call  for 
readjustment  ? — Testimony  of  the  Church  of  England 
and  Nonconformity— Cause  for  the  present  decline  of 
the  religious  sentiment — The  problem  for  the  Church 
to-day  resembles  that  confronted  by  St.  Paul. 

The  fondness  of  St.  Paul  for  illustration 
drawn  from  legal  sources  has  been  enlarged 
upon  by  Professor  Deissmann  in  his  Light 
from  the  Ancient  East,  in  which  he  gives  a 
series  of  most  interesting  examples.  Many 
of  these  have  only  recently  been  identified 
as  involving  legal  ideas,  through  discoveries 
of  papyri,  ostraea,  and  other  ancient  remains. 
But  surely  none  was  more  apt  than  the 
reference  to  the  witnesses — w^hose  special 
fimction  is  described  below— in  the  ceremony 
of  adoption.  The  Apostle  employs  the 
figure  to  illustrate  the  testimony  borne  by 
the  Holy  Spirit  to  the  Christian  conscious- 


112    THE  HOLY  SPIRIT  AS  WITNESS 

ness.  "  The  Spirit  beareth  witness  with 
our  spirit,  that  we  are  the  children  of  God  " 
(Rom.  viii.  16). 

Now,  all  who  are  justified  by  faith  in 
Christ  are  undoubtedly  the  sons  of  God, 
but  it  is  equally  true  that  all  have  not  the 
consciousness  of  sonship  :  the  lack  of  which 
is  one  of  the  causes  of  a  type  of  servile 
Christianity,  alas  !  only  too  common  and 
fatal  to  the  spirit  of  Christian  liberty. 

Adoption  in  this  sense — the  believer's 
consciousness  of  sonship  and  its  resulting 
filial  spirit — is  to  be  distinguished  from 
justification.  The  act  of  justification  is 
objective,  and  should  be,  but  is  not  always, 
followed  by  that  normal  Christian  experience, 
the  subjective  spirit  of  sonship.  Where 
that  spirit  of  conscious  sonship  is  present,  it 
confers  an  ennobling  assurance,  inspiring 
every  thought  and  action  of  the  child  of 
God.  But  many  a  believer  in  Christ,  be- 
cause he  has  failed  to  realize  the  full  con- 
sequence of  his  adoption  into  the  family  of 
God,  is  dwelling  in  a  land  of  sombre  shadow, 
and  needs  but  to  see  his  blessed  privilege  in 
order  to  pass  into  an  unclouded  clime.  Our 
Lord  describes  the  Prodigal,  in  the  parable 
related  by  St.  Luke,  as  one  who  conceived 
he  would  return  to  the  paternal  home  in  the 


RESTORATION  TO  SONSHIP     113 

capacity  of  a  servant ;  but  his  father  had 
other  intentions,  and  all  his  future  services 
were  to  be  rendered,  not  as  a  servant,  but  as 
a  son.  Another  aspect,  according  to  Christ's 
presentation,  was  the  fact  that  the  sinner, 
debased  by  his  grievous  sin  and  alienated 
by  his  own  act  from  his  father,  is  graciously 
accepted  and  restored  to  the  full  privileges 
of  sonship,  just  as  if  he  had  never  forsaken 
his  father's  home  and  love.  Adoption  is  the 
Pauline  figure  for  setting  forth  the  same 
truth. 

For  a  man  to  know  he  is  justified  by  a 
Divine  operation  is  indeed  good,  but  there 
is,  as  we  have  seen,  a  further  accession  of 
spiritual  knowledge,  not  always  attained, 
namely,  the  persuasion  of  filial  relationship, 
of  exalted  privilege,  and  he  who  fails  to 
attain  this  spirit  is  depriving  himself  of  a 
precious  comfort  and  encouragement  which 
is  his  by  right,  and  ought  to  be  his  in  posses- 
sion. "  The  sin  of  the  world  is  a  false 
confidence,  a  careless,  complacent  taking 
for  granted  that  a  man  is  a  Christian  when 
he  is  not.  The  fault,  sorrow,  and  weakness 
of  the  Church  is  a  false  diffidence,  an  anxious 
fear  whether  a  man  be  a  Christian  when  he 
is.  .  .  .  Many  Christians  go  through  life 
with  this  as  the  pervading  temper  of  their 
9 


114         PERVERSE  INGENUITY 

minds— a  doubt  sometimes  arising  almost 
to  agony,  and  sometimes  dying  down  to 
passive,  patient  acceptance  of  the  condition 
as  inevitable, — a  doubt  whether,  after  all, 
they  be  not,  as  they  say,  '  deceiving  them- 
selves '  ;  and  in  the  perverse  ingenuity  with 
which  that  state  of  mind  is  constantly 
marked,  they  manage  to  distil  for  themselves 
a  bitter  vinegar  of  self-accusation  out  of 
grand  words  in  the  Bible,  that  were  meant 
to  afford  them  but  the  wine  of  gladness  and 
of  consolation."  ^  Thus  the  state  of  son- 
ship  which  every  Christian  possesses  is  one 
thing,  the  rarer  spirit  of  conscious  and 
assured  sonship  is  another  ;  but  the  Divine 
intention  is  plainly  revealed,  that  every 
believer  should  be  the  happy  possessor  of 
both  ;  "  God  sent  forth  His  Son  .  .  .  that 
we  might  receive  the  adoption  of  sons." 
And  "  because  ye  are  sons,  God  sent  forth 
the  Spirit  of  His  Son  into  your  hearts, 
crying,  Abba,  Father  "  (Gal.  iv.  4-6).  The 
faith  in  Christ  whereby  men  become  "  sons 
of  God  "  is  normally  accompanied  by  love 
to  Him,  in  a  greater  or  lesser  degree.  It 
is  the  response  of  the  heart  to  the  prior  love 
of  God,  as  expressed  by  St.  John,  "  We  love, 
because  He  first  loved  us  "  (1  John  iv.  19). 

'  Maclaren,  Exposition  on  Epis.  to  Romans^  p.  136. 


THE  BELIEVER'S  LOVE  115 

But  while  this  love  to  God  on  the  part 
of  the  believer  is  a  new  spiritual  attitude,  a 
new    experience    kindled    within — neverthe- 
less it  may  not  afford  conclusive  evidence 
to  him  that  he  is  indeed  entitled  to  reckon 
himself  a  son  of  God.     But  there  is  a  further 
witness  proceeding,  not  from  the  believer's 
own  heart,  but  from  God  Himself,  for  it  is 
one  of  the  functions  of  the  Holy  Spirit  to 
testify,  "  The  Spirit  Himself  beareth  witness 
with    our    spirit,    that    we    are    children    of 
God"  (Rom.  viii.  16).     This  he  effects  by 
the  assurance   of    God's  love  for  the  indi- 
vidual soul,  which  is  the  complement  of  the 
believer's  love  to  God;  for  when  the  sense 
of  God's  love  has  been  ''  shed  abroad  in  our 
hearts  through   the   Holy  Ghost  which  was 
given    unto   us "    (Rom.    v.    5),    perplexity 
concerning    the    real    relationship    to    God 
vanishes  in  the  presence  of  the  witnessing 
Spirit. 

At  every  ceremony  of  adoption,  witnesses 
were  necessary,  and  the  raison  d'etre  of  their 
presence,  according  to  the  institutions  of 
Roman  Law,  was  to  bear  testimony,  should 
the  need  arise,  concerning  disputed  points. 
For  example,  it  might  be  necessary  to  seek 
further  evidence  as  to  the  intentions  of  the 
principal   parties   to  a  transaction,   dealing 


116    FUNCTION  OF  THE  WITNESSES 

with  the  transference  of  a  person  from  one 
family  to  another,  i.e,  from  the  "  potestas  "  ^ 
of  one  individual  to  that  of  another.  There 
was  a  stereotyped  form  of  words  employed 
for  the  adoption  of  a  son  into  a  new  family, 
and  a  very  similar  form  for  a  very  different 
object,  namely,  the  sale  of  a  person  into 
slavery.  The  actual  form  of  words  in  both 
cases  was  so  similar,  that  in  the  absence  of 
special  precautions,  misapprehension  might 
occur.  Now  the  special  function  of  those 
witnesses  who  were  always  present  on  such 
occasions  was  to  safeguard  the  real  intentions 
of  the  parties,  otherwise  a  case  of  adoption 
might  be  construed  as  one  of  slavery,  and 
vice  versa.  In  the  event  of  misapprehension 
or  opposition,  one  of  the  witnesses  was 
summoned,  and  a  judicial  decision  obtained 
in  accordance  with  his  testimony.  The  man 
who  affirmed  that  he  was  an  adopted  son, 
whose  claim  to  the  privileges  involved  in 
sonship  had  not  been  disputed,  and  another 
man  whose  disputed  claim  had  been  upheld, 
might  have  equal  rights  to  sonship  and  to 
inheritance,  but  the  very  opposition  to 
the  claim  introduced  a  new  species  of 
evidence,  that  of  the  witness,  which  was 
unanswerable  and  undeniable.     The  adopted 

1  See  p.  6j, 


SUBJECTIVE  EXPERIENCE      117 

son  was  confirmed  in  his  right,  and  no  longer 
could  questions  arise. 

Now  the  Spirit  had  borne  witness  with  the 
spirit  of  St.  Paul,  and  from  that  subjective 
experience  he  declared,  "  because  ye  are 
sons,  God  sent  forth  the  Spirit  of  His  Son 
into  our  hearts,  crying,  Abba,  Father."  The 
solidarity  to  be  observed  in  the  Johannine 
and  Pauline  exposition  of  this  inner  sub- 
jective life  of  Christianity  is  noteworthy ; 
according  to  the  former,  "  Whosoever  be- 
lieveth  that  Jesus  is  the  Christ  is  begotten 
of  God  "  (1  John  v.  1),  in  perfect  accord 
with  St.  Paul's  more  technical  statement : 
both  insist  on  the  fact  that  sonship  to  God 
results  from  union  with  Christ  by  faith. 
Both  writers  also  appeal  to  the  corroborative 
evidence  within,  laying  stress  upon  the 
value  of  the  inner  witness,  the  testimony 
of  the  Spirit  :  "As  many  as  are  led  by 
the  Spirit  of  God,"  says  St.  Paul,  "  they 
are  the  sons  of  God."  This  finds  its 
equivalent  in  the  Johannine  phraseology, 
"  If  we  receive  the  witness  of  men,  the 
witness  of  God  is  greater.  .  .  .  He  that 
believeth  on  the  Son  of  God  hath  the 
witness  in  himself "  (1  John  v.  9-10), 
thus  expressing  the  spirit  of  his  Epistle, 
which,  so   far  as  the  subjective  experience 


118      NEED  OF  READJUSTMENT 

is    involved,    was    the    complement    of    his 
Gospel. 

St.  Paul  recognised  the  need,  amongst 
his  readers,  for  a  noble  and  inspiring,  a 
worthy  and  constraining,  conception  of 
man's  relationship  to  God ;  and  as  we  reflect 
on  the  present  popular  conception  of  the 
Divine  nature,  the  thought  forces  itself  on 
us  whether  a  problem  similar  to  that  which 
exercised  the  mind  of  the  Apostle  has  not 
arisen  in  our  day.  On  all  sides  we  hear 
the  melancholy  confession  that  the  sway 
which  religion  exercises  over  the  minds  of 
men  is  fast  diminishing.  It  is  not  that  the 
methods  employed  to  retain  the  religious 
allegiance  are  not  sufficiently  varied,  nor  are 
the  efforts  feebler  than  in  other  days,  but 
the  subject  prompts  the  question,  "  May  not 
the  prevailing  notion  of  the  Divine  nature 
and  the  Divine  Law  too,  require  readjust- 
ment in  the  minds  of  men  ?  "  In  Apostolic 
times  it  was  necessary  to  combat  erroneous 
conceptions  and  perversions  of  the  truth. 
History  repeats  itself,  and  the  dark  repellent 
view  of  God  as  a  stern  Ruler  and  Judge, 
whose  austere  severity  had  alone  been  tem- 
pered by  the  clemency  of  the  Saviour, 
was  responsible  for  the  low  tide  of  religious 
life  and  fervour  during  the  eighteenth  and 


POTENCY  OF  CALVIN'S  TEACHING  119 

the  earlier  half  of  the  nineteenth  century. 
The  potency  of  Calvin's  teaching  had  not 
yet  been  exhausted,  but  men  were  beginning 
to  rebel  against  his  portraiture  of  the  Eternal 
Father  as  One  who  has  prescribed  for  multi- 
tudes of  His  dependent  creatures  an  endless 
doom/  But  the  dawn  of  a  new  and  a 
loftier  conception  concerning  the  Divine 
Fatherhood  was  at  hand.  "  That  God  was 
a  Father  to  men  flashed  out  like  a  new  dis- 
covery. A  speaker  in  Parliament  actually 
referred  with  admiration  to  '  what  had 
recently  been  called  in  beautiful  language, 
the  Fatherhood  of  God.'  The  term  is  now 
so  familiar  to  us  that  we  find  it  difficult  to 
imagine  that  fifty  years  ago  it  could  strike 
men  as  new.  It  was  an  old  truth  that  had 
slept  and  awaked  ;  and  when  once  pointed 
out,  it  was  seen  to  be  everywhere  in  the 
New  Testament."  ^ 

We  live  in  days  when  the  pendulum  has 
swung  to  the  other  extreme,  and  men  ascribe 
to  God  a  character  analogous  to  that  of  a 
good-natured,  complacent  man,  whose  weak- 
ness is  that  he  condones  a  wrong,  rather  than 
troubles  to  vindicate  himself  and  assert  the 

1  For  a  brief  but  striking  account  of  the  result  of  modern 
Calvinism  in  New  England,  see  Alexander's  Primary 
Convictions,  pp.  318  and  319. 

^  J.  A.  Robinson,  Camb.  U?iiv.  Sermons. 


120         PENAL  CONSEQUENCES 

right.  When  the  conception  is  abroad  that 
punishment  is  alien  to  His  character  and 
that  His  justice  is  overthrown  by  His  love, 
men  will  make  light  of  sin.  Withdraw  the 
conception  of  penal  consequence,  and  the 
Divine  law,  having  lost  its  constraining 
power,  becomes  mere  advice  which  men  are 
free  to  treat  as  they  please. 

There  are,  alas  !  multitudinous  evidences 
that  many  have  reached  an  alarming  stage 
of  indifference  to  the  Divine  claims  upon 
them,  a  state  similar  to  that  attained  by 
those  who  conceived  that  the  Gospel  of  God's 
love  furnished  a  licence  to  sin,  and  to  whom 
St.  Paul  thus  referred,  "  Shall  we  sin,  be- 
cause we  are  not  under  the  law,  but  under 
grace  ?  "  (Rom.  vi.  15).  That  the  fear  of 
God  is  fast  becoming  enfeebled,  is  the  testi- 
mony both  of  the  Church  of  England  and 
Nonconformity.  This  result  has  followed, 
we  believe,  in  great  measure  from  the  mis- 
understanding of  the  '  love  of  God.' 
The  '  fear  '  of  God  is  compatible  with  our 
love  to  Him  and  His  love  to  us,  but  both  are 
needful.  The  heart  of  a  child  is  filled  with 
love  to  an  affectionate  father,  and  the 
greater  the  love,  the  greater  the  dread  of 
grieving  him  whom  he  loves.  But  let  that 
child  begin  to  conceive  that  a  weak  good 


RELIGIOUS  SENTIMENT         121 

nature  animates  his  father's  attitude  towards 
him,  then  those  worthy  and  ennobhng  senti- 
ments of  veneration,  homage,  and  deference 
will  be  supplanted  by  a  frame  of  mind 
capable  of  repudiating  all  parental  claim  on 
loyalty  and  service. 

The  cause  of  the  lamentable  decline  of  the 
religious  sentiment  may  be  traced  to  the 
divorce  of  two  eternal  qualities  in  the  Divine 
nature — justice  and  love — which,  if  the 
religious  life  of  the  nation  is  to  be  main- 
tained, can  never  be  separated.  "It  is 
true — eternal  truth — that  God  is  love.  But 
it  was  easily  misinterpreted  in  an  unworthy 
sense  by  those  who  could  not  distinguish 
between  love  and  mere  good  nature.  For 
those  who  did  not  know  that  in  reality  we 
fear  most  the  person  we  love  most  and  who 
loves  us  most — that  reverence  and  love  are 
inseparable  :  for  those  who  could  not  under- 
stand that  love  is  very  jealous  and  demands 
complete  surrender,  and  therefore  that  the 
holy  love  of  God  is  awful  and  constraining  : 
for  such  the  notion  grew  that  God  was  too 
kind  to  punish.  The  fear  of  God  was 
weakened  :  the  strain  of  duty  was  relaxed  : 
a  softness  came  over  religion  :  it  might 
attract,  but  it  had  lost  its  power  to  compel."  ^ 

^  J.  A.  Robinson,  Canib.  Univ.  Sermons. 


122    PRESENT  POPUIAR  CONCEPTION 

False  as  was  the  Calvinistic  conception  of 
former  days,  tending  to  a  spiritual  bondage, 
equally  false  is  the  present  popular  concep- 
tion tending  to  licence.     That  attitude  to- 
wards religion  is  widely  extending,  and  the 
remedy    is    not    to    be    found    in    ceaseless 
reiteration  of  dogma,  but  in  bringing  back 
to  the  hearts  of  men  the  truth  that  the  fear 
of  God  is  a  necessary  element  in  all  worthy 
service  and  worship,  and  that  those  of  whom 
it  is  true,  "  there  is  no  fear  of  God  before 
their  eyes  "  (Rom.  iii.  18),  have  attained  the 
climax  of  human  depravity  and  wickedness. 
It  is  a  power  which  is  never  absent  in  a  true 
revival  of  religion,  a  power  which  St.  Paul 
employed  with  studied  purpose  :   "  Knowing 
therefore  the  fear  of  the  Lord,  we  persuade 
men  "  (2  Cor.  v.  11).     While  it  is  true  that 
fear  is  cast  out  by  love,  as  St.  John  informs 
us,  yet  there  is  a  reverent  awe  which  cannot 
be  eclipsed  by  love  without  disastrous  con- 
sequences to  the  religion  of  the  individual. 
The  problem  for  the  Church  to-day  is  the 
same   as   that   which    confronted   St.    Paul, 
when  he  sought  to  adapt  his  message  to  the 
comprehension    of    the    toiling    masses,  the 
humble  artisan,  the  soldier,  and  the  slave. 
The  words  of  the  writer  quoted  above  are  to 
the  point  :     "  The  gospel  needs  translating 


ST.  PAUL  ADAPTS  HIS  MESSAGE      123 

into  the  language  of  the  masses ;  it  must 
be  brought  within  the  range  of  their  ideas ; 
must  at  least  understand  their  preposses- 
sions ;  must  be  recommended  by  illustra- 
tions taken  boldly  from  their  manner  of 
life  :  This  was  St.  Paul's  method ;  it  is 
worth  adoption  to-day.^ 

^  Stud.  Bib.,  vol.  iv.  p.  13. 


CHAPTER   VIII 

The  office  of  the  Law — Figure  of  heir  under  age — PauUne 
conception  of  the  Law  aroused  intense  hostihty  in 
Jewish  circles — This  attitude  had  its  roots  in  past 
history — Reforms  of  Ezra — Dominating  hope  of  Juda- 
ism in  past  (Captivity)  era — Apocalyptic  Hterature  and 
its  purpose — The  claim  that  the  world  was  created 
for  Israel — The  suicide  of  national  hope  involved  in 
St.  Paul's  attitude — Baptism  of  Cornelius  implied  a 
principle  of  universal  application  —  St.  Peter's  in- 
consistency— Condition  of  the  Jew  under  the  Law 
illustrated  by  tutelage — Jewish  conception  of  God — 
Advent  of  Heir  of  all  things. 

St.  Paul  was  the  first  to  realize,  or  rather  to 
expound,  the  purport  of  the  Law  of  Moses 
from  the  standpoint  of  Christianity.  He 
perceived  that  while  it  afforded  no  effectual 
remedy  for  the  deepest  needs  of  humanity, 
it  fulfilled  a  most  necessary,  thougli  subor- 
dinate, office  during  the  spiritual  minority 
of  the  Jew.  It  supplied  a  preparatory 
discipline,  and  by  requiring  a  perfect  obedi- 
ence, to  which  men  found  by  sad  experience 
they  could  not  attain,  it  thus  revealed 
their  moral  helplessness,  and  by  intensifying 
the  consciousness  of  sin,  prepared  them  to 

125 


126  GUARDIANSHIP  INDISPENSABLE 

welcome  the  principle,  "  The  righteousness 
of  God  by  faith."  But  all  this  involved  its 
temporary  nature  and  ultimate  abrogation. 
Could  any  figure  be  more  apt  than  that 
drawn  from  the  condition  of  an  heir  under 
age,  subject  to  guardians  and  stewards  till 
he  had  learned  to  value  the  liberty  destined 
to  be  his,  at  the  time  appointed  by  the  father  ? 
"  So  long  as  the  heir  is  a  child,  he  differeth 
nothing  from  a  bondservant,  though  he  be 
lord  of  all ;  but  is  under  guardians  and 
stewards  until  the  time  appointed  of  the 
father  "  (Gal.  iv.  1,  2).  The  analogy,  like 
any  other  relating  to  Divine  things,  is  not 
applicable  in  all  its  details,  and  it  is  possible 
St.  Paul  was  not  referring  explicitly  to  any 
one  system  of  law,  but  had  in  contemplation 
a  '  sort  of  abstraction '  of  the  principles 
common  to  tutelage.  In  its  main  features, 
however,  it  was  strikingly  applicable.  Thus 
the  limitations  imposed  on  a  minor  were  not 
intended  as,  nor  indeed  could  be,  permanent. 
So  too  the  spiritual  minority  of  "  children 
in  bondage  under  the  rudiments  of  the 
world "  must  terminate  in  the  fulness  of 
time.  Again,  the  system  of  '  guardians  and 
stewards  '  was  indispensable  for  the  child 
under  age.  So  also  was  the  Divine  plan 
for  the  spiritual  nonage  of  the  sons  of  God. 


EMANCIPATION  FROM  LEGALISM     127 

But  when  the  temporary  yet  indispensable 
purposes  was  fulfilled,  the  heir — no  longer 
in  a  condition  hardly  distinguishable  from 
that  of  a  bondservant,  scarce  knowing  why 
he  must  yield  obedience,  unconscious  of 
his  father's  intention  concerning  him,  and 
ignorant  of  the  value  of  his  inheritance — 
entered  into  enjoyment  of  the  paternal 
provision  for  his  future  and  the  liberty  of 
full  manhood.  So  those  emancipated  from 
the  disabilities  of  legalism  entered  into  the 
glorious  liberty  of  the  children  of  God.  As 
reference  is  made  in  Chapter  X.  to  the 
legal  terms  involved  in  the  analogy,  we 
confine  ourselves  here  to  consideration  of 
the  causes  for  the  intense  hostility  aroused 
in  Jewish  circles  by  the  Pauline  conception 
of  the  Mosaic  Law.  That  conception  is 
reflected  in  the  above  passage. 

The  origin  of  this  hostility  is  to  be 
sought  in  times  long  anterior  to  the  age  of 
St.  Paul.  It  is  therefore  necessary  to  revert 
to  certain  national  movements  amongst  the 
Jews,  developed  as  far  back  as  the  days  of 
Ezra  and  Nehemiah,  who  may  be  regarded 
as  the  real  founders  of  Judaism.  What  is 
recorded  of  Ezra  is  true  of  Nehemiah  : 
he  ''  had  set  his  heart  to  seek  the  law  of  the 


128    EXPRESSION  OF  JEWISH  PIETY 

Lord,  and  to  do  it,  and  to  teach  in  Israel 
statutes  and  judgments "  (Ezra  vii.  10). 
They  impressed  not  a  section  only,  but  the 
whole  nation,  with  such  a  sense  of  the 
sanctity  and  importance  of  the  Law,  as  had 
not  hitherto  existed ;  so  that  its  former 
neglect  was  replaced  by  a  passionate  regard 
and  intense  devotion.  Thus  "  legal  ob- 
servance remained  from  the  time  of  Ezra 
until  long  after  the  Christian  era  as  the 
universal  expression  of  Jewish  piety."  ^ 
The  Prophets  were  relegated  to  a  secondary 
place,  and  the  Law  regarded  "  as  a  com- 
plete system  by  which  men  should  live."  A 
policy  of  isolated  national  life  was  in- 
augurated, and  marriage  with  alien  races 
was  prohibited.  In  the  absence  of  the 
monarchical  system  the  priestly  class  was 
in  the  ascendant. 

The  principles  inculcated  were  responded 
to  with  alacrity,  for  the  remnant  which 
returned  with  Ezra  represented  a  people 
purged  of  elements  which  might  weaken  the 
national  cause.  Those  with  feeble  faith 
in  Jehovah  and  the  triumph  of  His  cause 
had  been  absorbed  into  heathenism,  but 
the  residue  were  animated  by  qualities  giving 
rise    to    those    later   features   of    Judaism, 

^  Gamble's  Spiritual  Sequence  of  the  Bible,  p.  57. 


UNFULFILLED  PROPHECY       129 

"bitter  zeal  and  exclusive  temper."  The 
inner  spring  of  this  national  movement  was 
the  strong  hope  of  a  liberator,  through  whom 
the  Gentile  would  be  humiliated,  and  ven- 
geance meted  out  to  the  oppressors  of  the 
people  of  God. 

But  the  special  aspects  of  this  national 
reformation  began  to  be  obscured,  and  pre- 
pared the  way  for  that  phase  of  Judaism 
which  ushered  in  the  Maccabean  period,  with 
its  zealots,  urged  on  by  an  undying  resistance 
to  Rome,  and  animated  by  the  firm  convic- 
tion of  a  universal  Jewish  theocracy ;  for  the 
spirit  of  Judaism  was  transformed  between 
the  return  from  the  Captivity  and  the  time 
of  Christ. 

For  a  time  this  revival  of  the  Law  satisfied 
the  national  hope,  but  at  length  the  severity 
and  continuance  of  Syrian  and  Roman 
oppression  forced  the  conviction  that  the 
restoration  of  a  Davidic  kingdom  was  no 
longer  possible.  Further,  unfulfilled  pro- 
phecy concerning  God's  gracious  purpose 
for  man  caused  trust  in  the  ideas  of  the 
Prophets  to  wane.  During  the  two  centuries 
preceding  the  Christian  era  a  remarkable 
development  took  place  in  Hebrew  literature. 
Apocalyptic  writings  took  the  place  of 
prophecy,  to  which  they  were  akin.     Under 

10 


130     APOCALYPTIC  LITERATURE 

the  name  and  guise  of  some  hero  prominent 
in  Hebrew  history,  such  as  Enoch,  Moses, 
Daniel,  or  Baruch,  this  Hterature,  based  on 
famiUar  writings,  giving  a  '  new  turn  '  and 
another  interpretation,  was  accepted  as  offer- 
ing a  solution  of  what  hitherto  had  been 
enigmas  in  God's  providential  dealings  with 
His  people.  Amidst  their  visions  and  ob- 
scure symbols,  these  writers,  adopting  a 
wider  outlook  than  the  Prophets,  insist  on 
the  final  vindication  of  God's  promises  to  the 
nation. 

Now  in  this  literature  is  to  be  discovered 
one  of  the  causes  for  the  intense  hostility 
exhibited  by  the  Jew  to  the  attitude  adopted 
by  St.  Paul  towards  the  Law  and  towards 
the  Gentile  world.  The  sufferings  Israel 
had  long  endured  at  the  hands  of  relentless 
enemies  soured  the  spirit  of  the  nation. 
One  of  the  hopes  which  sustained  the 
people  was  the  confident  expectation  of 
the  downfall  and  appalling  retribution 
foretold  by  the  Apocalyptic  writers  as 
the  doom  in  store  for  the  hated  Gentile 
oppressor.  Was  he  to  be  admitted  to  the 
cherished  privileges  of  Israel  ?  Were  the 
long-drawn-out  sufferings  of  the  nation 
to  be  ignored  by  a  spiritual  amnesty  con- 
ferred   on    those    who    had    degraded    and 


A  LONG  HISTORICAL  SEQUENCE     131 

humiliated  God's  chosen  people  ?  The 
thought  to  the  Jew  from  any  quarter  was 
intolerable  ;  and  doubly  so,  proceeding  from 
one  regarded  as  a  renegade  and  apostate 
from  the  national  faith/ 

It  is  only  in  recent  years  that  the  import- 
ance of  this  literature  has  been  recognized. 
Its  purpose  was  to  uphold  the  national 
faith  during  a  protracted  period  of  trial, 
which  its  authors  sought  to  achieve  by  pre- 
senting the  adverse  experiences  of  the  people 
as  the  "  long  historical  sequence  "  necessary 
to  the  fulfilment  of  the  consummation  they 
confidently  asserted. 

These  facts  serve  to  explain  those  alter- 
nations in  the  popular  sentiment  towards 
our  Lord.  Was  it  fondly  imagined  that  He 
was  manifesting  His  power  as  the  expected 
Liberator  ?  Then  the  people  would  "  take 
Him  by  force  and  make  Him  a  King."  Did 
He   appear   by    some    other   aspect   of   His 

1  The  Jewish  contemporaries  of  St.  Paul  regarded  God's 
covenant  as  indissoluble,  and  one  from  which  He  could  not 
recede.  The  belief  is  exhibited  again  and  again  in  the 
Apocalyptic  hterature.  It  was  claimed  that  the  world  was 
created  for  Israel.  According  to  the  Jew,  "  he  and  his  people 
alone  were  the  centre  of  all  God's  action  in  the  creation  and 
government  of  the  world."  As  for  Gentile  nations,  they 
were  of  no  consequence  whatsoever,  and  were  compared  to 
spittle.  These  facts  illustrate  the  striking  declension,  in 
St,  Paul's  days,  from  the  conception  of  the  Prophets, 


132    FOUNDATION  OF  NEW  KINGDOM 

ministry  to  contradict  the  cherished  idea  ? 
Then  they  were  ready  to  join  in  the  cry, 
"  Crucify  Him."  That  same  spirit  con- 
fronted St.  Paul,  as  he  proclaimed  a  spiritual 
empire  whose  bounds  and  influence  should 
far  exceed  the  most  sanguine  expectations 
of  the  enthusiasts,  by  making  the  Gentile, 
equally  with  the  Jew,  a  participator  in  a 
universal  blessing.  Of  those  to  whom  he 
preached,  some,  renouncing  the  materialized 
notion  of  an  earthly  Kingdom,  accepted 
the  conception  of  a  spiritual  Kingdom — not 
conditioned  by  racial  prerogatives  or  cere- 
monial observances,  but  based  on  "  right- 
eousness, peace,  and  joy  in  the  Holy  Ghost " ; 
most,  however,  were  repelled,  and  clung 
with  redoubled  vehemence  to  the  old  con- 
ception. 

The  attempt  to  turn  the  tide  of  popu- 
lar misconception  necessarily  involved  the 
wounding  of  Jewish  racial  pride.  Institu- 
tions, dearer  than  life  itself,  were  challenged 
when  St.  Paul  asserted  :  "  It  is  not  he  who 
has  the  outward  and  visible  marks  of  a  Jew 
who  is  the  true  Jew ;  neither  is  an  outward 
and  bodily  circumcision  the  true  circumcision. 
But  he  who  is  inwardly  and  secretly  a  Jew 
is  the  true  Jew  ;  and  the  moral  and  spiritual 
circumcision  is  that  which  really  deserves 


SENSE  OF  RACE  PRIVILEGE    133 

the  name."  ^  The  Jew,  conscious  that  such 
doctrine  involved  the  suicide  of  his  cherished 
faith,  threw  himself  into  opposition,  for 
thereby,  "at  a  stroke,  the  feeling  of  race, 
which  had  been  matured  through  ages  of 
struggle  and  persecution,  and  had  become 
a  part  of  the  deepest  passions  of  the  Jews, 
was  to  be  done  away,  and  there  was  to  arise 
a  new  Israel,  a  fresh  people  of  God,  set  aside, 
not  by  blood,  but  by  a  living  relation  to 
God."  ^ 

Thus  amongst  the  Jewish  Christians  there 
were  some  in  whom  the  acceptance  of  the  new 
faith  had  not  obliterated  the  sense  of  national 
pride  and  race  privilege,  to  which  reference 
has  just  been  made.  They  conceived  that 
the  principal  modification  of  their  ancient 
faith,  introduced  by  Christianity,  consisted 
in  the  acceptance  of  Christ  as  the  promised 
Messiah,  and  the  fact  that  He  had  made 
atonement  for  their  sins,  by  His  death  on  the 
Cross.  Had  they  been  content  to  retain 
Jewish  practices  for  themselves  the  subse- 
quent controversy  with  the  apostle  might 
never  have  arisen,  as  he  did  not  require 
Christians  of  Jewish  birth  to  cease  living  as 

1  Sanday  and  Headlam's  paraphrase,  Crit.  Com.,  Rom.  ii. 
28,  29. 

2  Gardner,  Growth  of  Christianity,  p.  So. 


134       A  UNIVERSAL  PRINCIPLE 

Jews.  But  they  insisted  that  Gentile  con- 
verts should  pass  through  the  portals  of 
Judaism  by  observing  the  rite  of  circum- 
cision. So  long  as  the  converts  were  mostly 
drawn  from  Judaism  there  was  little 
evidence  of  the  coming  controversy,  but 
when  Gentiles  became  believers  in  such 
numbers  "  as  bid  fair  to  swamp  the  old 
disciples,"  and  when  they  realized  that  St. 
Paul's  exposition  of  the  Law  and  the  doctrine 
of  the  Atonement  involved  the  abrogation, 
not  only  of  circumcision,  but  Mosaism  as  a 
whole,  the  reactionary  party  among  the 
Jewish  Christains  threw  themselves  fanatic- 
ally into  an  attempt  to  undermine  the 
Apostle's  influence  and  recapture  for  Judaism 
his  Gentile  converts.  Accordingly,  when  St. 
Paul  returned  to  Antioch  he  found  that 
certain  "  false  brethren,"  representing  the 
extreme  Jewish  party  at  Jerusalem,  had 
initiated  amongst  his  converts  a  retrograde 
movement  towards  Judaism.  Now  the  ad- 
mission of  Cornelius,  the  Gentile,  into  full 
communion  with  the  Church  at  Jerusalem, 
accompanied,  as  it  was,  by  evidences  of 
Divine  direction  and  approval,  had  clearly 
embodied  a  principle  of  universal  applica- 
tion to  Gentile  Christianity — namely,  that 
the  observance  of  the  Mosaic  Law  was  not 


PAULAS  AUTHORITY  CHALLENGED  185 

incumbent  on  the  non- Jewish  beUever ;  but 
these  reactionaries  repudiated  the  principle 
involved,  and  regarded  his  admission  as  an 
exceptional  case,  entirely  unrelated  to  the 
question  at  issue. 

Arguments  also  were  not  wanting  to  per- 
suade the  Gentile  converts  of  St.  Paul  to  re- 
nounce their  new  found  Christian  liberty. 
Thus  the  Law  of  Moses  had  a  Divine  origin, 
God  had  formed  His  covenant  with  "Abraham 
and  his  seed  "  ;  Jesus  was  of  the  seed  of 
Abraham,  and  not  only  did  He  observe  that 
Law,  but  He  and  His  disciples  submitted  to 
the  rite  of  circumcision  ;  the  only  teacher 
adverse  to  this  position  was  one,  neither 
called  to  the  apostolate  during  the  earthly 
ministry  of  Jesus,  as  were  the  Palestinian 
apostles,  nor  able  to  produce  letters  of 
commendation  to  prove  he  was  authorised 
by  the  Church  at  Jerusalem.  Such  argu- 
ments were  not  without  result  in  seriously 
disturbing  the  peace  of  the  Churches  and 
undermining  the  faith  of  the  converts.  It 
was  therefore  resolved  to  send  St.  Paul  to 
Jerusalem  to  secure  a  final  decision  from 
the  leading  apostles  there.  Although  they 
formally  decided  to  support  him  in  his 
assertion  of  Gentile  Christianity,  much  op- 
position proceeded  from  those  members  of 


136   PERILOUS  TIMES  FOR  NEW  FAITH 

the  extreme  Jewish  party  present  at  the 
Council.  Notwithstanding  this  decision, 
they  continued  to  embarrass  and  misrepre- 
sent St.  Paul's  work  throughout  the  Gentile 
Churches. 

The  magnitude  of  the  peril  to  Gentile 
Christianity  may  be  gauged  by  the  fact  that 
even  St.  Peter  was  carried  away  by  their 
specious  pleading,  for,  although  at  Antioch 
he  associated  himself  freely  with  uncircum- 
cised  members  of  the  Gentile  Church,  yet 
when  reproached  by  messengers  from  Jeru- 
salem, he  separated  himself  from  them  and 
inconsistently  abandoned  the  liberal  attitude 
previously  adopted.  This  inconsistency, 
amounting  to  virtual  rejection  of  the  Council's 
decision,  added  force  to  the  plausible  argu- 
ments of  the  Judaisers. 

These  were,  indeed,  perilous  times  for  the 
new  faith ;  and  had  St.  Paul  relaxed  his 
efforts,  that  grand  conception  of  a  universal 
Church,  whose  gates  were  opened  to  all 
believers,  might  have  remained  for  ages  a 
mystery  still  hidden  from  the  sons  of  men. 
It  was  at  this  crisis  he  wrote  his  Epistle 
to  the  Galatians,  vindicating  his  authority 
and  proving  the  Law  to  be,  not  a  final 
ordinance,  but  merely  a  preparation  for  the 
Gospel  of  Christ.    He  sums  up  in  a  sentence 


PRE-CHRISTIAN  STATE  OF  ISRAEL  137 

the  grand  distinction  between  Judaism  and 
Christianity  :  "  But  I  say  so  long  as  the 
heir  is  a  child,  he  differeth  nothing  from  a 
bondservant,  though  he  is  lord  of  all ;  but 
is  under  guardians  and  stewards  until  the 
time  appointed  of  the  father."  Hence 
the  spirit  gendered  in  the  Jewish  race 
while  under  tutelage,  a  spirit  leading  the 
nation  to  regard  God  as  afar  off,  "  So 
distant  that  He  could  have  nothing  to  do 
with  it,  except  through  angelic  inter- 
mediaries, so  majestic  and  awful  that  men 
were  afraid  to  pronounce  His  name,  and 
spoke  of  Him  and  to  Him  by  circumlocution ; 
a  Divine  taskmaster  who  imposed  a  heavy 
burden  of  legal  obligation  which  men  bore 
in  a  spirit  of  slavish  fear  ; — such  was  the 
pre-Christian  state  of  even  God's  chosen 
people  of  Israel."  ^ 

Such  unworthy  conceptions  of  God,  how- 
ever pardonable  in  those  of  the  older  dis- 
pensation, could  have  no  place  when  "  the 
term  appointed  "  by  the  Divine  Father  had 
arrived.  The  former  condition  of  tutelage 
had  terminated,  for  the  Heir  of  all  things 
had  entered  on  His  rightful  inheritance,  in 
Him  emancipation  had  been  achieved  for 
all  believers.     St.  Paul  has  nothing  to  say 

^  A.  B.  Bruce,  Sermons. 


138  GALATIAN  FOLLY 

against  the  Law  as  such,  for  it  is  "holy,  and 
the  commandment  holy,  and  righteous,  and 
good  "  (Rom.  vii.  12)  ;  indeed,  so  far  as  its 
special  office  in  the  Divine  plan  of  salvation 
was  concerned,  he  would  have  been  the 
first  to  vindicate  its  use  and  worth,  but  con- 
trasted with  the  Gospel  it  was  imperfect  and 
inadequate.  Its  office  only  continued  while 
the  childhood  of  the  race  was  not  ready  to 
enjoy  freedom,  when  rules  of  conduct  had 
to  be  rigidly  enforced,  and  while  "  principles 
could  not  be  nakedly  and  argumentatively 
enunciated." 

The  Galatians  failed  to  see  that  a  discipline 
fitted  for  children  could  not  be  permanent, 
and  ignored  the  fact  that  its  purpose  was 
but  the  preparation  for  the  Kingdom  of  God 
proclaimed  by  Christ.  St.  Paul's  protest 
against  their  folly  was  founded  on  his  own 
spiritual  experience ;  he  knew  that  the 
temporary  dispensation  had  gendered  within 
him  unworthy  and  imperfect  notions  of  God 
and  His  service,  as  distinguished  from  the 
liberty  and  gladness  of  sonship,  now  attained 
through  the  advent  of  the  Heir."  In  Christ 
they  had  attained  their  spiritual  majority,  the 
temporary  functions  of  the  Law,  figured  by 
''  guardians  and  stewards,"  had  ipso  facto 
come  to  an  end.     They  were  entitled  to  the 


SPIRITUAL  MINORITY  139 

exercise  of  freedom  and  liberty,  untram- 
melled by  restrictions  which,  however  im- 
perative during  a  spiritual  nonage,  were  no 
longer  needful.  "  Wherefore  then  serveth 
the  Law  ?  "  the  Apostle  demands,  for  their 
action  was  a  reversal  of  the  natural  order, 
a  re-entrance  of  the  full-grown  man  into 
minority,  with  restrictions  and  limitations 
proper  to  a  state  of  childhood. 


CHAPTER    IX 

Reason  for  introducing  figure  of  '  a  man's  covenant ' — 
Jewish  notion  that  the  Law  existed  before  Patriarchs — 
No  interruption  in  principle  of  Faith  from  the  age  of 
Abraham — New  Testament  use  of  terms  *  covenant ' 
and  *  testament  ' — The  Roman  will  revocable  during 
life  and  operative  at  death — Use  made  of  this  fact  by 
author  of  '  Hebrews  ' — The  Greek  will  irrevocable — 
The  Mosaic  law  introduced  as  an  innovation — Contrast 
between  law  and  promise  as  to  mode  whereby  given — 
Progressive  revelation  not  from  Law  to  Faith,  but 
"  from  faith  to  faith  " — Permanency  of  principle  of 
Faith  manifests  immutability  of  God's  design. 

The  words,  "  though  it  be  but  a  man's 
covenant,  yet  when  it  hath  been  confirmed, 
no  one  maketh  it  void,  or  addeth  thereto  " 
(Gal.  iii.  15),  carry  St.  Paul's  great  contro- 
versy a  stage  further.  In  the  previous 
chapter  he  had  sought  to  emphasize  the 
temporary  nature  of  the  law  by  the  figure 
of  the  child  under  age.  Here  he  deals  with 
a  different  aspect,  namely,  the  permanence 
of  God's  original  covenant,  the  immutability 
of  the  Divine  promise  to  Abraham.  The 
cause  of  the  dispute  may  be  of  little  interest 
to  some,  but  we  cannot  be  indifferent  to 
the  debt  we  owe  the  Apostle  for  guiding  the 

MI 


142    ANCIENT  FAITH  RENOUNCED 

primitive  Church  through  the  greatest  crisis 
in  its  history,  when  Judaism  seriously  threat- 
ened to  make  its  way  into  the  new  faith. 
As  we  picture  him  standing  ahnost  alone 
'  against  the  world,'  facing  simultaneous 
attack  from  nearly  every  centre  of  his  work, 
all  the  while  persecuted  and  misrepresented, 
renouncing  the  ancient  faith,  '  while  the 
gospel  of  complete  salvation  by  faith  in 
Christ  was  yet  unproved,'  we  recognize 
liim  as  the  foremost  champion  of  Christian 
liberty,  who  by  his  hard-won  victory  has 
made  the  whole  world  his  debtor.  Had 
he  been  unsuccessful,  the  scope  of  its  appeal 
must  have  been  limited  to  a  single  nation, 
and  the  design  of  Christianity  as  a  universal 
religion  frustrated. 

The  Epistle  to  the  Galatians  was  written 
during  an  acute  stage  of  the  controversy  with 
the  extreme  Jewish  party,  who  regarded  his 
attitude  towards  the  Law  as  revolutionary. 
Though  they  had  accepted  Christianity,  they 
still  continued  to  be  Jews.  To  admit  Gentiles 
to  the  high  privileges  of  the  commonwealth 
of  Israel  on  the  terms  maintained  by 
St.  Paul,  was  keenly  felt  by  them  as  a  dis- 
paragement to  their  race  and  a  profanation 
of  cherished  privileges.  "  The  question  at 
issue  was  whether  heathens,  having  become 


ANALOGY  OF  THE  '  COVENANT '  143 

Christians,  were  to  be  required  to  become 
Jews  likewise,  and  that  as  a  matter  of 
essential  principle  to  concede  this  was  to 
make  void  the  grace  of  God  and  the  faith 
of  man."  ^ 

But  when  Jewish  emissaries  entered  into 
the  Pauline  Churches,  and  by  insisting 
on  the  necessity  of  circumcision  imperilled 
the  simplicity  of  the  Gospel,  the  apostle 
realized  that  it  w^as  imperative  to  defeat 
their  efforts,  by  demonstrating  the  true 
relation  in  which  Mosaism  stood  to  the 
principle  of  Faith.  St.  Paul  purposed, 
by  introducing  the  following  analogy,  to 
convince  his  opponents  of  God's  eternal 
purpose  in  the  Covenant  of  Promise,  and 
demonstrate  the  subserviency  of  the  Law 
to  it,  for  "  a  covenant  confirmed  beforehand 
by  God,  the  Law,  which  came  four  hundred 
and  thirty  years  after,  doth  not  disannul,^ 
so  as  to  make  the  promise  of  none  effect  " 
(Gal.  iii.  17).  Thus  he  shows  that  God  did 
not   establish    two    collateral   covenants    or 

^  Hort,  Jiidaistic  Christianiiy,  p.  loo. 

''The  translation,  "the  law  .  .  .  cannot  disannul" 
(A. v.),  is  misleading.  A  testator  had  power  to  abrogate  a 
former  will  by  a  later  one.  R.V.  translates  (ovk  aKvpoi) 
"  doth  not  disannul."  The  distinction  is  material,  as  the 
Apostle  was  seeking  to  prove  the  Law  could  not  be  placed 
on  an  equality  with  the  Promise  to  Abraham,  otherwise  it 
would  have  been  abrogated  by  the  Law. 


144    THE  PRINCIPLE  OF  FAITH 

testaments  ;  for  if  the  Law  is  placed  on  equal- 
ity with  the  Promise,  contradiction  is  in- 
volved, making  "the  Promise  of  none  effect." 

It  was  not  easy  to  convince  the  Jew  of  the 
relative  inferiority  of  the  Law.  His  imagi- 
nation had  been  at  work  to  buttress  the 
cardinal  position  he  assigned  to  it,  and  the 
opinion  has  been  expressed  with  much 
probability,  that  St.  Paul's  reference  to 
the  later  origin  of  the  Law  was  prompted 
by  the  fact  that,  according  to  Jewish  teaching 
of  the  day,  the  Law  did  not  originate  with 
Moses,  but  had  existed  even  before  the 
Patriarchs,  and  was  observed  by  them."  ^ 

In  dealing  with  this  subject  he  cut  to  the 
quick  Jewish  pride  of  race  and  national  con- 
ceit, but  the  demonstration  of  the  secondary 
importance  of  the  Mosaic  Law  was  neces- 
sarily involved  in  his  theology.  Not  only  was 
it  a  cause  of  bitter  opposition  on  the  part 
of  the  Jew,  but  it  gave  rise  to  questionings 
and  perplexity  to  Jewish  Christians.  For 
he  asserted  that  during  the  whole  range  of 
religious  experience  from  Abraham  to  Christ, 

^  Vide  Thackeray's  Law  of  Moses  and  Paul,  p.  6i. 
"  Adam,  it  was  said,  e.g.,  was  circumcised  and  observed  the 
Sabbath  .  .  .  the  Book  of  Jubilees  illustrates  this  tendency. 
The  Jewish  feasts,  according  to  that  book,  were  instituted  by 
Abraham  and  Jacob,  and  the  whole  of  the  Mosaic  Cere- 
monial was  observed  by  the  Patriarchs." 


A  BIRTH  ^ AFTER  THE  SPIRIT'     145 

the  principle  of  faith  was  embedded  therein, 
notwithstanding  the  divinely  given  Law  of 
Moses,  and  that  principle  had  provided  the 
method  of  man's  acceptance  with  God  from 
the  time  of  its  institution  with  the  Patriarch. 
He  introduced  the  allegory  of  Hagar  and 
Ishmael  to  reinforce  his  argument,  by  which 
he  would  remind  his  opponents  that  while 
Abraham  was  father  of  both  Isaac  and 
Ishmael,  yet  from  the  spiritual  standpoint 
they  were  sons  in  a  very  different  sense. 
Ishmael  was  a  son  *  after  the  flesh,'  his  birth 
presenting  no  feature  of  Divine  intervention, 
yet  far  otherwise  was  the  birth  of  Isaac  ; 
it  was  foretold,  it  was  not  in  the  course  of 
nature  and  depended  on  the  faith  of  Abra- 
ham. In  short  it  was  a  birth  *  after  the 
Spirit.'  The  Jew  was  in  full  accord  so  far, 
but  the  apostle's  conclusion  was  hateful 
in  the  extreme  as  he  proceeded  to  identify 
the  covenant  at  Sinai — not  with  Isaac — 
but  with  Hagar  and  Ishmael,  thus  tracing 
the  boasted  spiritual  ancestry  of  the  Jew 
to  '  the  bondwoman  and  her  son.' 

Now  the  Pauline  doctrine  on  this  subject 
suggested  the  questions — the  continued 
validity  of  the  first  covenant  being  asserted 
by  the  Apostle — why  should  not  the  second 
maintain    its    authority    too,    since    it    was 


146   GOD'S  COVENANT  UNALTERABLE 

equally  a  Divine  ordinance  ?  Did  not  the 
fact  that  the  Mosaic  Law,  instituted  430 
years  ^  after  the  Abrahamic  covenant,  imply 
that  the  covenant  was  superseded  by  the 
law  ?  Nor  did  the  opponents  neglect  to 
urge  that  Abraham,  upon  whose  spiritual 
relations  with  God  the  Apostle  had  founded 
his  argument,  was  himself  circumcised. 

St.  Paul  appeals  to  the  principles  which 
govern  the  ordinary  dealings  between  man 
and  man.  "  I  speak  after  the  manner  of 
men."  By  analogy  drawn  from  mere  human 
affairs  he  discloses  the  baselessness  of  sucli 
arguments,  either  against  the  Law  of  Faith 
or  in  favour  of  the  continuing  validity  of 
the  Ceremonial  Law  ;  for  if  "  a  man's  cove- 
nant "  once  confirmed  is  incapable  of  sub- 
sequent alteration,  a  fortiori  God's  covenant 
of  promise  is  unalterable. 

Considerable  perplexity  has  been  occa- 
sioned by  the  New  Testament  use  of  the 
terms  'testament'  and  'covenant,'  for 
though   they   differ   so   greatly   in   meaning 

^  The  statement  above,  as  to  a  period  of  430  years  inter- 
vening between  Abraham  and  Moses, — which  agrees  with 
the  Samaritan  Pentateuch  and  the  Septuagint, — has  been 
questioned.  According  to  the  Hebrew  text  of  Exodus  the 
interval  was  considerably  longer;  even  if  this  was  so,  it 
does  not  affect  the  Apostle's  position,  it  merely  reinforces 
the  argument. 


AN  AMBIGUOUS  TERM  147 

to  the  modern  mind,  they  are  translations, 
of  one  and  the  same  word  '  diatheke ' 
(BtaOyKij)  in  the  original  Greek.  In  the 
Revised  Version  the  word  '  testament '  is 
rejected  in  favour  of  '  covenant,'  except 
in  Heb.  ix.  16  and  17,  where  it  occm-s 
twice,  and  at  ver.  15  the  Revisers,  realis- 
ing the  difficulty,  insert  a  marginal  note, 
"the  Greek  word  here  used  signifies  both 
covenant  and  testament."  The  original  of 
the  term  '  covenant '  in  the  Old  Testament, 
is  the  Hebrew  word,  '  b'rith '  (^'"1?)  trans- 
lated, with  two  exceptions,  in  the  Septuagint 
by  '  diatheke.''  Another  word,  '  syntheke  ' 
(avvdtjKTj),  was  employed  in  later  versions; 
but  it  signified  an  agreement  between  two 
parties  conceived  as  being  equals.  Accord- 
ingly it  had  been  rejected  by  the  writers  of 
the  Septuagint,  since  it  was  regarded  as 
unsuitable  to  express  the  agreement  between 
God  and  man,  where  equality  was  absent. 
Further,  it  failed  to  express  the  unilateral 
aspect  of  God's  gracious  compact  freely 
made  with  man.  Although  diatheke  scarcely 
expressed  the  full  meaning  of  the  Hebrew 
b'rith,  it  was  selected  as  the  "  least  un- 
suitable "  term. 

But    soon    after    the    completion    of    the 
Septuagint  version  the  practice  of   making 


148  ROMAN  WILLS 

wills  became  common  amongst  the  Greeks, 
and  the  word  employed  for  such  testamentary 
dispositions  was  diatheke,  consequently  in 
New  Testament  times  this  term  had  acquired 
a  twofold  signification  amongst  Greek- 
speaking  Christians  who  were  acquainted 
with  the  Septuagint.  Hence  it  becomes 
important  in  regard  to  the  Epistles  to 
inquire  from  an  exegetical  point  of  view 
"  what  ideas  did  the  word  convey  to  first 
readers  of  the  New  Testament "  ?  The 
question  has  been  much  discussed,  and  the 
difficulty  is  not  lessened  by  the  fact  that 
the  word  is  sometimes  used  to  express  both 
significations,  namely,  '  covenant '  and 
'testament';  thus  (1  Cor.  xi.  25),  "This 
cup  is  the  new  covenant  (margin,  'testa- 
ment,' R.V.)  in  My  blood,"  where  either 
sense  is  equally  relevant. 

Further,  when  diatheke  is  employed  in  the 
sense  of  '  will ' — a  sense  only  found  in  the 
New  Testament  —  two  phases  of  thought 
are  to  be  discerned,  and  the  distinction 
depends  on  the  destination  of  the  particular 
Epistle  in  which  it  is  employed,  or  rather 
the  form  of  will  familiar  to  those  addressed. 
A  feature  of  the  Roman  as  distinguished 
from  the  Greek  will,  was  the  fact  of  its 
being    inoperative    till    the    death    of    the 


THE  GREEK  WILL  149 

testator,  and  revocable  during  his  life ; 
hence  the  author  of  the  Epistle  to  the 
Hebrews,  addressing  those  familiar  with 
the  Roman  will  alone,  writes,  "  For  where  a 
testament  is,  there  must  of  necessity  be  the 
death  of  him  that  made  it.  For  a  testa- 
ment is  of  force  w^here  there  hath  been  death  ; 
for  doth  it  ever  avail  while  he  that  made  it 
liveth  ?  "  (Heb.  ix.  16,  17).  Thus  the  writer 
is  able  to  enforce  the  necessity  for  the  death 
of  Christ,  if  the  Divine  Testament  is  to  be 
regarded  as  valid. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  Greek  will,  Ramsay 
maintains,  was  characterised  by  being  an 
irrevocable  instrument  (but  see  note  2,  p. 
165) ;  hence  he  insists  on  the  cogency  of 
the  analogy  in  the  Epistle  to  the  Galatians, 
dealing  with  the  Judaistic  controversy  and 
illustrating  the  fact  that  the  Law,  as  subse- 
quent to  the  Promise,  could  not  invalidate  or 
supersede  the  latter. 

Some  controverted  the  pre-eminence  as- 
signed by  St.  Paul  to  Faith  because  of  their 
opposition  to  the  Apostle  himself  ;  others, 
reflecting  on  the  assumed  priority  in  time 
of  the  Mosaic  Law  to  the  principle  of  Faith, 
honestly  doubted  whether  his  doctrine  was 
justified.  But  whatever  the  cause  of  oppos- 
ition, he  vindicates   his   position  by  sweep- 


150     PRIORITY  OF  THE  PROMISE 

ing  away  the  false  notion  that  the  Law- 
was  prior  to  the  Promise.  This  he  does  by 
reminding  his  opponents  that  the  promise 
to  Faith  had  not  been  set  aside  but  continued 
to  exist  all  through  the  ages  from  Abraham  ; 
nor  could  it  be  abrogated  by  the  later  cere- 
monial Law,  for  the  promise  to  Abraham 
w^as  complete,  and  needed  nothing  to  supple- 
ment it.  It  was  founded  on  Faith  alone, 
and  the  Mosaic  Law,  four  hundred  and  fifty 
years  after,  could  have  no  possible  applica- 
tion to  the  Patriarch.  It  came  in  the  nature 
of  an  innovation,  "  a  parenthesis  in  the 
Divine  plan."  That  Faith  had  continued 
all  through  the  ages  is  evident,  for  "  the 
law  came  in  beside  that  the  trespass  might 
abound  "  ;  ^  and  clearly  it  was  impossible 
that  Mosaism  could  come  "  in  beside,"  had 
the  regime  of  Faith  been  abolished. 

The  Judaist  sought  to  place  the  Law  on 
the  same  plane  with  the  promise,  by  insisting 
that  "  the  inheritance  is  of  the  Law."  To 
deal  thus  with  the  Law  was  to  make  it  a 
continuation  of  the  promise  to  Abraham, 
and  thereby  render  the  fulfilment  of  the 
latter  "  dependent  upon  the  Law,"  or  on  the 
Law  and  the  promise   combined.     But  St. 

^  No/xof   §e   nap€iar]X6€v,  Iva    TrXfovdai]  to   TrapaTTToifxa  (Rom, 
V.  20). 


AN  UNFETTERED  PROMISE     151 

Paul  frustrates  such  attempts  to  introduce 
the  Law,  as  a  source  of  blessing,  into  the 
sphere  of  the  promise  by  the  unanswerable 
reminder  :  "  For  if  the  inheritance  is  of  the 
law,  it  is  no  more  of  promise :  but  God  hath 
granted  it  to  Abraham  by  promise  "  (Gal. 
iii.  18).  Thus  the  rendering  of  the  Revised 
Version  fails  to  express  all  the  Apostle  in- 
tended to  convey.  In  the  Greek,  the  word 
"  God  "  is  by  its  position  emphatic.^  Nor 
does  "  hath  granted "  adequately  indicate 
his  meaning.  In  the  original,  the  significa- 
tion is  to  grant  in  kindness,  to  confer  freely 
or  lavishly  as  a  gift.  Thus  he  brings  out  the 
grand  contrast  between  the  promise  and  the 
Law,  for  the  latter  implies  a  contract  between 
two  parties,  and  suggests  no  thought  of 
gracious  favour,  each  being  bound  to  perform 
his  pledges,  so  ''the  man  that  doeth  them 
shall  live  in  them."  But  the  promise  was 
conferred  on  Abraham  freely,  graciously,  un- 
fettered by  any  undertaking  on  the  part  of 
the  recipient.  Thus  his  meaning  is — it  was 
God,  and  no  other  than  Himself,  who  con- 
ferred it  on  Abraham  by  way  of  a  free  gift, 
without  the  pledges  which  the  Law  involved. 
Nor  could  the  Judaiser  discover  any  sup- 
port for  his  opposition  to  Paulinism  in  the 

^  TO)  Sf  'A,3paa/i  ^t'  errayyeXias  K()(apLaTat.  6  Oeos  (Gal.  iii.  I  8). 


152   FAITH,  NOT  A  NOVEL  PRINCIPLE 

fact  that  Abraham  received  circumcision, 
for  the  promise  was  made  to  him  "not  in 
circumcision,  but  in  uncircumcision " ;  and 
the  Divine  approval  of  his  faith  alone, 
as  the  medium  for  acceptable  approach  to 
God,  was  anterior  to  that  rite,  which  thereby 
was  proved  to  be  merely  the  seal  of  the 
righteousness  he  had  by  faith. 

To  follow  the  controversy  between  St. 
Paul  and  his  opponents  might  seem  a  weary 
task;  but  his  object,  in  short,  was,  not  to 
assert  a  novel  religious  principle,  but  to 
establish  the  fact  that  his  doctrine  of  justi- 
fication by  Faith  introduced,  in  essence,  no 
new  thing,  but  existed  as  a  spiritual  truth 
from  the  age  of  the  Patriarch.  His  purpose 
was  to  manifest  the  similarity  of  Abraham's 
faith  to  that  by  which  Christians  are 
justified.  For  as  Christian  men  have  faith 
in  God,  "who  quickeneth  the  dead,"  and 
raised  up  His  Son,  Jesus  Christ ;  so  in  a 
manner  did  Abraham  believe  God.  For 
notwithstanding  his  own  and  Sarah's  old 
age,  he  believed  in  the  power  of  God, — a 
power  superior  to  nature,  whereby  the  birth 
of  Isaac  could  be  caused, — which  "  might 
be  described  as  a  birth  from  the  dead," — and 
thus  the  promise  could  be  fulfilled,  ''  like  the 
stars   of   heaven,   so  shall  thy   descendants 


GREAT  EXEMPLAR  OF  FAITPI    153 

be  "  (Gen.  xv.  5).  Nor  was  this  the  only 
instance  of  his  faith.  From  his  call  till 
the  close  of  life  he  stands  as  the  great  ex- 
emplar, in  Old  Testament  times,  of  the  life 
of  faith.  The  lesson  of  that  life  admon- 
ished all  who  despised  the  Pauline  doctrine 
of  Justification  by  Faith,  and  boasted  of 
privileges  founded  on  the  Law  of  Moses; 
for  "  when  all  this  was  recorded  in  Scripture, 
it  was  not  Abraham  alone  who  was  in  view, 
but  we  too — the  future  generations  of  Chris- 
tians, who  will  find  a  like  acceptance,  as 
we  have  a  like  faith."  ^  Thus  by  means  of 
the  figure,  "  a  man's  covenant,"  St.  Paul 
reveals  the  fact  that  notwithstanding  Jewish 
denial  and  remonstrance,  progressive  reve- 
lation— between  the  age  of  the  Patriarch 
and  the  coming  of  Christ — was  not  from 
Mosaism  to  Faith.  It  was  a  progress  "from 
faith  to  faith,"  and  the  transience  of  the 
ceremonial  Law  brought  out  conspicuously 
the  immutability  of  the  Divine  counsel, 
by  the  reversion,  at  the  coming  of  Christ, 
to  the  primaeval  principle,  which  was  the 
principle  of  Faith. 

1  Sanday  and  Headlam's  paraphrase  of  Rom.  iv.  23,  24. 


CHAPTER    X 

Twofold  meaning  of  "Galatia"  —  Ethnograpliical  and 
political  senses  —  Opposition  to  Lightfoot's  view  — 
North  and  South  Galatian  theories — Earlier  history 
of  Galatian  people — Conquest  of  Phrygia — Augustus 
incorporates  '  Galatia  Proper  '  in  province  of  Galatia 
— Alexander's  pohcy  in  South  Galatia — Roman,  not 
Greek,  influence  paramount  in  North  Galatia — Inference 
drawn  from  survival  of  '  Patria  Potestas  ' — Arguments 
in  support  of  South  Galatian  theory  based  on  legal 
references  in  Epistle  to  Galatians — (a)  equivalence  of 
sonship  and  heirship — (b)  peculiarity  of  Greek,  as 
distinguished  from  Roman,  testaments — (c)  '  guardians 
and  stewards  ' — VaUdity  of  South  Galatian  theory 
not  dependent  on  these  legal  allusions. 

Appeal  has  been  made  to  the  legal  allusions 
in  the  Epistle  to  the  Galatians  for  the  pur- 
pose of  deciding  the  meaning  of  the  term 
''  Galatians."  Commentators  have  ranged 
themselves  on  one  or  other  of  two  sides  in 
answer  to  the  question,  "  What  Churches 
vv^ere  addressed  by  St.  Paul  in  his  Epistle  to 
the  Galatians  ?  "  Now  the  term  "  Galatia  "  ^ 
may  be  used  in  two  senses;  it  means 
either  the  ethnographical  region  inhabited 
by  the  Galatians,  comprising  an  extensive 
but  sparsely  peopled  region  in  the  north- 
eastern portion  of  Asia  Minor,  and  known  for 

^  The  author  of  'Acts'  does  not  use  the  terms  'Galatia' 

or  'Galatians.'    He  employs  the  adjective  * Galatic '  (Acts 

xvi.  6,  xviii.  23). 

155 


156  RIVAL  THEORIES 

convenience  as  "  Galatia  Proper "  ;  or  it 
may  mean  the  Roman  province  of  Galatia, 
which  included  not  only  Galatia  Proper, 
but  extended  much  further  to  the  south  and 
west,  comprising  Lycaonia  and  Pisidia,  and 
reached  to  within  thirty  miles  of  the  Medi- 
terranean Sea.  That  St.  Paul  addressed 
his  Epistle  to  the  Churches  in  North  Galatia 
or  Galatia  Proper  was  the  view  of  Lightfoot, 
who  is  followed  by  Schmiedel,  Lipsius, 
Weiss,  Jiilicher,  and  others.  This  view  is 
known  as  the  ''  North  Galatian  theory." 
A  different  conclusion  has  been  drawn  by 
Ramsay,  Pfleiderer,  O.  Holtzmann,  and 
Sanday,  who  maintain  that  the  Churches 
of  Galatia  were  situated  in  the  Roman  pro- 
vince of  Galatia  and  outside  Galatia  Proper. 
Ramsay,  the  leading  champion  of  this,  the 
''  South  Galatian  theory,"  has  stated  that 
the  question  is  "so  fundamental  that  it 
affects  almost  every  general  inquiry,  whether 
in  regard  to  '  Acts  '  as  a  history  and  as  a 
literary  composition,  or  in  regard  to  Paul's 
policy  and  character."  Further,  so  vital, 
is  this  question  that  he  has  not  hesitated  to 
state  that  had  Churches  been  founded  in 
North  Galatia,  of  which  no  record  exists  in 
"  Acts  "  (and  this  is  required  by  the  North 
Galatian  theory),  he  could  no  longer  regard 


APPEAL  TO  LEGAL  ALLUSIONS  157 

'  Acts '  as  having  been  composed  during  the 
first  century  by  a  companion  of  St.  Paul. 
But  this  question  is  evidently  not  of  such 
gravity  ;  for  if  we  assume  that  the  North 
Galatian  theory  is  true,  the  only  charge 
which  could  be  brought  against  the  author 
is  simply  an  omission  to  relate  the 
founding  of  the  Galatian  Churches  in  its 
proper  place.  The  veracity  of  the  author 
cannot  be  impugned  on  this  ground,  for  he 
subsequently  mentions  the  subject.  It  is 
difficult  to  understand  Ramsay's  insistence 
on  the  extreme  importance  of  this  point,  for 
the  author  makes  no  mention  of  the  founding 
of  the  Church,  e.g,  at  Colosse  or  in  Cilicia,  or 
to  the  journey  of  St.  Paul  to  Corinth,  which 
may  be  inferred  from  several  passages  in  the 
Second  Epistle  to  the  Corinthians.  Any  one 
of  these  omissions  might  be  regarded  as 
equally  affecting  '  Acts '  as  a  history  and  as 
a  literary  composition. 

Before  we  refer  to  the  legal  allusions  in 
Galatians,  to  which  appeal  has  been  made 
with  the  object  of  deciding  the  controversy, 
it  will  be  needful  to  consider  the  earlier 
history  of  Galatia.  Certain  Gallic  tribes 
(liat.  Gallogreeci),  three  in  number,  wliose 
kindred  inhabited  Northern  Italy  and  France, 
invaded  Asia  Minor  in  279-278  B.C.     Previ- 


158   CONQUEST  OF  THE  PHRYGIANS 

ously  they  had  been  a  scourge,  plundering 
and  ravaging  the  south-eastern  portions  of 
Europe,  but  after  invitation  from  Nicomedes, 
king  of  Bithynia,  who  enUsted  their  forces 
against  his  brother,  they  crossed  into  Asia 
Minor,  not,  indeed,  as  mere  mercenary  troops, 
but  accompanied  by  their  famihes.  After  a 
century  passed  in  irregular  warfare,  the 
invaders  conquered  the  native  Phrygians, 
"  an  agricultural  and  cattle-herding  popula- 
tion of  rustics,  peaceful  and  good  humoured." 
The  victory  of  Attains  i.,  king  of  Pergamum, 
in  232  B.C.  {dr.),  overthrew  the  Gauls,  who 
were  then  confined  to  North  Eastern 
Phrygia,  which  thus  gained  the  name  of 
"  Galatia."  About  160  B.C.  a  portion  of 
Lycaonia  lying  to  the  south  of  the  Galatic 
territory,— including  Iconium  and  Lystra, — 
was  incorporated,  together  with  Pessinus,  on 
the  north-western  frontier,  and  consolidated 
with  the  territory  originally  seized. 

Pompey,  in  64  B.C.,  bestowed  iirmenia 
]\Iinor  on  Deiotarus,  who  had  gained  the 
supremacy  over  the  other  two  tribes,  and  he 
was  recognised  by  Rome  as  King  of  Galatia. 
After  his  death,  Amyntas,  his  successor, 
received  the  title  of  King  of  Pisidia  from 
Mark  Antony.  In  36  B.C.,  Amyntas'  king- 
dom  was   enlarged   by  the  transference   of 


THE  PROVINCE  OF  GALATIA    159 

Castor's  territories,  who  had  been  King  of 
Galatia.  The  territory  thus  acquired,  he 
governed  on  the  Roman  model.  After  his 
death,  in  25  B.C.,  Augustus  decided  to  incor- 
porate the  greater  portion  of  Amyntas' 
kingdom  with  the  Empire  :  thus  the  province 
was  formed,  to  which  the  name  "Galatia" 
("Galatia  Provincia")^  was  given.  The 
inhabitants  were  termed  "  Galatse,"  in  con- 
formity with  the  Roman  custom,  which  was  to 
designate  the  inhabitants  of  a  province  by 
some  name  'etymologically  connected  with  the 
name  of  the  province, '  irrespective  of  their  race. 
In  view  of  the  argument  based  upon  the 
legal  reference  of  St.  Paul  in  the  Epistle  to 
the  Galatians,  it  is  well  to  summarize  the 
territorial  changes  brought  about  by  the 
Roman  power.  From  64  B.C.,  Galatia  was  a 
client  State  of  the  Empire,  but  in  25  B.C.  it  was 
absorbed  in  the  province  in  the  strict  Roman 
sense  of  that  term,  and,  with  the  additions, 
to  which  we  have  above  referred,  comprised 
Galatia  in  the  original  and  narrower  sense 
of  the  term,  together  with  the  ethnic  regions 

^  Thus  it  is  necessary  to  distinguish  between  '  Galatia  ' 
as  the  name  for  the  territory  occupied  by  the  Galhc  con- 
querors, and  '  Galatia '  the  Roman  province,  a  term  used  in 
the  political  sense — roughly  half  as  large  again  as  the  former, 
containing  the  cities  Lystra,  Derbe,  Iconium,  and  Pisidian 
Antioch. 


160    ROMAN  INFLUENCE  PARAMOUNT 

— Pontus  Galaticus,  Paphlagonia,  Phrygia 
Galatica,  and  Lycaonia  Ga.latica.  All  these 
territories  are  comprised  in  the  term  "pro- 
vince of  Galatia,"  and  were  controlled  by 
one  Roman  governor. 

It  is  probable  that  in  Galatia  Proper, 
Roman  influences  were  paramount,  whereas 
in  South  Galatia,  Alexander's  policy  to 
Hellenise  his  Asiatic  dominions  had  taken 
firm  root.  The  geographical  configuration 
of  Southern  Galatia  tended  materially  to 
facilitate  that  policy,  which  was  adopted 
and  carried  on  by  the  members  of  the 
Seleucid  dynasty.^  One  of  the  great  high- 
ways which  accommodated  the  traffic  and 
commerce  between  East  and  West  lay  across 
this  part  of  the  country  and  connected 
Antioch  with  Ephesus.  The  Seleucid  kings 
settled  colonies  of  Jews  and  Greeks  along 
this  route,  which  developed  into  cities  and 
became  sources  of  educational  influence  upon 
the  native  population.  That  influence  may 
be  summed  up  in  the  words  of  Ramsay,  who 
states  in  his  Historical  Commentary  on  the 

^  The  Seleucid  dynasty  ruled  over  Syria  from  312  B.C. 
for  about  two  centuries  and  a  half,  and  takes  its  name  from 
the  founder,  Nicator,  one  of  Alexander's  generals,  who 
afterwards  became  Seleucus  i.  He  sought  to  carry  out 
Alexander's  poUcy  of  spreading  Hellenic  civilisation 
throughout  his  dominions. 


CELTIC  CUSTOMS  IN  N.  GAL  ATI  A    161 

Galatians  that  the  inscriptions  prove, 
"  before  the  time  of  Christ  the  cities  pos- 
sessed an  organised  municipal  Government 
of  the  Greek  type,  cultivated  Greek  manners 
and  education,  and  used  the  Greek  lan- 
guage." The  conclusion  is  therefore  drawn 
that  the  inhabitants  of  South  Galatia  would 
retain  some  knowledge  of  the  principles  of 
Greek  Law,  which  had  been  introduced  before 
the  date  when  the  country  was  taken  over 
by  the  Roman  Government. 

It  is  held  that  a  totally  different  state  of 
affairs  obtained  in  Northern  Galatia.  There 
the  tide  of  Hellenism  had  much  less  effect 
than  in  the  South,  and  the  inhabitants 
retained  their  Celtic  customs  till  at  least 
the  middle  of  the  first  century  a.d.  Ramsay 
cites  Mommsen  as  authority  for  the  state- 
ment, that  notwithstanding  adoption  of  the 
native  Phrygian  religion  by  the  Galatians, 
"  even  in  the  Roman  province  of  Galatia 
the  internal  organisation  was  predominantly 
Celtic."  The  fact  to  which  Gains  refers  in 
his  Institutes  ^  is  an  allusion  to  the  power 
of  the  father — "jus  vitce  necisque^^ — over  his 
children.  This  was  a  cherished  institution, 
not  only  of  the  Romans,  but  also  of  the  Celts, 

^  "  Nee  me  praeterit  Galatarum  gentem  credere  in  potes- 
tate  parentum  liberos  esse  "  (i.  55). 
12 


162       THE  KING  OF  GALATIA 

both  in  Gaul  and  Galatia  till  the  reign  of 
Antoninus  Pius;  but  the  Greeks  regarded 
the  custom  with  repugnance.  The  long 
continuance  of  such  a  custom,  together  with 
the  retention  of  their  national  language, 
leads  us  to  infer  that  "  the  Galatians  es- 
pecially constituted  a  distinct  and  exclusive 
stock "  (Mitteis),  and  were  characterised 
by  features  which  would  retard  the  onward 
march  of  Hellenism.  Ramsay's  argument — 
"  as  North  Galatia  grew  in  civilization  it 
was  not  Greek,  but  Roman  manners  and 
organizations  that  were  introduced"  —  is 
further  supported  by  the  relations  between 
Rome  and  Deiotarus,  who  was  commended 
for  his  marked  friendship  towards  the  Empire, 
and  honoured  by  being  named  '  King  of 
Galatia.'  The  pronounced  friendship  of 
Dieotarus  to  Rome  was  equalled,  and 
possibly  excelled,  by  that  of  Amyntas, 
hence  the  strong  probability  that  while 
Roman  customs  and  organizations  would 
be  established  and  propagated,  Hellenic  in- 
fluence would  be  resisted. 

We  are  now  in  a  position  to  discuss  those 
arguments  in  support  of  the  South  Galatian 
theory  which  Ramsay  bases  on  the  refer- 
ences to  inheritance,  to  the  will,  and  to 
tutelage,    occurring   in   the   Epistle   to   the 


'  SONS  OF  ABRAHAM  '  163 

Galatians.  Speaking  generally,  Ramsay 
contends  that  the  people  of  North  Galatia 
would  not  be,  for  the  reasons  given  above, 
familiar  with  Greek  Law,  whereas  the  con- 
trary would  be  the  case  with  the  inhabitants 
of  South  Galatia,  amongst  whom  Hellenic 
customs  and  ideas  had  been  implanted  by 
the  Seleucid  kings. 

(a)  The  first  passage  to  be  dealt  with  in 
this  connection  is  that  referring  to  the  "  sons 
of  Abraham "  (Gal.  iii.  7).  There  was  a 
marked  difference  between  the  Roman  and 
Greek  law  on  the  subject  of  inheritance  in 
the  time  of  St.  Paul.  The  ancient  law  of 
Rome  confined  an  inheritance  to  sons  and 
adopted  sons,  the  reason  being  that  in  ancient 
times  duties  rather  than  rights  were  considered 
to  be  involved  in  an  inheritance.  A  prime 
duty  of  the  heir  was  to  see  to  the  due  per- 
formance of  the  '  sacra.'  If  a  man  had  a 
son,  he  was  the  proper  person  to  fulfil  the 
'  sacra.'  If  he  had  no  son,  he  must,  by 
adoption,  put  some  one  in  the  place  of  a  son. 
So  vastly  important  was  this  duty  of  pro- 
viding for  the  performance  of  the  '  sacra,' 
that  the  ancient  law  regarded  an  adopted 
son  as  identified  with  a  born  son.^  Since, 
then,  the  inheritance  was  confined  to  sons 

^  Vide  p.  68  of  this  book. 


164    HELLENIZATION  OF  S.  GALATIA 

(whether  adopted  or  otherwise),  it  became 
possible  to  invert  the  idea,  and  call  the 
'  heir '  a  '  son,'  and  vice  versa.  So  far  as 
the  Roman  Law  was  concerned,  the  equiva- 
lence of  the  terms  ''  heir  "  and  "  son  " 
came  to  an  end  long  before  the  age  of  St. 
Paul,  and  a  man  was  at  liberty  to  appoint  a 
person  as  his  heir  without  adopting  the  heir 
as  his  son.  But  legal  ideas  associated  with 
the  ancient  jurisprudence  of  Rome  were 
never  introduced  into  North  Galatia,  for  when 
it  passed  into  the  hands  of  the  Roman 
administration,  the  legal  conceptions  of  the 
later  and  contemporary  jurisprudence  would 
replace  the  native  law  of  the  Celts. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  ancient  idea  of  the 
equivalency  of  '  son  '  and  '  heir  '  persisted 
in  South  Galatia  in  consequence  of  the  policy 
of  Hellenization  adopted  by  the  Seleucidae, 
but  was  unknown,  as  we  have  seen,  in  North 
Galatia.  Now  St.  Paul  states  (in  Gal.  iii.  7), 
"  Know  therefore  that  they  which  be  of  faith, 
the  same  are  sons  of  Abraham "  (R.V.). 
According  to  Ramsay's  argument,  the  words 
are  written  for  people  amongst  whom  the 
equivalence  of  sonship  and  heirship  was  a 
familiar  conception,  and  he  paraphrases  the 
passage  thus  :  "  All  they  who  inherit  that 
special  property  of  Abraham,  namely,  Faith, 


GREEK  AND  ROMAN  WILLS     165 

must  be  sons  of  Abraham."  Thus  the 
Gentiles  may  be  called  the  "  sons"  of  Abra- 
ham because  they  are  heirs  of  Abraham,  or  of 
Abraham's  faith.  Ram^say  accordingly  draws 
the  conclusion  that  St.  Paul  was  addressing 
his  Epistle  to  those  who  were  acquainted 
with  Greek  law,  that  is  to  say,  to  those  who 
dwelt  in  South  rather  than  North  Galatia.^ 

(b)  Again,  by  the  testamentary  law  of 
Rome  in  the  age  of  St.  Paul,  a  will  was  a 
secret  instrument  while  the  testator  lived ;  it 
took  effect  at  death  only,  and,  moreover,  was 
revocable, — that  is  to  say,  it  might  be  super- 
seded by  a  new  act  of  testation  at  any  time. 
Accordingly  Roman  wills  at  that  time  were 
on  these  points  similar  to  English  wills  of 
to-day.  But  the  contrary,  according  to 
Ramsay,  was  the  case  with  the  Greek  will. 
He  states  that  it  was  public,   irrevocable,^ 

^  Ramsay's  treatment  of  these  legal  references  has  been 
seriously  challenged  by  Prof.  Schmiedel  (Ency.  Bib.,  col. 
1609),  who  quotes  Schulin  and  others  as  his  authority  for 
stating  that  as  early  as  370  B.C.  in  Athens  it  was  not  needful 
for  one  appointed  an  heir  to  be  adopted.  Mitteis,  too, 
expresses  the  opinion  that  this  held  good  everywhere  for 
the  third  century  b.c,  since  the  testaments  of  the  philo- 
sophers, as  preserved  to  us  by  Diogenes  Laertius,  certainly 
are  not  restricted  to  the  Attic  field  alone  (Reichsrechi  unci 
Volksrecht,  p.  341).  This  statement  is  supported  by  the 
wills  of  Greek  settlers  recently  discovered  in  the  Faiyiim. 
See  also  D.  Walker,  Gift  of  Tongues,  p.  131  ff. 

2  Ramsay's  argument  for  the  irrevocability  of  Greek  wills 


166  'A  MAN'S  COVENANT  ' 

and  operated  not  from  the  date  of  the  death 
of  the  testator,  but  from  the  time  when  the 
conditions  imposed  were  fulfilled  by  him  who 
was  named  as  heir.  He  further  states  that 
the  particular  form  of  will  referred  to  in  the 
words,  "  though  it  be  but  a  man's  covenant 
(testament  ^),  yet  when  it  hath  been  con- 
firmed, no  one  maketh  it  void,  or  addeth 
thereto"  (Gal.  iii.  15),  was  the  Greek 
testament  as  distinguished  from  the  Roman ; 

fails  to  convince.  Those  scholars  who  have  made  a  special 
study,  not  only  of  Attic,  but  Greek  wills  in  general,  are  agreed 
that  Greek  Law  was  on  this  point  similar  to  Roman  Law, 
i.e.  that  wills  were  revocable  at  the  testator's  pleasure.  In 
the  interests  of  his  argument,  "  to  have  been  able  to  adduce 
a  single  instance  in  wliich  Greek  differed  from  Roman  law 
in  this  respect,  would  have  been  much  more  valuable  than 
any  number  of  conjectures  ;  in  point  of  fact,  so  far  as  we  have 
been  able  to  discover,  it  is  not  possible  in  the  Greek  sphere 
to  point  to  any  area,  however  hmited,  within  which  pre- 
vailed that  irrevocabiUty  which  Ramsay  without  qualifica- 
tion speaks  of  as  'a  characteristic  feature  of  Greek  law.'" 
— Schmiedel,  Ency.  Bib.,  art.  "  Galatia." 

^  In  this  passage  "  testament  "  is  probably  the  better 
rendering;  for  although  "covenant"  is  to  be  preferred 
when  diadTjKT]  stands  in  "  strictly  Biblical  and  Hebraic 
surroundings,"  here  it  is  possible  St.  Paul  indicates  a  non- 
scriptural  use  by  the  words,  "  I  speak  after  the  manner  of 
men."  "  There  is  ample  material,"  Deissman  says  (Light 
from  the  Ant.  East,  p.  341),  to  back  "  me  up  in  the  statement 
that  no  one  in  the  Mediterranean  world  in  the  first  century 
A.D.  would  have  thought  of  finding  in  the  word  hiaOrjKrj  the 
idea  of  'covenant.'  St.  Paul  would  not,  and,  in  fact,  did 
not.  To  St.  Paul  the  word  meant  what  it  meant  in  his 
Greek  Old  Testament,  '  a  unilaterial  enactment,*  in  par- 
ticular, *  a  wiji  or  testament,'  " 


ADDITIONAL  CONFIRMATION  167 

for  the  conception  involved  is  that  "the 
duly  executed  will  cannot  be  revoked  by 
the  subsequent  act  of  the  testator."  From 
this  Ramsay  draws  the  conclusion  that  the 
Apostle  was  addressing  those  familiar  with 
the  modified  form  of  the  Greek  will,  and  finds 
in  this  reference  further  evidence  that  the 
Epistle  was  addressed  to  the  inhabitants  of 
the  South  Galatian  cities. 

(c)  Additional  confirmation  of  the  South 
Galatian  theory  is  found — according  to 
Ramsay — in  another  passage  from  the 
Epistle  to  the  Galatians,  namely,  iv.  2, 
referring  to  "  guardians  and  stewards." 
Roman  Law  provided  for  the  guardianship 
of  persons  (males)  under  the  age  of  fourteen, 
by  authorising  the  head  of  the  family  to 
nominate  guardians  by  his  will  for  this 
purpose.  They  were  termed  '  tutors.'  But 
as  this  period  of  guardianship  was  frequently 
unequal  to  the  general  purposes  of  con- 
venience, the  introduction  of  "  curators  " 
sprang  up  to  secure  the  due  supervision  of 
a  ward  till  the  age  of  twenty-five.  The 
'  curator  '  was  not  appointed  by  a  will,  but 
by  the  Praetor  or  Prseses— the  governor  of  a 
province — as  the  case  might  be.  Thus  in 
Roman  Law  there  were  two  distinct  forms 
of  guardianship. 


168         MODIFIED  GREEK  LAW 

In  the  pure  Greek  Law  there  was  only 
one  kind  of  guardian  (eTr/rpoTro?) ;  this  is  the 
first  of  the  terms  employed  in  Gal.  iv.  2, 
and  Ramsay  asserts  it  is  equivalent  to  the 
*  tutor '  of  Roman  Law.  There  is  no  mention 
in  the  pure  form  of  Greek  Law  of  the 
'  steward '  (oUovofjLo^),  But  Ramsay  con- 
tends that  St.  Paul's  reference  here  is  not  to 
pure  Greek  Law.  but  to  a  form  of  it,  modified 
by  contact  with  Oriental  notions.  He  con- 
siders that  the  peculiarities  of  this  modified 
Greek  Law  are  recorded  in  the  '  Grseco-Syrian 
Law  Book,'  edited  by  Bruns  and  Sachau, 
''  whereby  a  father  may  make  a  twofold 
nomination  (not  only  of  '  guardians,'  but 
also  '  stewards  ')  for  his  children  who  are 
minors,  ix,  under  the  age  of  twenty-five 
years.  This,  he  asserts,  is  the  peculiar  con- 
dition referred  to  by  St.  Paul  (Gal.  iv.  2), 
and  is  a  further  proof  that  here  "  we  are 
placed  amid  Selucid,  and  therefore  South 
Galatian,  not  among  North  Galatian,  manners 
and  customs."  ^ 

It  does  not  follow,  even  if  Ramsay's 
interpretation  of  these  legal  allusions  fails 
to  stand  the  test  of  criticism,^  that  therefore 

^  Hist.  Com.  on  Epist.  to  Galatians,  p.  393. 
*  St.  Paul  describes  a  double  form  of  guardianship  ;    in 
this  he  agrees  with  the  Roman  practice,  but  differs  from  it  in 


A  REMARKABLE  OMISSION      169 

the  South  Galatian  theory  is  falsified,  as 
that  is  only  one  line  of  evidence  in  its 
support.  Other  arguments  for  it  have  been 
adduced  from  Acts  and  from  the  Pauline 
Epistles.  Thus  1  Cor.  xvi.  1  :  "  Concern- 
ing the  collection  for  the  saints,  as  I 
gave  order  unto  the  Churches  of  Galatia, 
so  also  do  ye."  If  St.  Paul  here  refers  to 
Galatia  Proper,  how  are  we  to  account  for 
his  remarkable  omission  to  make  a  demand 
for  ''  collection  for  the  saints "  from  the 
Lycaonian  and  Pisidian  Churches  situate  in 
South  Galatia  ?  These  Churches  were  dear 
to  him,  and  had  been  visited  by  him  on 
several  occasions.  His  desire  was  to  foster 
a  holy  rivalry  in  the  work  of  love,  and  it  is 
difficult  to  accept  a  theory  whereby  the 
conclusion  seems  unavoidable  that  he  gave 
no  opportunity  to  those  Churches  to  take 
their  part  with  the  Churches  of  Macedonia, 
Achaia,  and  Galatia  in  his  plan  for  the 
relief   of   the   brethren   in   Jerusalem.     The 

regard  to  the  father's  power  to  appoint  both  offices.  Was 
St.  Paul  employing  the  technical  ideas  of  Roman  or  Greek 
Law  for  illustration,  or  only  referring  in  general  terms  to  the 
subject  ?  Ramsay  argues  that  the  difficulty  supphes  another 
factor  in  support  of  the  South  Galatian  theory,  as  St.  Paul 
is  not  dra^ving  his  illustrations  either  from  Roman  or  pure 
Greek  Law,  but  from  the  older  Greek  Law  enacted  by  the 
Seleucid  rulers  in  South  Galatia.  The  argument  is  not 
convincing.     See  Schmiedel,  Ency.  Bib.,  col.  1610. 


170    '  COLLECTION  FOR  THE  SAINTS  ' 

evidence  furnished  by  this  matter  of  the 
"  collection  for  the  saints  "  is  weighty,  for 
it  is  no  passing  allusion  that  is  made.  St. 
Paul  had  made  a  solemn  promise  at  Jeru- 
salem, as  related  in  Gal.  ii.  10 :  "  They 
would  that  we  should  remember  the  poor  ; 
which  very  thing  I  was  also  zealous  to  do  "  ; 
and  he  frequently  refers  to  this  collection. 
"  To  the  Corinthians  he  proposes  the  example 
of  the  Galatians ;  to  the  Macedonians  the 
example  of  the  Corinthians  ;  to  the  Romans 
that  of  the  Macedonians  and  Corinthians  " 
(Bengel). 

Again,  Barnabas  is  mentioned  without  any 
introductory  statement  in  Gal.  ii.,  and  was 
evidently  known  to  the  Galatians  as  the 
champion  of  the  Gentiles.  We  are  aware 
(Acts  XV.  36-40)  that  he  accompanied  St. 
Paul  on  his  first  journey,  and  was  not  with 
him  during  his  second  visit,  when,  according 
to  the  older  theory,  the  Galatians  were  first 
evangelised.  Further,  it  appears  to  have  been 
St.  Paul's  plan  to  visit  Bithynia  (Acts  xvi.  6)  ; 
but  if  it  was  a  part  of  the  plan  to  visit 
Galatia  Proper,  then  the  statement,  "  Ye 
know  that  because  of  an  infirmity  of  the  flesh 
I  preached  the  gospel  unto  you  the  first  time  " 
(Gal.  iv.  13),  becomes  unintelligible.  Space 
forbids   reference   to   other   passages   which 


LTGHTFOOT  S  VIEW  171 

have  been  quoted  from  the  Pauhne  Epistles 
in  support  of  the  South  Galatian  theory. 

One  may  well  hesitate  to  pronounce 
definitely  either  way  in  regard  to  these 
conflicting  theories,  since  both  find  support 
from  the  ablest  scholars.  But  we  must 
recollect  that  Lightfoot — whose  name  is 
most  prominently  associated  with  the  older 
theory — was  handicapped  by  the  compara- 
tive ignorance  which,  in  his  day,  prevailed 
on  the  subject  of  Asia  Minor ;  and  also  by 
the  fact  that  the  arguments  for  the  rival 
theory  were  as  yet  more  or  less  incomplete  ;  ^ 
but  taken  as  a  whole  the  balance  of  argu- 
ment seems  to  be  adverse  to  Lightfoot's 
view,  namely,  that  St.  Paul  founded  Churches 
in  Galatia  in  the  ethnological  sense,  that  is 
to  say,  in  Galatia  Proper.  This  conclusion 
is  supported  by  the  policy  of  St.  Paul, 
which,  as  Ramsay  states,  was  to  Chris- 
tianize the  Roman  Empire,  passing  along 
the  Roman  highways  guided  by  the  political 
divisions  of  the  Roman  Provinces,  working 
mainly  in  the  towns,  the  centres  of  Roman 
government.      The  other   and   older  theory 

1  It  is  a  significant  fact  that  Bishop  Westcott  rejected 
the  older  theory.  Canon  Westcott  informs  the  author 
that  this  change  of  view  occurred  about  the  end  of  1900,  i.e. 
when  the  arguments  for  the  S.  Galatian  theory  had  been 
more  fully  developed. 


172  THE  BALANCE  OF  ARGUMENT 

requires  us  to  believe  that  the  Epistle 
to  the  Galatians  was  addressed  to  a  few 
scattered  congregations  in  a  wide  and 
sparsely-peopled  district,  whose  members 
were  engaged  in  agricultural  pursuits  ;  on 
the  other  hand,  the  South  Gaiatian  theory 
conforms  to  the  Pauline  policy  by  denoting 
the  Gaiatian  Churches  as  Pisidian  Antioch, 
Iconium,  Derbe  and  Lystra,  a  group  of 
towns  within  easy  access  of  each  other,  and 
probably  peopled  by  comparatively  educated 
inhabitants.  Moreover,  the  natural  route  for 
St.  Paul  on  his  second  missionary  journey 
would  be  through  South  Galatia  ;  and  if  the 
theory  which  this  involves  is  adopted,  it  is 
found  to  harmonize  in  a  striking  manner  with 
incidental  references  in  the  Pauline  Epistles. 
In  view  of  Professor  Schmiedel's  con- 
vincing arguments  against  the  conclusions 
drawn  by  Ramsay  from  these  legal  refer- 
ences, it  might  appear  that  the  newer  theory 
is  seriously  imperilled  ;  but  this  by  no  means 
follows,  as  it  is  supported  by  strong  evidence 
of  an  entirely  different  kind.  On  the  whole, 
the  balance  of  argument  seems  to  be  adverse 
to  the  older  theory,  namely,  that  St.  Paul 
founded  Churches  in  Galatia  in  the  ethno- 
logical sense,  that  is  to  say,  in  Galatia 
Proper. 


CHAPTER    XI 

Roman  rule  bequeathed  conceptions  favourable  to  growth 
of  Papacy — Centralization  of  secular  powers  in  person 
of  Emperor  prompted  idea  of  concentration  of  spiritual 
power — The  moral  ascendancy  of  Church  of  Rome 
during  first  three  centuries — Influence  of  Greek  Church 
predominant  during  this  period — Subsequently  Latin 
Church  free  to  develop  on  own  lines — Latin  introduced 
into  liturgy — Division  between  East  and  West  thereby 
accentuated — Problems  engaging  attention  of  Greek 
and  Latin  Churches  different — Latin  theology  coloured 
by  native  legal  genius — God  represented  as  an  offended 
Judge — Mediating  offices  of  the  Church  regarded  as 
indispensable — Freedom  of  thought  not  encouraged — 
A  standard  faith  prescribed — Obedience  to  the  Church 
the  all-embracing  ideal  of  duty — Cost  of  attaining  an 
external  unity — Reason  for  Roman  partiaUty  for  tradi- 
tion— Augustine  as  author  of  conceptions  prevailing  in 
Middle  Ages. 

An  attempt  has  been  made  in  the  preceding 
chapters  to  indicate  certain  conceptions 
which,  generated  by  Roman  rule  and  legisla- 
tion, contributed  in  no  small  degree  to 
facilitate  St.  Paul's  mission.  We  must  not, 
however,  imagine  that,  having  once  exerted 
their   influence,   they  had    thereby   lost  all 

vitality.     The    introduction   of   Christianity 

173 


174   ROMAN  GENIUS  FOR  CONQUEST 

on  the  stage  of  history  did  not  bhnd  men 
to  the  debt  owed  to  the  Roman  power,^ 
whereby  nations  most  widely  separated, 
whether  by  geographical  or  ethnic  causes, 
had  been  brought  into  a  common  political 
brotherhood  and  into  allegiance  to  the 
common  power  of  Rome, — a  power  w^hich 
they  realized  meant  to  give,  and  on  the  whole 
did  administer,  justice  to  all  alike.  Centuries 
of  Roman  rule  preceding  the  introduction 
of  Christianity  had  created  a  mental  atti- 
tude which  subsequently  proved  to  be  favour- 
able to  the  growth  and  supremacy  of  the 
Papacy,  which  "  fell  heir  to  the  old  Roman 
genius  for  conquest  and  discipline."  It 
was  the  acumen  of  the  leaders  of  the  Latin 
Church-  that  detected  the  possibility  of 
utilizing,  for  her  own  aggrandisement,  these 
political  notions  and  influences  bequeathed 
to  the  world  by  the  Roman  State.  Such 
notions  were  an  intense  esteem  for  order,  a 
predilection    for    centralized    authority    and 

^  Early  Christians  regarded  Rome  as  the  great  protecting 
power  in  the  world  (6  Kare'xwv),  and  looked  on  the  coming  of 
Antichrist  as  its  only  termination.  Even  in  the  midst 
of  persecution,  decreed  by  Rome,  Christian  prayer  on  her 
behalf  continued.  The  words — ascribed  to  Hilary  the 
Deacon — reflect  the  prevaihng  view,  '  Non  prius  veniet 
Dominus  quam  regni  Romani  defectio  fiat,  et  appareat 
Antichristus  qui  interficiet  sanctos,  reddita  Romanis 
Ubertate,  sub  suo  tamen  nomine,* 


USE  OF  PREVAILING  IDEAS     175 

obedience  to  government.  These'^ideas  per- 
sisted and  became  important  adjuncts  to 
the  policy  of  the  Roman  Chmxh.  They 
attained  their  maximum  influence  over  the 
minds  of  men  from  the  sixth  to  the  ninth 
centuries,  when  "  the  work  of  converting 
the  new  races  to  the  recognition  and  obedi- 
ence of  the  Church  went  on  with  unabated 
and  successful  ardour,  resembling  nothing 
so  much  as  that  earlier  process  of  conquest 
by  which  the  city  of  Rome  made  herself 
mistress  of  the  nations."  ^  Therefore  to 
estimate  correctly  the  causes  of  the  diver- 
gence of  the  Church  of  Rome  from  the 
primitive  Gospel,  it  is  not  sufficient  merely 
to  examine  the  perversion  of  spiritual 
principles  of  Christianity  at  Rome,  but  we 
must  carry  our  minds  further  back  so  as  to 
embrace  prevailing  ideas,  to  which  we  have 
above  referred.  Apart  from  these  prevailing 
ideas,  and  their  perverted  use  by  the  Romish 
Church,  the  Papacy  would  have  been  im- 
possible. Their  normal  office  in  the  secular 
sphere  was  beneficial  to  good  government, 
but  transferred  to  another  sphere  —  the 
spiritual — the  final  issue  was  an  unbear- 
able ecclesiastical  tyranny.  They  subse- 
quently  became   the   means    of    thwarting 

^  Allen,  Continuity  of  Christian  Thought,  p.  185. 


176  SECULAR  POWER 

the  dissemination  of  the  truths  which 
formed  the  foundation  of  the  Pauline 
teaching. 

These  conceptions  did  not  then  become 
extinct,  but  their  direction  was  changed. 
For  the  minds  of  men,  habituated  to  the 
centraUzation  of  authority  in  the  hands  of 
one  man,  the  Emperor,  turned  by  a  kind  of 
instinct  to  the  conception  of  a  centrahzation 
of  spiritual  power  in  the  person  of  the  Bishop 
of  Rome.  Concentration  of  secular  power 
had  been  followed  in  the  past  by  benefits 
which  appealed  to  all,  and  had  won  the 
admiration  of  the  civilized  world.  Men  could 
see  no  reason  why  similar  benefits  should 
not  flow  from  the  supremacy  of  one  in  the 
spiritual  sphere.  In  the  early  centuries  of 
Christianity  the  Church  of  Rome  claimed 
nothing  more  than  a  moral  ascendancy  over 
other  Churches,  which  was  but  a  "  precedence 
among  equals."  By  the  middle  of  the  fourth 
century,  signs  were  not  wanting  that  this 
honourable  position  had  ceased  to  satisfy, 
and  soon  evidences  were  multiplied  that  the 
Church  of  Rome  aspired  to  an  absolute  and 
supreme  authority.  That  policy  furnishes 
a  long  and  melancholy  history  of  unwarrant- 
able presumption,  of  duplicity  and  intrigue, 
the  details   of   which   would   occupy   many 


INFLUENCE  OF  EASTERN  CHURCH  177 

volumes,   so  that  here  only  the  more  im- 
portant features  can  be  outhned. 

The  poHtical  division  of  the  Empire  into 
its  Eastern  and  Western  parts  in  326  a.d. 
by  Constantine,  had  far-reaching  results, 
for  it  was  followed  by  separation  in  the 
Church.  So  long  as  the  Churches  of  the 
East  and  West  were  united,  the  influence 
of  the  former  was  pre-eminent  in  theologi- 
cal thought  and  discussion;  moreover,  its 
theology  was  characterized  by  a  remarkable 
spirituality  and  a  continual  appeal  to  reason. 
That  influence  might  have  exercised  some 
restraining  influence  in  the  West,  but  when 
once  its  possible  control  terminated,  the 
Latin  Church  was  free  to  develop  on  lines 
consonant  with  her  national  genius.  The 
liberal  and  beneficent  influence  of  the 
Eastern  Church,  resulting  from  the  com- 
bination of  Greek  philosophy  and  Christian 
thought,  was  now  withdrawn,  and  Roman 
Law  became  a  paramount  actor  in  Western 
theology.  The  disruption  was  emphasized 
by  the  fact,  that  while  the  Churches  in  the 
East  continued  the  use  of  Greek,  the  Latin 
tongue  was  employed  in  the  West,  and  by 
the  end  of  the  third  century  had  superseded 
the  former.^     But  the  difference  in  language 

1  Till  about  the  middle  of  the  third  century,  Greek  was,  in 
13 


178     PROFOUND  CONTROVERSIES 

was  not  the  only  contrast  in  the  resulting 
communities,  they  were  further  distinguished 
by  marked  differences  in  doctrine,  differ- 
ences which  have  continued  to  characterise 
them  till  the  present  day. 

For,  till  the  separation.  Western  Chris- 
tianity had  been  content  to  accept  the  only 
available  stock  of  terms  and  ideas  contained 
in  the  language  of  Greek  metaphysics, 
"  out  of  which  the  human  mind  could  pro- 
vide itself  with  means  of  engaging  in  the 
profound  controversies  as  to  the  Divine 
persons,  the  Divine  Substance,  and  the 
Divine  Natures."  ^  To  formulate  such  ab- 
struse conceptions  was  a  task  beyond  the 
capacity  of  the  Latin  language  and  its 
scanty  philosophy,  consequently  the  results 
of  Eastern  theology  were  appropriated  by 
Latin- speaking  Christians  without  debate. 

the  main,  the  language  of  the  populace,  and  probably  of 
the  Roman  liturgy  too.  Old  Latin  versions  of  the  Scrip- 
tures had,  indeed,  been  in  circulation  long  before  Jerome's 
version  (the  Vulgate),  but  the  third  century  witnessed  the 
general  introduction  of  Latin,  now  no  longer  restricted  to 
legal  and  official  use.  But  as  fossils  embedded  in  strata 
testify  to  former  conditions  of  life — such  remains  as  the 
Kyrie  eleison,  the  Trisagion,  the  Apostles'  Creed  (Greek), 
remind  us  of  the  part  played  by  the  Greek  language  in  the 
Roman  Church.  Tertullian,  Cyprian,  and  Novatian  were 
the  primary  creators  of  Latin  theology.  Leo  i.  {ph.  461)  was 
the  earliest  Latin  preacher  of  note  at  Rome. 
1  Maine,  Anc.  Law,  p.  356. 


A  TENDENCY  OF  LATIN  WORLD  179 

Maine,  quoting  Milman's  Latin  Christianity, 
observes  that  after  the  division  was  estab- 
lished, and  while  "  the  Greek  theology  went 
on  defining  with  still  more  exquisite  subtlety 
the  Godhead  and  the  nature  of  Christ — 
and  while  the  interminable  controversy  still 
lengthened  out — the  Western  Church  threw 
itself  with  passionate  ardour  into  a  new  order 
of  disputes,  the  same  which  from  those 
days  to  this  have  never  lost  their  interest 
for  any  family  of  mankind  at  any  time 
included  in  the  Latin  communion.  The 
nature  of  Sin  and  its  transmission  by 
inheritance  —  the  debt  owed  by  man  and 
its  various  satisfaction — the  necessity  and 
sufficiency  of  the  Atonement — above  all, 
the  apparent  antagonism  between  Free- 
will and  the  Divine  Providence,  —  these 
were  the  points  which  the  West  began  to 
debate  as  ardently  as  ever  the  East  had 
discussed  the  articles  of  its  more  special 
creed." ^ 

Accordingly  we  find  that  the  legal  genius 
of  the  Latins  coloured  their  theology,  and  a 
characteristic  of  the  Latin  world  has  been  a 
readiness  to  legalize  the  language  of  Scrip- 
ture by  casting  such  theological  conceptions 
as  atonement,  moral  obligation,  and  freewill 

^  Anc.  Law,  p.  357. 


180      GOD  AS  OFFENDED  JUDGE 

in  a  forensic  mould.  This  predilection  has 
been  an  important  factor  in  giving  to  the 
conceptions  of  Western  Christianity  a  char- 
acter of  their  own.  Nor  is  this  a  matter 
for  surprise ;  for,  as  the  author  just  quoted 
observes,  "  to  the  cultivated  citizen  of 
Africa,  of  Spain,  of  Gaul  and  Northern 
Italy,  it  was  jurisprudence,  and  juris- 
prudence only,  which  stood  in  the  place  of 
poetry  and  history,  of  philosophy  and 
science.  So  far,  then,  from  there  being 
anything  mysterious  in  the  palpably  legal 
complexion  of  the  earliest  efforts  of  Western 
thought,  it  would  rather  be  astonishing  if  it 
had  assumed  any  other  hue."^ 

The  whole  trend  of  Latin  thought  accele- 
rated the  development  of  a  theology  which 
accentuated  the  view  of  God  as  an  offended 
Judge  withdrawn  from  humanity ;  nor  is  it 
too  much  to  say  that  the  policy  of  the  Roman 
Church  was  to  augment  the  sense  of  separa- 
tion between  God  and  man.  That  idea,  once 
implanted,  was  sedulously  fostered,  till  at 
length  the  mediating  offices  of  the  Church 
were  regarded  as  indispensable  for  the  soul's 
approach  to  God.  The  functions  of  the 
Church  were  made  to  replace  the  work  of  the 
Holy  Spirit :  the  hierarchy  became  the  sole 

'  P.  342. 


REPRESSION  OF  INQUIRY      181 

channel  of  grace  :  the  Church  ascribed  for 
herself  a  definite  limit  outside  which  there 
was  no  salvation  ;  reconciliation  with  God 
was  only  possible  by  means  of  the  penances 
prescribed  by  the  Church  and  the  absolution 
of  the  priest.  The  conception  of  a  priest 
caste  arose,  whose  authority  was  inde- 
pendent of  the  body  of  Christians  who 
formed  the  Church,  and  the  members  of  the 
caste  were,  in  virtue  of  their  office,  regarded 
as  inheritors  of  those  promises  made  by 
Christ  to  His  apostles. 

The  features  which  characterised  the 
theology  of  the  Western  or  Roman  Church, 
and  have  continued  to  characterise  it  till 
the  present  day,  were  a  tendency  to  repress 
inquiry  which  savoured  of  speculation  in 
theology,  and  for  which,  as  we  have  seen,  it 
possessed  little  faculty.  The  faith,  moreover, 
that  attracted  was  one  expressed  in  precise 
terms,  excluding  all  debatable  elements  and 
moulded  after  the  manner  of  a  legal  code, 
any  divergence  from  which  might  be  de- 
tected with  facility  by  the  officials  of  the 
Church. 

The  faith  propagated  by  the  Roman 
Church  was  therefore  in  the  nature  of  a 
standard  to  which  men  must  subscribe,  for 
anything    in    the    nature    of    liberality    of 


182     CLAIM  FOR  FINAL  AUTHORITY 

opinion,  freedom  of  thought,  or  akin  to  the 
modern  spirit  of  Protestantism,  aroused 
strong  antipathy/  The  treatment  meted 
out  by  her  to  those  charged  with  divergence 
of  theological  opinion  from  her  standard, 
illustrates  this  attitude.  Whatever  might 
be  said  of  the  divergence  from  the  standard 
faith,  the  ground  of  condemnation  was 
that  persons  were  to  be  found  sufhciently 
bold  to  question  or  controvert  the  principles 
laid  down  by  her  authority,  and  thus  imperil 
the  Church's  unity.  "  The  new  priestly 
state  was  as  omnipotent  as  the  old  heathen 
state,  in  the  sense  of  claiming  final  authority 
over  every  relation  of  life  and  allowing  no 
reserved  domain  of  conscience.  More  and 
more,  from  age  to  age,  Rome  set  forth 
obedience  to  the  Church  as  the  all-embracing 
ideal  of  duty,  and  summed  up  all  sin  in  the 
crime  of  disobedience."  ^  By  such  methods 
did  the  Latin  Church  attain  an  external  one- 
ness ;  but  it  was  at  the  sacrifice  of  the  sim- 
plicity of  the  Gospel,  and  fatally  different 

^  Even  Augustine,  who  gave  freer  play  to  reason  in  his 
writings  than,  perhaps,  any  other  writer  of  the  times,  says, 
"  Si  ergo  invenires  aUquem,  qui  Evangeho  nondum  credit, 
quid  faceres  dicenti  tibi,  Non  credo  ?  Ego  vero  evangeho 
non  crederem,  nisi  me  cathoUcse  Ecclesiae  commoveret 
auctoritas." — Contra  Epist.  Manich.  cap.  v. 

2  Gwatkin,  Early  Ideals  of  Righteousness ^  p,  84.  \ 


PARTIALITY  FOR  TRADITION    183 

from  that  deeper,  vital,  and  spiritual  unity 
which  Christ  desired  when  He  prayed  "  that 
they  all  may  be  one." 

We  now  turn  to  consider  in  fuller  detail 
some  of  the  methods  employed  by  the  Roman 
Church  in  order  to  secure  and  fortify  that 
external  unity  upon  which  such  great  im- 
portance was  laid.  Tradition  was  declared 
to  be  part  of  the  deposit  of  the  faith,  and  to 
have  "  a  use  collateral  to  Scripture  "  (New- 
man) ;  thus  providing  a  sufficient  basis,  not 
only  for  the  claim  to  unity,  but  also  for 
supremacy.  By  introducing  principles  which 
are  not  laid  down  in  Holy  Scripture,  ''  or  may 
be  proved  thereby,"  unity  was  gained;  but 
a  unity  which  imported  the  gravest  spiritual 
dangers,  because  merely  external.  It  is  not 
difficult  to  understand  the  partiality  for 
tradition  which  has  characterised  the  Latin 
Church,  for  there  was  to  be  found  a  very 
storehouse  of  '  truth  and  discipline,'  from 
which  she  might  supplement  her  teaching 
concerning  matters  vital  to  a  policy  for 
which  no  warrant  could  be  found  in  Holy 
Scripture.  We  can  here  only  briefly  trace 
the  manner  in  which  the  supersession  of  the 
Holy  Scriptures,  as  the  supreme  authority, 
was  brought  about  by  the  place  assigned 
to  tradition  in  the  Latin  Church.     Irenaeus, 


184   TERTULLIAN'S  POINT  OF  VIEW 

in  controversy  with  the  Gnostics,  insisted  on 
the  vahdity  of  the  '  deposit '  of  the  faith 
as  handed  down  in  the  Church's  official 
tradition.  While  admitting  there  might  be 
other  examples,  he  instanced  the  Roman 
Chm'ch  as  one  which  safely  preserved  the 
apostolic  tradition.  To  him  the  surety  for 
its  preservation  depended  on  the  fact  that 
the  faithful,  who  from  time  to  time  resorted 
thither,  as  the  centre,  from  all  parts  of  the 
world,  would  detect  any  deviation  from 
that  tradition  ;  ^  thus,  in  effect,  constitut- 
ing the  doctrine  of  the  Church  of  Rome  as 
the  standard  for  all.  The  result  of  this 
contention  was  furthered  by  Tertullian,  es- 
pecially in  his  De  prcescriptionibus  hcereti- 
corum.  Before  his  conversion  to  Chris- 
tianity he  had  been  a  Roman  jurist,  and 
therefore  it  is  not  surprising  that  he  defends 
the  authority  of  tradition  from  a  lavv^yer's 
point  of  view,  and  argues  thus  :  The  Church's 
doctrine  may  be  compared  to  a  man's  pro- 
perty, in  the  ownership  of  which  he  becomes 
assured  by  length  of  possession  or  prescrip- 
tive holding.     He  had  no  sympathy  with  the 

^  "  Ad  hanc  enim  ecclesiam  propter  potiorem  principali- 
tatem  necesse  est  omnem  convenire  ecclesiam,  hoc  est  eos 
qui  sunt  undique  fideles,  in  qua  semper  ab  his  qui  sunt 
undique  conservata  est  ea  quae  est  ab  apostolis  traditio  " 
(iii.  3,  2,  Adv.  HcBfeses), 


CLAIM  TO  INTERPRET  HISTORY    185 

spirit  of  inquiry,  and  urged  that  the  truth 
is  a  certain  fixed  and  unquestionable  reahty, 
the  search  for  which  is  only  to  be  maintained 
till  it  is  discovered,  when  all  further  inquiry 
ought  to  cease.  Thus  he  writes  :  "  We  w^ho 
believe  in  Christ  need  ask  no  further  ques- 
tions, for  we  believe  that  there  is  nothing 
further  which  we  ought  to  believe.  '  Seek, 
and  ye  shall  find,'  was  spoken  only  to  the 
Jews  :  and  in  any  case  we  who  have  found 
the  truth  cannot  seek  further,  without  con- 
fessing that  we  have  lost  it."  He  endeavours 
to  fortify  this  position  by  adding  the  parable 
of  the  lost  piece  of  silver ;  when  the  quest 
was  successful,  there  was  no  object  to  be 
gained  by  maintaining  the  search.  With 
arguments  such  as  these  would  he  stifle  the 
spirit  of  inquiry,  which  might  be  tempted 
to  examine  too  closely  into  the  '  deposit  of 
the  faith  '  committed  to  the  Church.  The 
importance  of  the  treatise  rests  on  the  as- 
sumption, by  its  author,  that  the  Church 
continued  to  hold  and  teach  in  its  entirety 
the  doctrine  received  by  the  apostles  from 
the  great  Head  of  the  Church.  Tertullian's 
assumption  was,  till  a  recent  date,  employed 
by  the  Latin  Church  to  reinforce  the  claim 
on  behalf  of  tradition,  and  though  contra- 
dicted by  history,  it  was  maintained  on  the 


186    IDEAS  IN  AUGUSTINE'S  SYSTEM 

plea  that  the  Church  is  the  '  supreme  in- 
terpreter of  history.' 

But  it  was  to  Augustine,  more  than  any 
of  his  predecessors,  that  the  conception  of 
the  Church,  as  maintained  during  the  Middle 
Ages,  is  due.  Doubtless  it  may  appear 
strange  to  affirm  that  one  whose  teachings 
constitute  a  very  fountain  from  which  flows 
a  stream  of  evangelic  truth,  is  in  large 
measure  the  author  of  mediaeval  miscon- 
ception ;  nevertheless  it  was  he  who  rendered 
possible  that  development  of  the  Latin 
Church  resulting  in  the  Papal  system.  His 
great  work,  the  City  of  God,  is  based  on 
the  conception  of  the  Christian  Church  as  an 
ecclesiastical  polity,  founded  on  the  ruins  of 
the  declining  Roman  Empire.  He  grounded 
the  claim  for  the  Church's  right  to  teach  on 
the  fact  that  she  had  received  the  '  deposit ' 
of  truth  which  she  was  empowered  to  pro- 
tect as  a  guardian,  and  maintained  that 
outside  the  Church  neither  truth  nor  salva- 
tion was  to  be  found.  An  attitude  such  as 
this  admitted  little  room  for  the  exercise  of 
reason;  and  since  the  Church  was  a  Divine 
appointment,  consequently  it  was  God's  will 
that  its  portals  provided  the  only  means  of 
entrance  to  His  favour.  He  would  even 
employ  force,  and  sought  to  justify  appeal 


AUGUSTINE'S  IDEAS  DEVELOPED    187 

to  physical  means  by  reference  to  Christ's 
words  in  the  parable,  "  compel  them  to 
come  in."  Subsequent  leaders  of  theological 
thought  only  carried  on  and  developed  the 
ideas  latent  in  the  system  of  Augustine/ 

There  are  many  who  regard  Augustine 
as  in  all  respects  a  worthy  successor  of  St. 
Paul,  one  whose  authority  and  influence  are 
unimpeachable;  but  notwithstanding  that 
widely  prevalent  opinion,  there  are  aspects 
of  his  teaching,  more  particularly  in  regard 
to  the  Church's  policy,  which  justify  the 
assertion  that  it  was  his  theology  which 
made  the  rise  of  the  Papacy  possible,^  and 
"  for  a  thousand  years  those  also  who  came 
after  him  did  little  more  than  re-afiirm  his 
teaching." 

It  is  indeed  difficult  to  reconcile  Aug- 
ustine's pre-eminent  position  as  a  spiritual 

^  "  The  entire  political  development  of  the  Middle  Ages 
was  dominated  by  him  ;  and  he  was  in  a  true  sense  the 
creator  of  the  Holy  Roman  Empire.  It  was  no  accident  that 
the  De  Civitate  Dei  was  the  favourite  reading  of  Charle- 
magne."— Warfield,  Ency.  Religion  and  Ethics,  vol.  ii.  p. 

222. 

2  Concerning  the  Bishop  of  Rome  as  the  of&cial  head  of 
the  "  City  of  God,"  it  is  to  be  observed  that  Augustine  did 
not  make  the  claim  in  so  many  words,  but  the  trend  of  his 
thought  is  clear,  "  Jam  enim  de  hac  causa  duo  concilia 
missa  sunt  ad  Sedem  Apostolicam  :  inde  etiam  rescripta 
venerunt.  Causa  finita  est :  utinam  aliquando  finiatur 
error." — Sermo  cxxxi.  cap.  x. 


188         PRIMITIVE  SIMPLICITY 

teacher  with  the  fact  that  he  assigned  to  the 
merely  external  and  visible  Church  a  place  of 
surpassing  significance,  rigidly  insisting  that 
outside  the  Church  there  was  no  salvation, 
for  elsewhere  no  channel  of  grace  for  the 
individual  was  to  be  discovered ;  thereby 
involving  a  manifest  retrogression  from  the 
primitive  simplicity  of  the  Gospel  of  Christ. 
It  is,  however,  possible  that  some  explana- 
tion for  his  attitude  may  be  discovered  in  the 
peculiar  exigencies  of  the  times.  The  Roman 
Empire  was  approaching  dissolution  through 
the  influx  of  the  northern  barbarians,  and 
the  Church  found  all  her  energies  taxed  to 
the  utmost  to  bring  rude  pagan  tribes  within 
her  fold.  These  were  men  to  whom  a  spir- 
itual law  of  Christian  liberty  would  have 
been  a  contradiction  or  an  enigma,  whose 
notions  of  rule  and  order  were  closely 
associated  with  the  tyranny  of  the  times, 
and  when  the  persuasion  that  '  might  is 
right '  was  seldom  challenged. 

Independent  judgment — based  on  reason 
and  stimulated  by  the  intellectual  ability 
of  leaders  in  thought — found  small  place 
for  exercise  in  such  an  age ;  recourse  was 
accordingly  made  to  the  external  authority 
of  the  State,  claimed  by  Augustine  for  the 
Church,  and  obedience  was  enforced  on  the 


APPEAL  FOR  OBEDIENCE       189 

ground  of  penal  consequences  hereafter. 
That,  at  least,  had  the  merit  of  promising  an 
effective  appeal  for  obedience  to  the  un- 
reflecting masses  who  crowded  within  the 
portals  of  the  Church. 


CHAPTER    XII 

The  Imperial  government  adopted  as  a  model  by  the  Church 
— This  method  of  ecclesiastical  government  opposed 
by  Cyprian  —  The  '  precedence  among  equals  '  no 
longer  based  on  moral  considerations — Authority,  not 
concession,  the  ground  for  a  new  claim — Protest  of 
Julius,  bishop  of  Rome  —  Appellate  jurisdiction  — 
Independence  of  the  African  Church  vindicated  in  case 
of  Apiarius — Civil  power  enUsted  in  support  of  Roman 
claim  to  appellate  jurisdiction — Decree  of  Valentinian 
III. — Exigencies  arising  from  invasion  of  Rome,  an 
aid  to  papal  ambitions — Results  following  Emperor's 
withdrawal  from  Rome — -The  Constantine  Donation 
— Benefits  conferred  by  Church  of  Rome  in  early 
centuries. 

The  study  of  the  methods  employed  by  the 
Roman  Church  to  attain  supremacy  cannot 
fail  to  impress  the  mind  with  a  sense  of  the 
remarkable  skill  displayed  by  those  who 
took  advantage  of  every  external  cause  to 
compass  that  end.  "  Spiritual  ideals  and 
motives  of  human  infirmity,  spiritual  forces 
and  unscrupulous  worldly  methods,  have 
combined  to  build  up  little  by  little  the 
great  fabric  of  papal  claims."  ^  Just  as 
Judaism  prepared  the  way  for  the  progress 

^  Robertson,  No.  xiii.  Ch.  Hist.  Society  Papers. 

191 


192     STATE  AS  MODEL  FOR  CHURCH 

of  Christianity,  but  subsequently  became  a 
hindrance  to  the  proclamation  of  the  liberty 
of  the  Gospel,  so  in  a  measure  was  it  the 
case  with  the  Roman  Law  and  administra- 
tion. The  aid  furnished  in  the  days  of  St. 
Paul  is  undeniable,  but  the  spiritual  develop- 
ment of  the  Church  began  to  be  retarded 
from  the  time  she  took  the  State  as  the 
model  for  her  own  government.  The  pro- 
gress of  events  gave  shape  and  impetus  to 
the  notion  that  the  ecclesiastical  govern- 
ment of  the  Church  should  conform  to  the 
Imperial  administration.  Many  arguments 
were  forthcoming  in  support  of  the  theory, 
since  the  speedy  attainment  of  wide-spread 
power,  resulting  from  the  amazing  progress 
of  Christianity,  found  the  Church  unpre- 
pared and  embarrassed  by  the  far-reaching 
scope  of  her  influence  and  conquests  over 
heathenism.  In  her  perplexity  she  turned, 
and  found  ready  to  her  hand  the  model 
furnished  by  the  State.  A  dominant  idea, 
as  we  have  already  observed,  prevailed  in 
the  political  world,  that  authority  embodied 
in  one  man,  the  Emperor,  promised  the 
greatest  good  to  the  subject ;  hence  the 
decision  of  the  Roman  Senate  to  delegate 
its  powers  to  the  Emperor.  By  parity 
of  reasoning  it  was  claimed  that  a  similar 


CYPRIAN'S  ATTITUDE  193 

delegation  of  the  powers  inherent  in  the 
representatives  of  the  various  Churches 
would  afford  a  correspondingly  beneficial 
method  of  government  in  the  Church  at 
large,  by  bringing  the  whole  hierarchy 
of  an  ecclesiastical  empire  into  subjection 
to  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Bishop  of 
Rome. 

This,  the  Roman  theory,  was  strongly 
opposed  by  Cyprian,  bishop  of  Carthage, 
in  the  treatise,  De  catholicce  ecclesice  unitate, 
in  which  he  maintained  the  equality  of  the 
Bishops,  together  with  a  common  responsi- 
bility for  the  welfare  of  the  Church  at  large. ^ 
The  history  of  the  growth  ot  the  papal 
supremacy  may  be  briefly  summed  up  in  the 
statement  that  it  consisted  in  a  series  of 
endeavours  to  encroach  upon  the  earlier 
theory  of  Cyprian,^  and  bring  the  conception 
of  the  authority  and  pre-eminence  of  the 
Bishop  of  Rome  into  line  with  that  of  the 
political  head  of  the  Empire. 

This  was  the  grand  aim  of  the  Latin  Church, 

^  Cyprian's  attitude  in  this  matter  is  important ;  he 
maintained  his  right  to  decide  in  the  appeal  to  him  from  the 
Spanish  Churches,  though  Stephen,  bishop  of  Rome,  had 
already  given  judgment  on  the  case.  At  the  Council  of 
254  he  reversed  Stephen's  decision. 

2  Episcopatus  unus  est,  cuius  a  singuhs  in  solidum  pars 
tenetur  (cap.  5). 

14 


194  A  VISIBLE  CENTRE 

and  amidst  all  the  vicissitudes  which  lay  in 
the  path  of  its  attainment,  we  can  observe 
from  the  time  of  Leo  the  Great,  a  constant 
approach  towards  that  consummation,  when 
the  Bishop  of  Rome  could  take  to  himself 
with  some  show  of  reason  the  proud  title 
*episcopus  episcoporum.'  Thus  the  spirit  of 
the  times  and  the  genius  of  the  Latin  people, 
as  we  have  seen  in  the  preceding  chapter, 
contributed  to  the  formation  of  a  mental 
atmosphere  favourable  to  the  Roman  theory. 
A  kingdom  without  a  visible  head  was  un- 
thinkable to  the  Latin  mind,  so  the  Church, 
too,  "  must  have  a  visible  centre  and  a 
visible  circumference  :  the  terms  of  admit- 
tance and  of  exclusion  must  be  exactly 
defined  ;  the  nature  of  the  powers  delegated 
to  its  officers  must  be  explicitly  determined, 
there  must  be  conformity  of  practice  and 
conformity  of  opinion  as  well ;  there  must 
be  stringent  methods  of  securing  obedience 
and  subordination.^ 

During  the  first  three  centuries  we  find 
that  '  a  precedence  among  equals  '  was  will- 
ingly conceded  by  the  national  Churches 
to  the  Roman  See,^  but  in  the  fourth  century 

^  Allen,  The  Continuity  of  Christian  Thought,  p.  103. 
*  The  spiritual  conception  of  the  episcopate,  which  had 
prevailed  during   the  first    three   centuries,   began   to  be 


GROWTH  OF  PAPAL  SYSTEM      195 

this  moral  ascendancy,  no  longer  claimed  as 
a  concession,  was  demanded  on  the  ground 
of  authority ;  a  claim  which  received  a  new 
reinforcement  with  every  fresh  surrender 
of  the  native  rights  of  provincial  Synods. 
The  development  of  the  papal  system, 
beyond  the  original  and  legitimate  precedence 
among  equals,  proceeded  gradually — appeal 
was  made  to  the  Gospels  for  support  for  the 
fiction  of  the  primacy  of  St.  Peter,  and  was 
zealously  inculcated,  involving  as  it  did 
a  claim  for  the  Bishop  of  Rome  to  govern 
the  universal  Church  by  Divine  right. 
"  The  application  of  the  text,  '  Thou  art 
Peter,  and  upon  this  rock  I  will  build  My 
church,'  to  the  Roman  See  is  of  purely 
Western  origin,  and  we  find  it  beginning  to 
be  made  as  soon  as  the  belief  has  gained 
currency  that  St.  Peter  had  been,  in  the 
strict  sense  of  the  word.  Bishop  of  Rome. 
The  second  century,  as  I  believe,  bequeathed 
this  belief  to  the  Church,  and  the  first  attri- 
bution of  the  Petrine  office  to  the  Roman 
bishop  was  the  work  of  the  third."  ^  The 
genesis    of    such    conceptions    can    thus    be 

obscured  by  another  conception — the  official — as  the 
organisation  of  the  Church  proceeded  and  developed  into 
the  system  of  Church  government. 

^  Robertson,  Ch,  Hist,  Society  Papers,  No,  xiii.  p.  207. 


196      BORROWED  CONCEPTIONS 

clearly  traced  to  the  experience  of  centuries 
of  Roman  Law  and  administration ;  but  the 
end  was  attained  when  the  spiritual  Head- 
ship of  the  ascended  Saviour  was  replaced 
by  him  who,  at  Rome,  made  the  extravagant 
and  unwarrantable  claim  to  be  the  visible 
representative  of  Christ  on  earth. 

To  relate  the  history  of  this  movement  in 
all  its  aspects,  would  be  to  write  the  history 
of  the  Church  of  Rome  ;  we  are  here  con- 
cerned more  particularly  with  conceptions 
borrowed  from  the  policy  of  Imperial  Rome, 
and  subsequently  moulded  so  as  to  be  a 
powerful  aid  to  the  attainment  of  that 
object,  essential  to  the  Roman  system, 
namely,  the  Supremacy.  Evidence  that 
the  authority  of  the  Bishop  of  Rome  was, 
till  about  the  year  342,  only  of  a  moral 
character,  is  convincing.  Julius,  bishop  of 
Rome  from  337  to  352,  replying  to  an 
accusation  brought  against  him  by  the 
Arians — ^that  he  had  by  his  own  judgment 
set  aside  certain  decisions  adopted  by  them 
— makes  no  assertion  of  any  inherent  right 
pertaining  to  his  office  whereby  he  might 
claim  a  supreme  jurisdiction  over  other 
Churches.  Had  such  right  existed,  this  was 
the  time  for  its  assertion.  Far  from  that, 
he  admonished  them  for  not  having  brought 


APPELLATE  JURISDICTION     107 

the  question  to  the  notice  of  the  Church  at 
large,  and  thus  stated  his  own  opinion : 
"  You  ought  to  have  written  to  all  of  us,  so 
that  we  might  all  have  decided  what  was 
just."  This  pronouncement  was  no  asser- 
tion of  supremacy,  but  a  protest  against  the 
exclusion  of  the  Roman  See  from  the  delib- 
erations of  the  Church  as  a  whole.  The 
protest  would  have  been  meaningless  had 
the  Roman  supremacy  been  established  at 
this  time. 

During  the  lifetime  of  Julius,  appellate 
jurisdiction  of  a  very  restricted  kind  was 
conferred  upon  him  by  the  Canons  of 
Sardica^  (343).  These  Canons  only  author- 
ised him  to  express  an  opinion  whether  a 
case  ought  to  be  re-tried.  Besides,  the 
right  was  distinctly  limited  to  the  case 
of  bishops  who  felt  they  had  been  unjustly 
condemned  by  the  local  tribunals.  If  he 
thought  so,  he  was  empowered  to  send  a 
presbyter  to  take  part  in  another  trial  of 
the  case  by  bishops  from  a  neighbouring 
province. 

^  It  is  to  be  noted  that  the  Sardican  Canons  did  not  confer 
appellate  jurisdiction  on  the  Bishop  of  Rome  as  such,  nor 
on  Julius,  as  successor  of  St.  Peter.  Further,  the  Council  of 
Sardica  was  not  General  and  CEcumenical,  and  its  Canons, 
wliich  asserted  authority,  were  contradicted  by  many 
Greek  Canons, 


198       CLAIM  TO  JURISDICTION 

The  importance  of  the  Canons  of  Sardica 
rests  upon  the  fact  that  no  longer  was  it 
necessary  to  found  a  claim  for  interference 
by  the  Bishop  of  Rome  on  merely  moral 
grounds  as  heretofore,  they  asserted  a  new 
authority  of  a  very  limited  character, 
however,  neither  empowering  the  right  to 
demand  jurisdiction  in  every  case,  nor  to 
take  the  initiative  and  cite  a  provincial 
bishop  to  Rome.  Nevertheless  the  Bishops 
of  Rome  were  emboldened  to  go  beyond 
that  strictly  limited  authority  defined  by  the 
Sardican  Canons,  and  adjudicate  in  every 
case  of  appeal  to  them.  This  claim  was 
not  relaxed  in  any  way  by  the  succeed- 
ing bishops,  Liberius  and  Damasus  i.  The 
"  authoritative  tone  "  of  their  successor 
Siricius  was  more  marked,  for  "  the  Roman 
See  had  never  taken  a  step  backward ;  the 
persevering  repetition  of  the  claim  to  legis- 
late told  in  the  course  of  time,  and  the  series 
of  decretals  initiated  by  Siricius  eventually 
worked  their  way  into  the  Canon  Law  of 
Western  Christendom."  ^ 

But  signs  of  encroachment  on  the  acknow- 
ledged "  precedence  among  equals  "  were  not 
passed  over  in  silence,  interferences  were 
resisted  by  other  Churches,  which  did  not 

^  liobertson,  Ch,  Hist,  Society  Papers,  p.  251, 


DECISION  OF  AFRICAN  CHURCH   199 

hesitate  to  repudiate  or  denounce  the  pre- 
tension. The  African  Church,  for  example, 
vindicated  its  complete  independence  in 
connection  with  the  case  of  Apiarius,  a 
presbyter,  who  had  been  justly  deposed  by 
the  local  bishop,  Urbanus,  for  misconduct. 
Apiarius  appealed  to  Zosimus,  bishop  of 
Rome,  who,  professing  to  base  his  authority 
for  action  on  the  "  Canons  of  Nicaea,"  re- 
instated the  presbyter.  The  dispute  did 
not  terminate  during  the  lifetime  of  Zosi- 
mus {ob,  418)  nor  that  of  his  successor, 
Bonifacius  {ob.  422).  Celestine,  the  succeed- 
ing bishop,  subsequently,  at  the  instance  of 
Apiarius,  sent  legates  to  Africa  to  examine 
the  case,  when  a  Council  was  convened  to 
discuss  the  matter. 

The  decision  of  the  African  Church  is 
noteworthy  for  two  reasons.  1.  A  direct 
denial  was  given  to  the  claim  put  forward 
by  the  legates  on  behalf  of  Celestine,  and 
a  protest  was  lodged  against  appeals  to 
ecclesiastical  authorities  other  than  those 
provided  by  the  native  Churcli.  To  this 
was  coupled  the  request  that  legates  should 
not  be  sent  from  Rome,  nor  persons  received 
there,  who  had  been  excommunicated  by 
Synodical  authority.  2.  A  subject  of  more 
importance    arose    out    of    the    repudiation 


200    CANONS  OF  NIC^A  AND  SARDICA 

by  the  African  Church  of  the  ground  on 
which  Celestine  based  his  claim  to  inter- 
fere. The  legates  sent  by  him  sought  to 
represent  that  the  Nicene  Canons  gave  the 
required  authority  for  the  appellate  juris- 
diction claimed  by  Rome.  But  it  was  dis- 
covered that  genuine  copies  of  the  Nicene 
Canons,  upon  w^hich  the  legates  proposed 
to  rely,  gave  no  support  to  the  Roman 
claim  ;  and,  further,  that  the  copy  of  the 
so-called  '  Nicene  Canons '  cited  by  the 
legates  contained  the  Canons  of  Sardica, 
which  were  formulated  in  347,  twenty-two 
years  after  the  Council  of  Nicsea.  Celes- 
tine and  those  who  subsequently  supported 
his  action  maintained  that  the  Canons  of 
Nicaea  and  Sardica  were  to  be  read  together, 
notwithstanding  the  fact  that  the  former 
was,  and  the  latter  was  not,  a  General 
Council ;  nor  did  its  canons  receive  universal 
acceptance.  Further,  the  Canons  of  Nicaea 
only  amounted  to  twenty  in  number,  and 
those  of  Sardica  to  twenty-one ;  never- 
theless the  Codex  Canonum  et  Constitutor um 
Ecclesice  Romance,  which  purports  to  contain 
a  collection  of  the  Canons  of  the  Roman 
Church  in  the  time  of  Innocent  i.,  specifies 
forty-six.  Consequently  five  are  spurious. 
Further  evidence  is  supplied  in  the  second 


INTERPOLATION  OF  DOCUMENTS    201 

Canon  of  the  General  Council  held  in  the 
year  381  at  Constantinople.  This  enjoined 
that  no  bishop  shall  interfere  with  churches 
outside  his  own  diocese ;  and  the  prohibition 
reveals  the  growing  insistence  of  the  Roman 
See. 

The  ambition  of  the  Roman  See  for 
supremacy  had  now  attained  such  pro- 
portions that  artifices  of  the  kind  to  which 
we  have  just  referred,  and  for  which  no  moral 
defence  can  be  found,  began  to  be  employed 
in  furtherance  of  the  unwarrantable  claim 
to  authority.  The  work  of  falsification  and 
interpolation  of  documents  proceeded  apace 
— though  the  date  for  its  commencement  is 
uncertain.  These  documents,  afterwards 
conclusively  proved  to  be  forgeries,  the  Popes 
never  repudiated.  They  have  been  incor- 
porated into  the  Canon  Law  of  the  Roman 
Church  and  form  its  basis.  But  falsification 
of  documents  and  misuse  of  canons  were  not 
the  only  methods  employed — other  means 
were  not  overlooked.  Thus  we  find  the 
civil  power  of  Rome  enlisted  on  behalf  of 
the  claim;  for  in  the  year  445  appellate 
jurisdiction  was  confirmed  to  the  See  of 
Rome  in  virtue  of  the  Roman  Law.  Oppor- 
tunity for  this  intervention  by  the  secular 
power  was  furnished  by  the  action  of  Hilary, 


202        THE  IMPERIAL  DECREE 

bishop    of    Aries,    who   ventured   to    assert 
MetropoHtan   rights   over   Vienne  by  super- 
seding  one  bishop    and    removing   another. 
Pope  Leo  then  deprived  Hilary  of  his  rights 
as  Metropolitan  and  reinstated  the  deposed 
bishop.     This  action  was  confirmed  by  the 
Emperor,   who    promulgated    the    following 
law  :  "  We  decree,  by  a  perpetual  sanction, 
that  nothing  shall  be  undertaken  contrary 
to  ancient  custom  by  the  Gallican  or  other 
Provincial    bishops,    without    the    authority 
of  the  venerable  Pope  of  the  eternal  city. 
But  whatever  the  authority  of  the  Apostolic 
Chair  appoints  shall  be  law  to  them  and  to 
all,^  so  that  if  any  bishop  when  summoned 
shall  neglect  to  appear  before  the  Court  of 
Justice  of  the  Roman  Bishop,  he  shall  be 
compelled  to  come  by  the  Governor  of  the 
province."     This  alliance  between  the  civil 
and    the    ecclesiastical    powers    culminated, 
firstly,  in  the  principle  that  the  Church  of 
Christ  was  to  be  upheld  by  the  arm  of  the 
State;   and,  secondly,  in  the  claim  for  the 
possession   by   the    Pope    of    a    superiority 
over  the  Emperor,  who,  it  was  asserted  by 


*  Referring  to  the  bishops  of  Gaul  and  of  other  provinces, 
the  Emperor,  Valentinian  iii.,  decreed  :  "  Sed  illis  omni- 
busque  pro  lege  sit,  quiquid  sanxit  vel  sanxerit  apostolicae 
sedis  auctoritas." 


CHURCH  AS  INTERMEDIARY    203 

Gelasius,  "  is  the  temporal  sovereign,  but 
the  Bishop  of  Rome  is  the  spiritual  sovereign 
of  the  world."  ^  That  claim  was  "  never 
afterwards  relaxed,  and  it  saw  its  realisation 
in  the  Imperial  authority  over  Christendom 
of  Hildebrand  and  Innocent  iii." 

Another  factor  contributing  to  the  Roman 
supremacy  of  which  we  must  not  lose  sight, 
was  the  political  necessities  of  the  times. 
While  the  influence  of  the  Emperor  grew 
weaker  and  the  area  of  the  Empire  more 
circumscribed  by  the  advance  of  the  northern 
tribes,  there  was  one  power,  the  ecclesiastical 
hierarchy,  which  stood  superior  to  the  flood 
of  conquest.  Men  began  to  realise  as  never 
before  the  importance  of  the  Church  to 
the  State,  a  conception  which  the  Papacy 
employed  to  the  fullest  extent  for  the 
attainment  of  its  designs.  The  victorious 
barbarians  recognised  that  the  Church,  with 
its  widely  spread  machinery  of  ecclesiastical 
officials,  was  in  the  nature  of  an  inter- 
mediary, whose  assistance  was  essential 
if  the  allegiance  of  the  conquered  provinces 

1  Thus  Dante,  Purg.  (Canto  xvi.  129-132),  writes: 

"  The  Church  of  Rome, 
Mixing  two  governments  that  ill  assort, 
Hath  miss'd  her  footing,  fallen  in  the  mire, 
And  there  herself  and  burden  much  defiled." 

' — H.  F.  Carey's  translation. 


204  CANOSSA 

was  to  be  retained.  Thus,  so  far  from  the 
exigencies  of  the  times  being  a  hindrance  to 
the  ambitions  of  the  Popes,  they  but  prepared 
the  way  to  the  assertion  of  "  the  spiritual 
sovereignty  of  the  world  "  which  at  length 
enabled  Gregory  vii.  to  assert  his  right 
"  to  dispose  princes."  He  excommunicated 
the  Emperor  Henry  iv.  and  released  his 
subjects  from  their  allegiance :  ''  I  deny,"  he 
pronounced  sentence,  "  to  Henry,  the  govern- 
ment of  the  whole  realm  of  Germany  and  Italy, 
and  release  all  Christians  from  the  bond  of 
the  oath  which  they  have  made  or  will  make 
to  him,  and  forbid  any  one  to  serve  him  as 
if  he  were  a  king."  The  Emperor  made 
his  way  across  the  Alps  to  the  Castle  of 
Canossa  to  make  peace  with  Gregory,  who 
refused  for  three  days  to  admit  him  to  his 
presence,  while  the  royal  suppliant  stood 
barefoot  in  the  snow. 

A  great  advance  towards  the  supremacy 
took  place  during  the  latter  part  of  the  fifth 
century.  In  476  a.d.,  the  Emperor  Romulus 
Augustus  was  deposed  by  Odoacer,  and 
Rome  was  exchanged  for  Constantinople  as 
the  political  capital  of  the  Empire.  Thus 
the  Papacy,  "inheriting  no  small  part  of 
the  local  authority,  which  belonged  to  the 
Emperor's  officers,  drew  to  herself  the  rever- 


THE  CONSTANTINE  DONATION    205 

ence  which  the  name  of  the  city  still  com- 
manded, until,  in  the  days  which  followed 
her  emancipation  from  the  control  of  the 
Emperors  at  Constantinople,  she  had  per- 
fected in  theory  a  scheme  which  made  her 
the  exact  comiterpart  of  the  departed 
despotism,  the  centre  of  the  hierarchy, 
absolute  mistress  of  the  Christian  world."  ^ 

Soon  the  scheme  for  the  attainment  of  the 
predominant  papal  aim  took  shape  in  the 
production  of  the  marvellous  forgery  known 
as  the  Constantine  Donation,  which  for 
seven  hundred  years  was  almost  universally 
accepted  as  genuine.^  It  purported  to  be  a 
grant  of  sovereignty  over  Italy  and  the 
countries  of  the  West  from  Constantine  to 
Sylvester  and  succeeding  Popes  in  token  of 
the  Emperor's  gratitude  for  his  recovery 
from  leprosy.  The  reason  assigned  in  the 
Donation  for  this  extraordinary  self-efface- 
ment of  the  temporal  power  was,  that  the 
spiritual  government  might  not  be  hampered 
by  the  presence  of  a  secular  authority.  The 
Donation  further  conferred  on  the  Popes  the 
right  to  wear  the  Imperial  purple,  to  use  the 

^  Bryce,  Holy  Roman  Empire,  p.  99. 

^  In  1440,  Laurentius  Valla  demonstrated  the  Donation 
to  be  a  fraudulent  document,  and  subsequent  research  has 
fully  confirmed  his  verdict. 


206    COUNTERPART  OF  THE  STATE 

Lateran  palace  as  a  place  of  residence,  to 
bear  the  sceptre,  and  enjoy  other  privileges 
which  hitherto  had  been  the  right  of  the 
Emperor  alone.  The  attempt  to  secure  such 
privileges  furnished  clear  evidence  that  the 
Papacy  aspired  to  be  the  counterpart  of  the 
Imperial  power. 

The  Popes  having  thus  attained  to  an 
equality  with  the  Emperor,  proceeded  to 
assert  superiority  on  the  ground  that  the 
temporal  sphere  was  inferior  to  the  spiritual, 
and  that  sovereignty  was  conferred  by  the 
Pope,  as  God's  vicegerent,  upon  the  Em- 
peror. But  the  papal  pretension  was  re- 
inforced by  a  power  which  the  Empire  did 
not  possess,  for  both  Papacy  and  the  later 
Empire  "  rested  on  opinion  rather  than 
material  force ;  and  when  the  struggle,  which 
began  in  the  eleventh  century,  came,  the 
Empire  succumbed,  because  its  rival's  hold 
over  the  souls  of  men  was  firmer,  more 
direct ;  enforced  by  penalties  more  terrible 
than  the  death  of  the  body."  ^  Notwith- 
standing the  subsequent  evils  engendered  by 
the  extravagant  assumption  of  universal 
supremacy,  the  benefits  conferred  upon 
Christendom  in  general  by  the  Church  of 
Rome  during  the  earlier  centuries  demand 

^  Bryce,  Holy  Roman  Empire,  p.  418. 


SERVICES  OF  ROMAN  CHURCH    207 

approval ;  here  was  to  be  found  liberal 
support  for  the  necessities  of  distant  and  less 
wealthy  Churches;  here  a  refuge  was  forth- 
coming for  many  who  had  become  fugitives 
because  they  had  championed  the  truth ; 
here  were  to  be  found  capable  and  energetic 
defenders  of  the  standard  faith  against  here- 
tical teaching  which  was  rife  in  many  other 
Churches,  especially  in  the  East.  So  valu- 
able were  the  earlier  services  of  the  Roman 
Church  to  the  cause  of  truth  and  religion ; 
so  great  were  the  opportunities  arising  from 
the  peculiar  position  and  influence  as  the 
Metropolitan  See,  that  it  must  ever  be  a 
cause  of  poignant  regret  that  the  Bishops 
of  Rome,  unsatisfied  by  the  exercise  of 
that  legitimate  authority  accorded  them  by 
the  rest  of  Christendom,  proceeded  to  con- 
vert that  moral  ascendency  into  an  actual 
supremacy.^ 

Bishop  Lightfoot  compares  the  earlier  and 
later  attitude  of  the  Roman  wSee  in  the  fol- 

^  With  reference  to  the  union  of  the  temporal  and  spiritual 
powers  in  his  person,  Dante  quaintly  compares  the  Pope  to 
an  unclean  animal  of  the  Levitical  code,  "  who  chews  the 
cud  but  doth  not  cleave  the  hoof."  Concerning  the  result  of 
that  union  he  writes  {Purg.,  Canto  xvi.  112-115)  : 

"  The  sword 
Is  grafted  on  the  crook ;   and,  so  conjoined 
Each  must  perforce  decline  to  worse,  unawed 
By  fear  of  other." 


208       SUBSEQUENT  DESPOTISM 

lowing  words  :  "  The  claims  of  Rome  in  the 
earlier  ages  were  modest,  indeed,  compared 
with  her  later  assumptions.  It  is  an  enor- 
mous stride,  from  the  supremacy  of  Gregory 
the  Great  as  patriarch  of  the  West  and 
father  of  the  English  Church  in  the  sixth 
century,  to  the  practical  despotism  claimed 
by  Hildebrand  and  Innocent  iii.  in  the 
eleventh  and  succeeding  centuries." 


CHAPTER   Xlll 

The  Canon  Law  intended  as  a  rival  to  the  Imperial  juris- 
prudence— Gregory  as  *  Justinian  of  the  Church  ' — 
Origin  of  '  foreign  Canon  Law  ' — Imperial  decrees 
adopted  as  a  model  by  Bishop  of  Rome — Dionysius 
Exiguus  la^^s  foundation  of  Canon  Law — The  Decretum 
Gratiana — Various  compilations  to  form  Corpus  Juris 
Canonici — Luther's  protest — Causes  for  decline  of 
spiritual  allegiance  to  Rome — {a)  struggle  between 
rival  Popes  awakened  national  consciousness ;  (b) 
revival  of  learning  incompatible  with  spirit  of  Papacy ; 
(c)  Latin  superseded  by  vernacular  as  medium  for 
expressing  religious  emotions — Empire  and  Papacy  as 
counterparts — Reason  asserted  full  sway. 

Our  subject  introduces  us  to  a  third  factor 
in  the  Roman  System,  the  Canon  Law, 
destined  to  be  of  signal  service  to  papal 
policy,  and  "  intended  by  its  authors  to 
reproduce  and  rival  the  Imperial  Jurispru- 
dence." ^  The  Emperor  Justinian  had 
codified  the  law  of  Rome  as  embodied  in 
the  Corpus  Juris  Civilis,  and  Pope  Gregory 
IX.  sought  in  the  ecclesiastical  sphere  to 
emulate  him  by  compiling  the  Corpus  Juris 
Canonici,  whereby  he  secured  the  title 
"  Justinian  of  the  Church."     The  caution  is 

1  Bryce,  Holy  Roman  Empire,  p.  loo. 
15 


210  ROMAN  CANON  LAW 

perhaps  needed,  that  the  Canon  Law  under 
consideration  is  now  known  as  "  foreign 
Canon  Law,"  ^  and  is  to  be  distinguished  from 
the  Enghsh  Canon  Law.  The  latter  incorpor- 
ated only  such  Canons  and  Constitutions  of 
the  former  as,  in  the  35th  year  of  Henry  viii., 
were  decreed  to  be  neither  "  contrary  nor 
repugnant  to  the  laws,  statutes,  and  customs 
of  this  Realm,  nor  to  the  damage  or  hurt  of 
the  King's  prerogative  royal "  ;  and,  further, 
such  foreign  Canon  Law  to  be  valid  must  have 
been  "  in  the  past  accepted  in  this  country." 
The  Roman  Canon  Law  arose  in  conse- 
quence of  differences  of  opinion  on  various 
matters  of  doctrine  and  worship.  Mutual 
deliberation  became  imperative,  and  the 
bishops  of  neighbouring  Churches  assembled 
from  time  to  time  to  take  common  counsel. 
Their  decisions,  termed  "  Canons,"  were  only 
of  force  within  the  province  of  their  origin. 
The  earliest  of  which  we  possess  any  record 
were  those  held  to  discuss  the  Easter 
Question  and  the  Montanist  schism,  which, 
according  to  Eusebius,  took  place  in  the 
reign  of  Commodus  (a.d^  180-192) ;  and 
councils  of  bishops  became  very  common  in 

1  A  convenient  term  to  distinguish  that  portion  of  the 
foreign  Canon  Law  recognised  in  England  is,  the  '  King's 
ecclesiastical  law,'  a  term  first  employed  in  Elizabeth's 
reign. 


DECISIONS  OF  COUNCILS       211 

the  third  century.  In  the  fourth  and  follow- 
ing centuries,  attempts  were  made  to  give 
greater  weight  and  more  extended  apphca- 
tion  to  such  canons,  by  summoning  councils 
to  represent  the  whole  Church.  On  matters 
of  faith  and  doctrine  the  decisions  of 
(Ecumenical  Councils  were  authoritative 
and  of  permanent  force  ;  decisions  in  other 
matters  relating  to  ecclesiastical  policy  and 
administration  depended  for  their  validity 
rather  on  the  acknowledged  usefulness  of 
the  rule,  than  the  renown  of  the  particular 
council  by  which  it  was  decreed.  Thus  some 
Canons  framed  by  mere  local  councils  ob- 
tained a  universal  observance,  while  others 
issuing  from  general  councils  never  won 
universal  assent.^ 

Till  about  the  beginning  of  the  fifth 
century  the  Roman  See  had  been  content  to 
offer  counsel  when  approached  by  provincial 
Churches;  but  from  this  time  forward  the 
Imperial  Decrees  of  the  Emperor,  which 
were  the  answers  given  to  legal  questions  pre- 
ferred by  inferior  judges  to  him  in  his  capacity 
as  magistrate  or  in  final  appeal,  were  taken 
as  a  model,  and  what  formerly  had  been 
mere  advice  began  to  assume  the  complexion 

*  e.g.  Canon  15  of  the  Nicene  Council  prohibiting  the  trans- 
lation of  bishops  ;  it  never  obtained  universal  recognition. 


212    FOUNDATION  OF  CANON  LAW 

of  a  command.  No  longer  was  it  considered 
necessary  to  legislate  for  the  Church  by 
means  of  comicils ;  but  the  Bishop  of  Rome, 
in  virtue  of  his  own  authority,  promulgated 
decretals  and  rescripts  which  subsequently, 
together  with  the  Canons  of  Councils,  formed 
the  main  body  of  Roman  Canon  Law. 

The  foundation  of  the  Canon  Law  was 
laid  by  Dionysius  Exiguus,^  who  about 
510  A.D.  compiled  a  collection  of  the  Canons 
of  the  various  Councils  and  papal  decretals, 
down  to  his  own  time.  This  collection, 
revised  and  enlarged,  was  presented  to 
Charlemagne,  by  Pope  Hadrian  i.,  in  774 
A.D.,  and  contains  the  law  of  the  Roman 
Church  at  that  age.  Various  smaller  col- 
lections of  Canons  subsequently  appeared, 
till  in  1144  a.d.,  Gratian,  a  monk  of  Bologna, 
produced  the  compilation  known  as — 

1.  The  Decretum  Gratiani,  which  con- 
stitutes the  first  portion  of  the  Corpus  Juris 
Canonici.  This  collection  was  "  intended 
originally  as  an  epitome  for  the  instruction 
of  youth  in  the  schools  ;  it  shortly  super- 
seded all  older  compilations  of  Canon  Law ; 
and  although  swarming  with  false  state- 
ments and  inaccuracies,  exercised  the  most 

1  An  abbot  of  Rome  (oh.  cir.  556),  a  voluminous  writer, 
best  known  as  the  author  of  the  Cyclus  Pasohalis. 


JUSTINIAN'S  CODE  AS  A  MODEL    213 

far-reaching  influence.  In  it  genuine 
Canons  were  mixed  with  spurious  decretals, 
the  Gregorian  fictions,  numerous  extracts 
from  sources  of  Roman  Law,  from  the 
writings  of  the  Fathers  and  of  theologians, 
and,  finally,  with  scholastic  deductions  of  the 
compiler  himself.  The  keystone  and  leading 
idea,  which  gave  unity  and  cohesion  to  so 
many  unconnected  and  often  contradictory 
decisions,  was  to  exalt  the  Church  above  all 
the  powers  of  the  earth,  and  to  make  the 
Pope  her  sovereign.^ 

The  codified  results  of  Justinian's  work 
(p.  64)  was  a  favourite  study  of  the  times, 
and  suggested  the  idea  of  a  similar  compila- 
tion for  the  Church,  wherebv  it  should 
possess  "  a  code  no  less  complete,  no  less 
imposing,  no  less  scientific  "  ;  for  the  benefits 
which  flowed  from  the  Imperial  jurispru- 
dence, with  the  Emperor  as  fountainhead, 
were  impressed  on  all  sides. 

It  was  this  ever-present  fact  w^hich  in- 
spired within  the  "partisans  of  the  Papacy 
the  idea  of  setting  up  an  opposing  system 
of  ecclesiastical  polity,  in  which  the  Pope 
should  take  the  place  accorded  by  the  Civil 
Code  to  the  Holy  Roman  Emperor.  By 
labours  of  successive  compilers,  culminating 

1  Geffcken,  Ch.  and  State,  p.  210,  vol.  ii. 


214        SUCCESSORS  OF  GRATIAN 

in  the  final  work  of  Gratian,  the  Canon  Law 
was  for  the  first  time  created  into  a  system 
distinct  from  Theology  on  the  one  hand  and 
from  Civil  Law  on  the  other."  ^  It  obtained 
a  ready  reception  throughout  the  AVestern 
Church,  and  took  an  analogous  place  in  the 
ecclesiastical  sphere  to  that  which  had  been 
formerly  assigned  to  the  Justinian  legal  code 
in  the  domain  of  civil  affairs.  It  became 
the  armoury  from  which  to  draw  a  suitable 
weapon  for  fresh  attacks  on  what  remained 
of  local  independence,  and  for  every  emerg- 
ency when  the  papal  designs  were  threatened. 
The  work  of  Gratian  was  carried  on  by 
others  during  the  two  following  centuries  with 
the  approval  of  the  Popes,  and  resulted  in — 

2.  Decretals  of  Pope  Gregory  ix.,  which 
were  intended  to  supersede  older  collections. 

3.  The  Liher  Sextus  or  the  Sext,  produced 
by  Pope  Boniface  viii.  This  compilation 
was  termed  Liher  Sextus  as  being  comple- 
mentary to  the  five  books  compiled  by 
Gregory  ix. 

4.  The  Clementines  or  Constitutiones  Cle- 
mentince,  compiled  by  Pope  Clement  v.  in 
1313  A.D.  This  was  a  kind  of  seventh  book, 
extending  the  Decretals  of  Gregory  ix. 

^  Vide  Rashdall,  Universities  of  Europe  in  Middle  Ages, 
vol.  i.  p.  134  ff. 


LUTHER'S  PROTEST  215 

The  above  four  are  generally  considered 
as  forming  the  Canon  Law  ;  but  two  other 
parts  with  less  authority  subsequently 
added.     They  are — 

5.  The  Extravagantes  of  Pope  John  xxii., 
and 

6.  The  Extravagantes  Communes. 

The     Corpus    Juris     Canonici,    accepted 
generally  as  authoritative  by  the  Western 
Church,  continued  to  be  recognised  until  the 
Reformation,  when  Luther  raised  his  protest 
against  that  fundamental  error  of  the  Canon 
Law  which  confused  matters  temporal  and 
spiritual.     He  drew  a  clear  line  of  distinction 
between  the  two  provinces,   as  appears  in 
the  articles  of  the  Augsburg  Confession  con- 
cerning   "  Ecclesiastical    Power."     There    it 
is    stated  :     "  The    ecclesiastical    and    civil 
powers    are    not    to    be    confounded.     The 
ecclesiastical  power  hath  its  own  command 
to  preach  the  Gospel  and  administer    the 
Sacraments.      Let     it     not     intrude     upon 
another    office  ;      let    it    not    transfer    the 
kingdoms  of  the  world,  the  laws  of  magis- 
trates,    not    withdraw    from    their    lawful 
obedience,    nor     hinder     the    execution    of 
judgments  touching  any  civil  ordinances  or 
contracts.     Let    it    not    prescribe    laws    to 
governors  concerning  the  form  of  the  com- 


216        OBJECT  OF  CANON  LAW 

monwealth,  since  Christ  saith,  '  My  kingdom 
is  not  of  this  world.'  " 

The  compilers  of  the  Canon  Law  sought 
by  its  means  to  make  the  Church  supreme 
over  all  other  powers;  an  aim  only  possible 
so  long  as  the  Latin  notion  of  absolutism 
continued  its  hold  on  the  minds  of  men, 
which  aim  could  only  succeed  while  the 
highest  purpose  of  the  State  was  conceived 
to  be  the  maintenance  of  the  Church's 
supremacy,  and  while  historical  investiga- 
tion lay  dormant  and  reason  speechless  in 
the  presence  of  authority.  But  causes  had 
been  at  work  for  centuries,  resulting  in  the 
freeing  of  a  great  part  of  the  Western  world 
from  the  incubus  of  the  Papacy,  for  "  no 
revolution  has  ever  been  more  gradually 
prepared  than  that  which  separated  almost 
one  half  of  Europe  from  the  communion  of 
the    Roman    See."  ^ 

1.  The  first  cause  which  brought  about 
the  downfall  of  the  "  holy  Roman  Empire" 
was  the  awakening  of  the  national  con- 
sciousness of  the  various  States.  That 
cause  was  quickened  into  active  opera- 
tion by  the  scandals  connected  with  the 
struggle  between  the  rival  Popes,  Gregory 
XII.  and    Benedict    xiii.      Europe,   divided 

^  Hallam,  Const.  Hist.  i.  p.  57. 


BROKEN  LINK  IN  HISTORY    217 

in  its  allegiance  to  the  rivals  from  the 
year  1378  till  1416,  was  impotent  to 
effect  a  reconciliation ;  while  each  com- 
petitor for  the  papal  supremacy  employed 
every  stratagem  to  secure  for  himself  the 
support  of  the  different  sovereigns,  and 
acknowledgment  from  the  temporal  powers 
as  to  the  validity  of  his  claims.  Thirty-eight 
years  of  schism  had  awakened  reason, 
and  the  minds  of  men  were  compelled  to 
reconsider  the  Roman  claim  upon  the 
spiritual  allegiance  of  mankind.  Hitherto 
there  was  at  least  some  show  of  reason  for 
the  Divine  authority  of  the  claim.  Men 
were  impressed  as  they  reflected  on  the 
long  line  of  succession  asserting  continuity 
with  St.  Peter,  and  herein  lay  the  secret 
of  that  Roman  pretension  which  for  ages 
had  exercised  its  influence  on  the  minds 
of  those  who  accepted  the  claim  without 
question,  in  days  when  historical  criticism 
was  unknown.  But  the  pretensions  of  rival 
Popes,  each  asserting  his  authority  as  a 
vicegerent  of  Christ,  contradicted  the 
accepted  theory  of  infallible  election,  and 
"  a  link  was  now  broken  in  the  majestic 
chain  of  history." 

The  nations  of  Europe  ranged  themselves 
on  one  side  or  the  other,  Scotland,  France, 


218         NEWBORN  SENTIMENT 

Naples,  and  certain  lesser  States  supporting 
Clement  vii.  ;  while  England,  Germany, 
Denmark  championed  the  cause  of  Urban  vi. 
The  papal  claims  were  shaken  to  their 
foundations,  and  the  consciousness  of  nation- 
ality began  to  assert  itself  within  those 
States  which  had  emancipated  themselves 
in  greater  or  lesser  measure  from  the  holy 
Roman  Empire.  At  first  the  new-born 
national  sentiment  found  expression  in  re- 
sisting further  papal  encroachments ;  but 
political  forces  had  been  set  in  motion  which 
did  not  come  to  rest  till  Northern  Europe 
had  been  broken  up  into  its  separate  and 
independent  nationalities. 

2.  Secondly,  the  revival  of  learning  w^as 
stimulated  by  the  migration  westwards  of 
Greek  scholars  driven  out  by  the  advance  of 
the  Turks  to  Constantinople  ;  for  the  East 
had  not  suffered  to  the  same  extent  as  the 
West  at  the  hands  of  barbarian  conquerors, 
and  learning  had  there  continued  to  exist. 
The  art  of  printing  was  discovered,  and 
furnished  additional  means  for  extending 
the  field  of  learning  by  the  dissemination 
of  the  new  ideas  which  began  to  occupy 
the  minds  of  men  ;  and  the  New  Learning 
generated  a  mental  atmosphere  in  which 
the  spirit  of  the  Papacy  could  not  thrive. 


DEFECTS  OF  LATIN  TONGUE      219 

3.  Lastly,  another  cause  was  the  superses- 
sion of  the  Latin  tongue  as  a  medium  for  the 
expression  of  spiritual  conceptions.  Since 
the  beginning  of  the  fourth  century  its  use 
had  been  universal  in  the  West,  both  in 
religion  and  learning.  But  as  a  language  it 
was  not  the  best  adapted  for  the  expression 
of  spiritual  emotions.  Its  use  tended  to 
repress  and  confine  fervent  impulses  that 
touched  the  deep  things  of  the  human  heart, 
and  obstruct  articulation  of  awakening 
religious  emotions.  While  Heine  may  have 
been  guilty  of  exaggeration  when  he  said 
although  Christianity  had  tormented  itself 
for  more  than  a  thousand  years  in  the 
attempt  to  spiritualise  the  Latin  tongue,  its 
efforts  were  fruitless,  still  there  is  ground 
for  the  opinion  he  expressed,  "  The  language 
of  the  Roman  people  can  never  belie  its 
origin.  It  is  a  language  of  command  for 
generals  ;  a  language  of  decree  for  adminis- 
trators ;  an  attorney  language  for  usurers ; 
a  lapidary  speech  for  the  stone-hard  Roman 
people."  The  expression  of  the  spiritual 
consciousness  burst  all  restraining  bonds, 
and,  like  a  rising  flood  confined,  the  resisting 
walls  at  length  refused  to  hold  back  the 
surging  tide,  and  from  the  Reformation 
onwards     religious     thought     and    emotion 


220     COHESION  OF  EMPIRE  ENDED 

found  expression  in  the  widening  stream  of 
the  vernacular  Uteratures  of  newborn  nation- 
ahties. 

Conclusion. — The  mental  attitude  of  the 
times  permitted  the  development  of  the 
pretensions  of  the  Papacy,  which  to  the 
modern  mind  seems  so  remarkable :  a 
development  only  possible  where  the  rights 
of  private  judgment  were  non-existent,  and 
when  men  worshipped  traditional  authority 
with  unquestioning  fidelity. 

But  the  ambitions  of  the  Papacy  pre- 
pared the  way  for  her  own  undoing,  and 
the  fall  of  the  Empire,  to  which  by  un- 
justifiable interference  in  State  affairs  she  had 
contributed  in  no  small  measure,  was  the 
precursor  of  her  own  defeat.  Alone,  neither 
the  Empire  nor  the  Papacy  in  the  mediaeval 
sense  could  exist.  They  were  counterparts 
the  one  of  the  other ;  and  the  fall  of  the 
Empire  heralded  the  fall  of  the  Papacy. 
The  cohesion  of  the  Empire  had  come  to  an 
end  :  in  its  place  were  formed  the  various 
nationalities  of  the  West.  For  example, 
in  England,  Norman  and  Anglo-Saxons  had 
become  oblivious  to  race  distinctions,  and 
were  welded  into  the  English  nation.  The 
same  process  later  took  place  in  France, 
where    the    Frankish,     Celtic,     and    Latin 


DANTE  AND  MARSILIUS        221 

elements  in  the  population  were  merged  to 
form  the  French  nation.  A  similar  process 
was  at  work  elsewhere,  and  the  opposition 
of  the  Popes  to  the  assertion  of  national 
rights  only  whetted  the  desire  for  inde- 
pendence. This  spirit  first  found  expres- 
sion in  the  resistance  of  England  to  the 
papal  demands,  and  was  followed  by  France, 
Northern  Italy,  and  Germany.  The  great 
schism  and  the  claim  of  the  rival  Popes 
upon  a  divided  Christendom,  by  removing 
the  restraints  on  reason  and  awakening 
the  spirit  of  inquiry,  created  an  environ- 
ment in  which  the  papal  theories  of  suprem- 
acy could  not  flourish.  Anti-papal  treatises 
appeared,  and  writers,  as  Dante  in  his 
De  Monarchia  and  Marsilius  of  Padua  in 
his  Defensor  Pads,  threw  the  weight  of 
their  influence  into  the  rising  opposition 
to  the  papal  assumptions.  Some  of  the 
opinions  of  Marsilius,  as  expressed  in  the 
Defensor  Pacts,  were  in  remarkable  con- 
trast to  contemporary  thought.  He  opposed 
the  claims  of  the  Pope  to  all  else  except  the 
spiritual  power,  and  insisted  that  he  should 
be  subject  to  the  authority  of  the  General 
Council.  He  taught  that  the  general  body  of 
all  Christian  people  constituted  the  Church. 
Marsilius  was  under  no  misapprehension  as 


222  CONCLUSION 

to  the  basis  for  the  Pope's  claim  to  authority, 
tracing  it  to  the  accident  that  his  seat  was  in 
the  city  associated  with  the  former  rule  and 
glory  of  the  Roman  Emperor.  The  spirit  of 
nationalism,  awakening  into  consciousness 
after  long  sleep,  induced  by  the  universal 
dominion  of  Rome,  refused  to  brook  any 
longer  the  interference  of  the  Popes  with  the 
rights  of  independent  princes  and  national 
Churches.  It  was  then  that  the  Pauline 
doctrine,  eclipsed  for  centuries,  at  length 
emerged  to  throw  light  on  religious  pro- 
blems, which  came  into  prominence  when 
Europe,  awakened  to  freedom  of  life  and 
thought,  engaged  in  the  controversies  of 
the  Reformation. 


INDEX 


Adoption,  relationships  result- 
ing from,  68  ;  ceremony  of, 
69  ;  contrasted  with  slavery, 
69;  if  disputed,  70;  the  term 
in  English  law,  85  ;  filial  im- 
pulses, 98  ;  "  waiting  for," 
107  ;  distinguished  from 
Justification,  1 12. 

African  Church  vindicates  in- 
dependence, 199. 

Alexander  the  Great,  2  ; 
attempt  to  realise  Zeno's 
conception,  7  ;  his  aim  in 
Hellenism,  8. 

Am^mtas,  158. 

Antioch,  St.  Peter's  interrupted 
fellowship  at,  20. 

Antonius,  Felix,  36. 

Apiarius,  case  of,  199. 

Apocalyptic  literature,  1 29, 130. 

Aratus,  90. 

Athenodorus,  47. 

Augsburg  Confession,  215. 

Augustine,  heathen  world  and 
Christ,  6  ;  on  Stephen's 
influence  on  St.  Paul,  20  n.  ; 
and  mediaeval  misconcep- 
tion, 186;  De  civitaie  Dei, 
187  «.;  and  external  auth- 
ority,  188  ;  quoted,  182  n. 

Blackstone,  99. 

Brotherhood,      political       and 

Christianity,  53. 
Browning's  "  Easter  Day,"  105. 
Bruce,  A.  B.,  26,  137. 
Butler's  dictum,  3. 


Caesar  Augustus,  decree  of,  6t,  ; 
forms   province    of   Galatia, 

159. 

Caesar-worship,  41,  42  n. 

Caligula,  42. 

Calvin,  influence  of,  119. 

Candlish,  Prof.,  13. 

Canon  I,aw,  as  rival  of  Im- 
perial law,  209  ;  "  foreign  " 
and  English,  210  n.  ;  origin 
of,  211-212;  Luther's  pro- 
test against,  215  ;  object  of, 
213. 

Canossa,  204, 

Celsus  derides  the  hope  of 
progress,  12  n. 

Christianity  and  peril  of  re- 
formed Judaism,  18. 

Church,  Christian  conception 
of,  54  ;  idea  of  universal, 
55. 

Cicero  and  education  of  Roman 
youth,  27  n. 

Citizenship,  Roman,  54,  59  ; 
universal,  55. 

Claudius,  Emperor,  42. 

Colonies,  Roman,  52. 

Conscience,  79. 

Constantine  donation,  205. 

Cornelius,  baptism  of,  involved 
universal  principle,  134. 

Covenant,  God's,  purpose  of, 
103  ;  permanence  of  original, 
141  ;  and  "  testament  "  in 
N.T.,  146,  148. 

Cyprian        opposes        Roman 
I       theory,  193. 
223 


224 


INDEX 


Dante,  union  of  civil  and 
spiritual  power,  203  n.  ;  his 
quaint  comparison,  207  n.  ; 
De  Monarchia,  221. 

Decretum  Gratiani,  212. 

Deiotarus,  158. 

Deissmann  VII.,  27??.,  49,  166;/.; 
on  sacral  manumission,  50  ; 
on  meaning  of  "  diatlieke," 
166  n. 

Derbe,  172. 

Digest,  origin  of,  64. 

Dionysius  Exiguus, work  of ,  2 1 2. 

Duoviri,  ^2)  "• 

Eastern  Church  influence  on 
West,  177  ;  controversies  of, 
179. 

Empire,  Roman,  division  of, 
and  results,  177;  Empire  and 
Papacy  as  counterparts,  220. 

Ezra,  127-128. 

Fatherhood  of  God,  idea  of,  lost 
by  heathen,  88  ;  in  O.T., 
94  ;  present  popular  con- 
ception of,  118. 

Forensic  type  of  thought, 
aversion  to,  vi. 

Gains,  Institutes  of,  6^,  102. 

Galatia,  meaning  of — double 
sense, 155;  "Galatia Proper," 
156;  King  of,  158;  balance 
of  argument  and  rival 
theories,  172. 

Gallio's  decision,  34. 

Golden  Age,  11  ;  and  law  of 
Nature,  ji. 

Greek  and  Christian  nomen- 
clature, 46  ;  Greek  and  Latin 
Churches  contrasted,  65,  65. 

Gregory  vii.,  204. 

Guardianship,  to  prolong 
authority  of  father,  7 1 . 

Hagar,  St.  Paul's  inference 
from  allegory  of,  145. 

Halmel's  argument,  58. 

Heathen  conception  of  a  per- 
fect kingdom,  5  ;  attempts 
to  realize  it,  7. 


Heir,  need  of,  based  on  Roman 
religion,  67  \  "  Heirs  of  God," 
peculiarity  of  term,  98  ; 
Blackstone  on,  99  n.  ;  birth 
not  death  initiates,  100. 

Heirship,  Roman  contrasted 
with  modern  idea  of,  71. 

Hellenism,  meaning  and  re- 
sult, 8. 

Hicks,  E.  L,,  8  n. 

History,  witness  to  prepara- 
tion for  Gospel,  1-4. 

Holtzmann,  O.,  156. 

Incarnation,  purpose  of,  104. 
Inheritance,         Roman        and 

modern   conceptions  of,  71  ; 

father  and  son  co-proprietors 

in,   102  ;    involved  duties  as 

well  as  rights,  106. 
Intestac)^    Roman    horror    of, 

67. 
Irenseus     on    preservation     of 

truth  at  Rome,  184. 

Jewish  aptitude  for  spiritual 
truth,  44,  45. 

Judaism,  St.  Paul's  mental 
attitude  towards,  25  ; 
founders  of,  127;  Prophets 
relegated  to  secondary  place, 
128  ;  world  created  for 
Israel,  131  n. 

Julian  (jurist),  61. 

Jiilicher,  156. 

Julius,  Bishop  of  Rome,  196  ; 
appellate  jurisdiction,  197. 

Julius  Paulus,  102. 

Jurisconsults,  office  of,  60. 

Jus  gentium,  77 . 

Justification,  doctrine  of,  81  ; 
as  new  and  yet  not  new,  82  ; 
germinal  conception  of,  82  ; 
resulting  subjective  pro- 
cesses, %'i). 

Justinian,  6'},. 

Kyrie  eleison,  witness  of,  in 
Latin  liturgy,  178  n. 

Latin  and  Greek  Churches 
contrasted,  65. 


INDEX 


225 


Latin  as  medium  for  expressing 
spiritual  conceptions,  219  ; 
Heine's  opinion  of,  219. 

Law    of    Nature    and    Stoics, 

17- 
Lightfoot's  chronology   of  St. 

Paul's  life  questioned,  38  n.  ; 

inadequate      knowledge      of 

Asia  Minor,  171, 
Lipsius,  156. 
Livy  on  administrative  justice, 

36  #. 
Lystra,  172. 

Maccabean  period,  129. 
Maine,    problems    of    Western 

theology,  64. 
Manumission,  49. 
Mason,  A.  J.,  89. 
IMilman  quoted,  179. 
Mosaism,  its  value  temporar}^ 

125  ;     abrogation    of,     126  ; 

perplexity  amongst   Gentile 

Christians,  144. 

National  consciousness,  awak- 
ening of,  216. 

Nature,  law  of,  theories  of 
Stoics,  62  ;  lost  code  of,  yZ  ; 
Golden  Age  and,  78. 

Nestor,  47, 

Nicene  Canons,  199-200. 

Niebuhr's  discovery,  63. 

North  Galatian  and  South  G. 
theories,  156. 

Octavia,  68. 

Odoacer,   result   of   deposition 

by  Augustus,  204. 
Onesimus     and     alDolition     of 

slavery,  jt^  n. 

Pandects,  origin  of,  64. 

Papinian,  61. 

Paterfamilias,  66. 

Patria  potestas,  67. 

Paul,  St.  ;  indictment  of 
heathenism,  11  ;  a  universal 
gospel,  14  ;  his  versatility 
and  special  qualification  for 
his  mission,  21  ;  civil  power, 
"  a  minister  of  God,"   22 

16 


spiritual  truths  expressed 
through  Roman  Law,  23  ; 
"revolutionary"  methods, 
25  ;  attitude  towards  legal 
institutions,  29  ;  knowledge 
of  heathenism,  48  ;  obliga- 
tion to  Imperial  rule  un- 
questioned, 57  ;  references 
to  Roman  Law  self-evident 
to  readers,  58  ;  abolition  of 
slavery,  yz  '''^-  '>  his  use  of 
term  "  slave,"  75  ;  pre- 
Christian  experience,  90  ; 
the  impossible  standard  for, 
92;  Jewish  hostility  to, 
130  ;  his  doctrine  of  atone- 
ment involved  abrogation 
of  IMosaism,  134  ;  venture 
on  unproved  gospel,  142  ; 
his  teaching  eclipsed  for 
centuries,  222. 
Paulus  on  penalty  for  intro- 
ducing new  kinds  of  worship, 

34- 

Peter,  St.  ;  his  halting  acquies- 
cence, 20  ;  abandons  liberal 
attitude,  136  ;  fiction  of 
primacy  of,  195. 

Pfleiderer,  156. 

Pisidian  Antioch,  172. 

Plutarch's  comment  on  Alex- 
ander, 7. 

Popes,  effect  of  rivalry  be- 
tween, 217. 

Praetor ;  his  modification  of 
Roman  Law,  61  ;  Praetorian 
will,  72  ;  P.  Peregrinus  and 
foreigners,  j6. 

Promise,  contrast  between 
Law  and,  151. 

Ramsay,  Sir  W.,  quoted,  29, 
43,  55,  156,  i6r,  162  ;  OD 
N.  Galatian  theory  and  St. 
Luke,  156. 

Redemption,  St.  Paul's  con- 
ception of,  51  ;  body  to  be 
participator  in,  107-9. 

Religion — pagan  cults  separ- 
ated nations,  4  ;  idea  of  uni- 
versal, 55. 

Religio  licita,  35,  36. 


226 


INDEX 


Renan,  unity  of  Empire,  1 5,  30. 

Revelation,  progressive,  from 
"  faith  to  faith,"  153, 

Revival  of  learning,  218. 

Robinson,  J.  A.,  119,  121. 

Rome,  as  unconscious  agent, 
viii.,  22  ;  unity  of  Empire 
necessary  for  St.  Paul's 
work,  1 5  ;  terminates  inter- 
national strife,  15  ;  par- 
allelism between  Rome's 
policy  and  mission  of  Chris- 
tianity, 31  ;  colonies,  52  ; 
franchise,  54  ;  mental  atmo- 
sphere created  by,  174  ; 
later  thwarted  Pauline 
teaching,  175  ;  Bishop  of, 
and  secular  power,  176. 

Roman  Church  ;  divergence 
from  primitive  gospel,  175  ; 
"  moral  ascendency  "  at  first, 
176  ;  Latin  legal  genius 
coloured  theology  of,  179  ; 
antipathy  to  freedom  of 
thought,  181  ;  crime  of 
disobedience  to,  182  ;  takes 
State  as  model,  192 ;  grand 
aim  of,  193  ;  ascendency 
demanded  on  authority,  195  ; 
interpolation  of  documents, 

201  ;     civil   power   enlisted, 

202  ;     influx   of  barbarians, 

203  ;  benefits  bestowed  on 
Christendom,  206  ;  oppor- 
tunities abused,  207. 

Roman  Law  ;  knowledge  of, 
essential,  28  ;  Roman  system 
of  education,  27  ;  furnished 
analogies,  48  ;  extent  of 
St.  Paul's  debt  to,  48  ;  a 
vehicle  of  expression  for 
theology,  5 1  ;  illuminates 
Pauline  teaching,  58  ;  Roman 
jealousy  of,  59  ;  scope  en- 
larged, 60  ;  modified  by 
Prsetor,  61  ;  sense  of  justice, 
62  n. 

Sardica,  canons  of,  197. 

Schmiedel,  156,  165,  166. 

Senate  defies  deceased  em- 
perors, 42  ;  ordinances  of, 
63. 


'Schoolmaster,'  74 w. 

Seneca,  78. 

Septuagint,    term  "  diatheke  " 

adopted,   147  ;    later  double 

signification  of  term,  148. 
Siricus,      Bishop      of      Rome, 

198. 
Slavery,     manumission     from, 

48,    50  ;    causes   of   Roman, 

73- 
"Sons  of  Abraham,"  Ramsay 

on,  164. 

Sons  of  God,  double  use  of 
term,  85. 

Sonship,  St.  Paul's  presenta- 
tion of,  disparaged,  93  ; 
genial  presentation  of,  by 
Jesus,  95. 

South  Galatian  theory,  argu- 
ments for,  based  on  legal 
terms,  163,  165,  167. 

Spain,  tradition  of  St.  Paul's 
visit  to,  38. 

Spirit,  Holy,  as  witness, 
III. 

Stephen's  liberal  outlook,  19  ; 
his  arguments  unanswerable, 
20. 

Stoicism,  47  ;  Zeno,  the 
founder  of,  7  ;  and  law  of 
Nature,  62  ;  St.  Paul's 
supposed  debt  to,  78. 

Susa,  Alexander  at,  8. 

Tarsus,  seat  of  Greek  philo- 
sophy, 47. 

Terminology,  lack  of  spiritual, 
44. 

Tertullian's  assumption,  185. 

Testament,  contrasts  with 
modern,  J2. 

Thackeray,  H.  St.  John, 
quoted,  144  11. 

Theophilus,  80. 

Throne  of  Satan,  43. 

Tradition,  place  in  Latin 
Church,  183. 

Trisagion,  witness  of,  in  Latin 
liturgy,  178  n. 

Twelve  Tables,  27  ;  a  semi- 
sacred  code,  59  ;  expansion 
of,  61. 


INDEX 


227 


Ulpian,  6i. 

Universal    brotherhood,     con- 
ception of,  53. 


Valentinian,   Emperor,   decree 

of,  202  n. 
Virgil,  golden  age,  11  n.\  cycles 

in  history,  12  n. 


Weiss,  156. 

Weizsacker,  25. 

Westcott  rejects  N.  Galatian 
theory,  lyi  n. 

Will,  Praetorian,  72. 

Witnesses,  Roman,  their  func- 
tions, 115. 

Zeno,  founder  of  Stoicism,  7. 


Printed  by 
Morrison  &  Gibb  Limited 
Edinburgh 


NEW   AND   RECENT 
PUBLICATIONS 


THE   EARLY  HISTORY  OF  THE 
CHRISTIAN  CHURCH 

FROM  ITS  FOUNDATION  TO  THE  END  OF  THE  FOURTH 

CENTURY 

By  Monsignor  LOUIS  DUCHESNE, 

Director  of  the  French  School  at  Rome  and  Member 
of  the  French  Academy 


Vol.  II.     Demy  8vo,  gs.  net. 


[Just  out 


The  second  volume  of  the  English  translation  of  this  work  by  the 
greatest  of  living  Ecclesiastical  historians  unravels  the  tangled  story 
of  parties  and  controversies  in  the  Fourth  Century.  Monsignor 
Duchesne  has  the  gift  of  making  persons  and  situations  live  again  ; 
and  the  Great  Persecution,  the  Councils  of  Niccea  and  Ephesus,  the 
figures  of  Athanasius,  Ambrose,  Hilary  of  Poitiers,  Priscillian,  Jerome, 
Basil,  Pachomius  and  the  Monks  of  Egypt  or,  again,  the  Meletian  schism 
and  the  schism  at  Antioch,  or  the  conflicts  at  Rome  between  Pcpe 
Damasus  and  Ursinus,  are  described  with  extraordinary  vividness. 
And  side  by  side  with  this  the  gradual  process  of  development  of 
the  creed  is  very  lucidly  and  carefully  traced. 

Vol.  I.    To  the  end  of  3rd  Century.     Price  9^.  net. 


NEW  AND   RECENT   PUBLICATIONS 


SOME  PRINCIPLES  OF  LITURGICAL 

REFORM 

A  CONTRIBUTION  TOWARDS   THE  REVISION  OF  THE 
BOOK  OF  COMMON  PRAYER 

By  the  Rev.  W.  H.  FRERE,  D.D., 

Of  the  Community  of  the  Resurrection 
Crown  8vo,  5^.  net. 

The  Church  Times  says: — "We  would  trust  Dr.  Frere  with  the 
reform  of  the  Praj^er  Book.  His  sense  of  liturgical  fitness  is  so  sure, 
his  knowledge  of  details  so  large,  that  if  the  task  were  committed 
to  his  free  hand  we  should  sleep  peacefully  while  he  did  the  work. 
.  .  .  He  proposes  extensive  changes  in  the  order  of  services,  in  lection- 
ary,  in  psalter  ;  they  will  startle  and  shock  the  conservative  mind, 
but  with  the  single  exception  that  we  have  noted,  they  are  the  fruit 
of  sound  learning,  of  a  true  liturgical  instinct,  and  of  that  common 
sense  and  understanding  of  the  common  man  which  do  not  often 
go  with  those  rarer  qualities.  .  .  .  When  our  readers  have  diligently 
studied  the  book,  it  may  be  well  for  us  to  discuss  some  of  its 
details." 


THE  LIFE  AND  LETTERS  OF 
MARTIN   LUTHER 

By  PRESERVED  SMITH,  Ph.D. 

With  Portraits  and  Illustrations.     Demy  8vo,  12^.  net. 

The  story  of  Luther's  epoch-making  career  told  with  both  fulness 
and  vigour,  with  fine  historical  grasp,  and  with  an  unusual  biographic 
insight.  Within  the  last  score  of  years  a  large  amount  of  new  material 
bearing  upon  Luther  and  his  career  has  come  to  light  in  the  libraries 
of  Europe,  and  upon  this  Dr.  Smith,  who  has  given  many  years  to 
the  study  of  his  subject,  both  at  home  and  abroad,  has  freely 
drawn.  There  have  been  many  Lives  of  Martin  Luther,  but  this 
thoroughly  sound,  scholarly,  and  interesting  book  Vv'ill  take  its  place 
among  the  best. 


NEW   AND   RECENT   PUBLICATIONS 


HOURS  OF  INSIGHT 

AND  OTHER  SERMONS 

By  the 
Rt.  Rev.  WILLIAM  EDWARD  COLLINS,  D.D., 

Late  Lord  Bishop  of  Gibraltar 
Crown  Svo,  35.  6d.  net. 

"For  two  reasons  at  least  we  welcome  the  appearance  of  '  Hours 
of  Insight  and  Other  Sermons,'  by  the  late  Bishop  of  Gibraltar. 
In  the  first  place,  they  are  quite  beautiful  in  themselves,  these  sermons 
preached  to  congregations  so  various,  yet  so  well  adapted  to  the 
particular  needs  of  each.  Secondly,  the  volume  is  a  fit  memorial 
of  a  very  saintly  man." — Church  Times. 

THE  AUTOBIOGRAPHY  OF 
T.  DE  WITT  TALMAGE,  D.D. 

With  Portraits.     Demy  Svo,  12s.  net. 

Dr.  Talmage  enjoyed  a  world-wide  reputation  as  one  of  the  most 
popular  preachers  of  the  last  century.  He  was  a  great  traveller,  and 
wherever  he  went — in  England  and  even  in  Russia — he  enjoyed  a 
remarkable  popularity,  and  huge  crowds  went  to  hear  him  preach. 
His  autobiography  has  been  edited  by  his  wife,  who  adds  the  concluding 
chapters. 

A  CHEAPER  EDITION 

THE  INFALLIBILITY  OF  THE  CHURCH 

A  COURSE  OF  LECTURES  DELIVERED  IN  THE  DIVINITY 
SCHOOL  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  DUBLIN 


By  the  late  GEORGE  SALMON,  D.D., 

vost  of  Trinity  College,  Duh 
)ductLon  to  the  Study  of  the  . 

Large  Crown  Svo,  5^.  net. 


Provost  of  Trinity  College,  Duhlin; 
Author  of  "  An  Litroduction  to  the  Study  of  the  Xew  Testament,"  etc. 


NEW  AND   RECENT   PUBLICATIONS 


TWO  SEPARATE  VOLUMES  TREATING  OF  THE  BIRTH 
OF  THE  ENGLISH  CHURCH 

I.   GREGORY  THE  GREAT 

11.    AUGUSTINE  THE   MISSIONARY 
ARCHBISHOP 

By  Sir  HENRY-HOWORTH,   K.C.I.E. 

With  Illustrations,  Maps,  and  Tables.     Demy  Svo,  los.  6d.  each. 

The  many  published  accounts  of  St.  Gregory  and  St.  Augustine 
have,  for  the  most  part,  been  written  for  polemical  reasons,  in  conse- 
quence of  which  history  has  been  often  sacrificed  to  theology.  The 
author  of  these  volumes  has  treated  the  two  lives  as  closely  inter- 
twined and  as  supplementing  each  other,  and  has  done  so  without  bias, 
theological  or  political.  It  is  absolutely  necessary,  if  we  are  to  know 
what  kind  of  Christianity  was  brought  to  England  by  Augustine,  that 
we  should  study  the  life  and  work  of  Gregory  in  greater  detail  than 
has  generally  been  thought  necessary.  The  work  has  been  drawn 
from  the  original  sources.  A  number  of  important  corrections  of 
current  views  and  a  quantity  of  new  matter  and  new  deductions 
have  been  made  in  it. 

EFFICIENCY  IN  THE  CHURCH  OF 
ENGLAND 

SOME  REMARKS  OCCASIONED  BY  THE  REPORT  OF  THE 
ARCHBISHOPS'  COMMITTEE  ON  CHURCH  FINANCE 

By  the  Venble.  W.  CUNNINGHAM,  D.D.,  F.B.A., 

Felloio  of  Trinity  College,  Cambridge,  and  Archdeacon  of  Ely 
Crown  Svo,  2s.  6d.  net. 

This  book  follows  up  some  suggestions  made  in  the  Report  of  the 
Archbishops'  Committee  on  Church  Finance,  and  points  out  that  the 
proposals  of  the  Report  lend  themselves  to  far-reaching  plans  for 
Church  Reform.  The  main  purpose  of  the  volume  is  to  call  attention 
to  some  of  the  steps  which  may  be  taken,  at  once,  to  increase  the 
efficiency  of  the  Church  by  improved  administration,  without  the 
uncertainty  and  delay  involved  in  demands  for  fresh  legislation. 


NEW  AND   RECENT   PUBLICATIONS 


THE  CANON  LAW  IN  MEDIAEVAL 
ENGLAND 

AN  EXAMINATION  OF  WILLIAM  LYNDWOOD'S  "PROVINCIALE," 
IN  REPLY  TO  THE  LATE  PROFESSOR  F.  W.  MAITLAND 

By  the  Rev.  ARTHUR  OGLE,  M.A., 

Rector  of  Otham,  Maidstone 

Large  Crown  8vo,  6s.  net. 

This  book  goes  to  the  heart  of  a  subject  which  is  of  intimate  concern 
to  every  Churchman.  It  is  a  piece  of  constructive  criticism  and 
investigation  dealing  with  the  relations  between  the  Church  and 
Realm  of  England  and  the  Mediaeval  Papacy  as  expressed  in  terms 
of  law.  It  is  the  first  attempt  to  deal  critically  with  the  late  Professor 
Maitland's  famous  treatise  on  "  Roman  Canon  Law  in  the  Church 
of  England." 


A  DICTIONARY  OF 

CHRISTIAN  BIOGRAPHY, LITERATURE, 

SECTS.  AND  DOCTRINES 

Edited  by  the  Very  Rev.  HENRY  WAGE,  D.D., 

Dean  of  Cantcrhury 

And  the  Rev.  WILLIAM  G.  PIERGY,  M.A., 

Dean  and  Chaplain  of  Whitelands  College 
In  One  Vol.,  1040  pp.     Medium  8vo,  21s.  net. 

His  Grace  The  Archbishop  of  Canterbury,  in  a  letter  to  Mr. 
Murray,  says  : — "  In  my  movements  backwards  and  forwards  between 
Lambeth  and  Canterbury,  I  almost  fear  that  I  may  never  have  thanked 
you  for  sending  me  a  copy  of  your  one- volume  Dictionary  of  Christian 
Biography.  If  I  have  already  written,  pardon  this  further  letter. 
But  I  should  like  to  tell  you  how  greatly  I  value  the  book.  I  have 
been  using  it  for  some  of  my  work,  and  am  immensely  struck  by 
the  way  in  which  it  seems  to  have  been  found  possible  to  bring  into 
this  smaller  compass  practically  everything  of  real  importance  to 
the  general  reader.  I  am  certain  that  the  editors  and  yourself 
have  done  a  great  public  service  in  placing  this  book  upon  our  shelves." 


NEW   AND   RECENT   PUBLICATIONS 


A  RECORD  OF  THE  EARLY  CIVILISATION  OF  PALESTINE 

THE  EXCAVATION   OF  GEZER 

1902-5  and  1907-9 

By  Prof.  R.  A.  STEWART  MAGALISTER, 
M.A.,  F.S.A. 

Two  Volumes  of  Letterpress  and  One  Volume  of  Illustrations. 

£^  A-S'  net. 

Published  for  the  Committee  of  the 
Palestine  Exploration  Fund 

This  work  will  be  found  to  present  a  record  of  the  earlj'  civilisation 
of  Palestine,  from  about  2,500  b.c.  down  to  the  time  of  Christ,  more 
complete  than  has  hitherto  been  set  forth.  There  are  chapters  of 
the  physical  character  and  conditions  of  the  inhabitants  of  Gezer, 
the  city  excavated  ;  the  buildings,  including  an  exhaustive  study 
of  the  ordinary  domestic  architecture  ;  the  tombs,  of  which  about 
250  are  described  ;  daily  life,  with  descriptions  of  tools,  weapons, 
pottery,  foreign  imports,  etc.  ;  and  the  Canaanite  religion,  on  which 
subject  the  excavation  has  thrown  much  welcome  light.  About 
4,000  individual  objects  are  figured  in  the  plates  and  the  illustrations 
scattered  through  the  book.  There  is  a  full  series  of  photographs 
and  plans  of  rock-cuttings,  caves,  winepresses,  and  buildings. 


TTi: 


CATALOGUE  OF 
THEOLOGICAL  LITERATURE 


ALEXANDER,  the  Rev.  S.  A.. 

Canon  and  Treasurer  of  St.  Paul's, 
THE  MIND  OF  CHRIST.    Demy  8vo,  6s.  net. 

The  principle  which  has  governed  the  present  selection  of 
brief  and  simple  addresses,  given  at  various  times  in  the  Temple 
Church,  is  the  hope  of  illustrating,  from  one  side  or  another, 
the  supreme  need  of  a  deeper  realisation  by  the  Church  of  what 
her  Founder  taught  and  was,  and  a  more  successful  effort  to 
apply  His  teaching  and  assimilate  His  character. 

PROGRESSIVE  REVELATION.     Crown  8vo,  2s.  6d.  net. 

These  lectures,  addressed  originally  to  clergy,  and  dealing 
first  with  the  Bible  and  then  with  some  of  the  great  movements 
of  religious  history,  modern  science,  and  Biblical  criticism,  are 
intended  to  show,  in  a  popular  form,  the  progressive  character 
of  the  Christian  Church,  with  special  reference  to  present-day 
subjects  such  as  those  of  Modernism  and  Prayer-book  revision. 

"The  author  has  given  expression  to  many  thoughts  of  great 
value  and  importance  in  striking  language  and  a  spirit  of  con- 
spicuous earnestness  and  devotion." — Church  Quarterly  Review. 

BEECHING,  the  Rev.  H.  C,  M.A.,  D.Litt., 

Canon  of  Westminster. 

THE  BIBLE  DOCTRINE  OF  THE  SACRAMENTS.  Six 
Lectures  given  in  Westminster  Abbey  during  Lent,  190S. 
Crown  8vo,  2s.  6d.  net. 

THE  DOCTRINE  OF  THE  SACRAMENTS — BAPTISM — INFANT  BAPTISM 

AND  CONFIRMATION — THE  EUCHARIST THE  LORD'S  OWN  TEACHING 

— THE    APOSTOLIC    TEACHING — THE     PRIMITIVE     CELEBRATION. 


MR.   MURRAY'S  CATALOGUE  OF 


BEECHING,  the  Rev.  H.  C,  M.A.,  D.Litt. 

THE  BIBLE  DOCTRINE  OF  ATONEMENT.  Six  Lectures 
given  in  Westminster  Abbey.  By  H.  C.  Beeching,  M.A., 
D.Litt.,  and  Alexander  Nairne,  M.A.,  Professor  of  Hebrew 
in  King's  College,  London.     Large  Crown  8vo,  2s.  6d.  net. 

THE      DOCTRINE      OF      THE      ATONEMENT THE      EPOCH      OF      THE 

PROPHETS THE     LEVITICAL    LAW     OF    SACRIFICE THE     GOSPEL     OF 

JESUS       CHRIST — THE       DOCTRINE       OF       ST.       PAUL'S       EPISTLES — 
ATONEMENT    IN    THE    EPISTLE    TO    THE    HEBREWS. 

THE  APOSTLES'  CREED.  Six  Lectures  delivered  in  West- 
minster Abbey.  Large  Crown  8vo,  2s.  6d.  net. 
"  Dr.  Beeching  has  succeeded  in  imparting  an  astonishing 
amount  of  instruction  in  his  six  lectures,  and,  what  is  even  more 
important,  has  given  every  one  of  his  readers  the  chance  of  ap- 
preciating the  modern  standpoint  and  understanding  the  position 
of  the  reverent  student  of  Christian  theology  in  this  twentieth 
century  of  ours.  This  it  is  which  gives  the  book  its  value." — 
Layworker. 

BIBLE  COMMENTARY. 

A  COMMENTARY  ON  THE  HOLY  BIBLE,  Explanatory 
and  Critical,  with  a  Revision  of  the  Translation.  By  Bishops  and 
Clergy  of  the  Anglican  Church.  Edited  by  F.  C.  CooK,  M.A., 
late  Canon  of  Exeter. 

THE    OLD    TESTAMENT.     6  vols.     Medium  8vo. 


Vol.  \.  Genesis — Deutero- 
nomy.    30S. 

Vol.  n.  Joshua — Kings  i. 
20S. 

Vol.  HI.  Kings  ii — Esther. 
1 6s. 


Vol.  IV.  Job — Song  of  Solomon. 
24s. 


Vol.  V.  Isaiah — Jeremiah.     20s. 
Vol.  VI.  EzEKiEL — Malachi.  2  5S. 
THE    NEW    TESTAMENT.     4  vols.     Medium  8vo. 


Vol.    I.    St.    Matthew — St. 

Luke.     i8s. 
Vol.  II.  St.  John — Acts  of 

THE  Apostles.     20s. 


Vol.  III.  Romans — Philemon. 
28s. 

Vol.  IV.  Hebrews — Revela- 
tion.    28s. 


THE    APOCRYPHA.     By  various  writers.     Edited  by  the  Rev. 
Henry  Wace,  D.D.     2  vols.     Medium  8vo. 

*^*  Arrangements  have  noiv  been  made  with  the  booksellers  enabling 
ihe7n  to  offer  special  terms  for  the  above  work  complete. 


THEOLOGICAL  LITERATURE 


BIBLE  COMMENTARY. 

STUDENT'S  COMMENTARY  ON   THE  HOLY  BIBLE. 

Abridged  from  the  above  Work.     Edited  by  John  M.  Fuller, 

M.A.,  Vicar  of  Bexley,  and  Professor  of  Ecclesiastical  History, 

King's  College,  London.     6  vols.     Crown  8vo,  'js.  6d.  each. 

"There  can  be  no  question  that  the  Speaker's  Cornmentary 

has  marked  an  era  in  Biblical  literature,  as  the  most  successful 

of  all  scientific  expositions  of  the  Bible  yet  given  to  the  public 

...  in  this  abridgment  we  are  glad  to  see  the  essential  portion 

of  the  great  original  is  faithfully  preserved." — English  Churchman. 

*^*  Arraitgements  have  nozo  been  made  with  the  booksellers  enabling 
them  to  offer  special  terms  for  the  above  work  complete. 

BICKERSTETH,  the  Right  Rev.  Edward,  P.P., 

Late  Bishop  of  South  Tokyo,  Japan. 

OUR  HERITAGE  IN  THE  CHURCH.  Papers  Written  for 
Divinity  Students  in  Japan.  With  a  Preface  by  the  late  Rt. 
Rev.  B.  F.  Westcott,  D.D.     Large  Crown  8vo,  5^. 

LIFE  AND    LETTERS  OF  EDWARD    BICKERSTETH. 

late  Bishop  of  South  Tokyo.  With  Map  and  Illustrations. 
Cheap  Edition.  Crown  8vo,  "^s.  dd.  net.  Also  an  Edition, 
Demy  Svo,  lOs.  6d.  net. 

BOYP-GARPENTER,  the  Right  Rev.  William,  P.P., 

Late  Bishop  of  Ripon. 

A  POPULAR  HISTORY  OF  THE  CHURCH   OF  ENG- 
LAND,  from  the   Earliest  Times   to   the    Present    Day.      With 
Illustrations.     Cheap  Edition.     Large  Crown  Svo,  2s.  6d.  net. 
"The  title  is,  perhaps,  hardly  wide  enough  for  the  contents; 
one  would  almost  call  the  book  a  history  of  Christianity  in  Eng- 
land. .  .  .  He  has  the  true  judicial  spirit,  and  is  passionately 
eager  to  be  entirely  fair  to  every  one.     His  history  is  impartial 
to  the  last  degree.  .  .  .  His  book  should  have  a  very  wide  cir- 
culation, and  can  do  nothing  but  good  wherever  it  is  read." — 
Morning  Post. 

BROPRIGK,  M. 

THE  TRIAL  AND  CRUCIFIXION  OF  JESUS  CHRIST 
OF  NAZARETH.     3^.  6d.  net. 

"Miss  Brodrick  has  written  a  very  striking  and  valuable  nar- 
rative."— Daily  Telegraph. 

"The  whole  volume  is  intensely  interesting,  and  written  with 
a  candour  and  a  fulness  of  information  which  cannot  fail  to  edify 
and  help." — Glasgow  Herald. 


MR.   MURRAY'S  CATALOGUE  OF 


BURKITT,  F.  Crawford, 

Lecturer  in  Palceography  in  the  University  of  Cambridge, 

EARLY  EASTERN  CHRISTIANITY.  St.  Margaret's  Lec- 
tures, 1904,  on  the  Syriac-speaking  Church,  With  lUustrations. 
Large  Crown  8vo,  6s.  net. 

GALDEGOTT,  the  Rev.  W.  Shaw, 

Member  of  the  Royal  Asiatic  Society. 

THE  SECOND  TEMPLE  IN  JERUSALEM.  Its  History 
and  Structure.     With  Ilkistratiovis.     Demy  8vo,  10^.  6d.  net. 

"The  permanently  valuable  material  is  in  Part  IL,  dealing 
with  the  structure  of  the  Second  Temple.  .  .  .  The  historical 
survey  in  Part  L  is  full  of  interest  and  attraction.  It  is  a  real 
pleasure  to  read  tliis  freshlv  written  and  often  picturesque  story 
of  the  Exile  and  Return,  and  of  the  reconstruction  of  the  Jewish 
State." — Methodist  Times. 

GARNEGIE,  the  Rev.  Ganon  W.  H., 

Canon  and  Rector  of  Birviingham  Cathedral. 

CHURCHMANSHIP  AND    CHARACTER.    Three  Years' 

Teaching  in  Birmingham  Cathedral.     Crown  8vo,  3^.  6d.  net. 

"  His  words  always  ring  with  a  manly  sound.  There  is  not  a 
syllable  of  conventional  phraseology  in  them,  no  display  of  pulpit 
eloquence,  no  sensational  imagery.  Yet  the  sentences  swing  along 
with  the  ease  gained  by  years  of  sincere  thought,  by  the  activities 
of  social  life  for  the  community,  and  by  intercourse  with  kindred 
spirits." — Birmingham  Post. 

GHILD  GHAPLTN,  G.  G.,  M.D. 

BENEDICITE  :  The  Song  of  the  Tiiree  Children.  Being  Illus- 
trations of  the  Power,  Beneficence,  and  Design  manifested  by 
the  Creator  in  His  Works,     Crown  8vo,  3^.  6d. 

GLARKE,  the  Rev.  J.  Langton. 

THE  ETERNAL  SAVIOUR-JUDGE.  With  Preface  by  the 
Rev.  J.  R.  Illingworth,  D.D.      Demy  8vo,  4s.  net, 

"  Certainly  the  volume  before  us  is  full  of  suggestion,  and  it 
presents  the  '  larger  hope  '  without  the  crude  assumptions  that 
are  sometimes  made  in  support  of  it." — Guardian. 

"  His  discussion  is  marked  throughout  by  competent  learning, 
and  by  a  deeply  Christian  spirit.  The  work  is  well  worthy  the 
study  of  Bible  students  of  all  schools." — Christian  World. 


THEOLOGICAL   LITERATURE 


GONTENTIO   VERITATIS. 

CONTENTIO  VERITATIS.  Essays  in  Constructive  Theology. 
By  Six  Oxford  Tutors.  A  Revised  and  Cheap  Edition. 
Demy  8vo,  ^s.  net. 

I.  The  Ultimate  Basis  of  Theism.     By  the  Rev.  H.  Rash- 
dall,  D.Litt.,  D.C.L. 

IL  The  Person  of  Christ.     By  the  Rev.  W.  R.  Inge. 

III.  The  Teaching  of  Christ.     By  the  Rev.  H.  L.  Wild. 

IV.  The  Permanent  Religious  Value  of  the  Old  Testament. 
By  the  Rev.  C.  F.  Burney. 

V.  Modern   Criticism   and   the   New  Testament.     By   the 
Rev.  W.  C.  Allen. 

VI.  The  Church.     By  the  Rev.  A.  J.  Carlyle. 

VII.  The  Sacraments.     By  the  Rev.  VV.  R.  Inge,  M.A. 


DAVIDSON,  the  Most  Rev.  Randall  Thomas,  P.P.. 

Archbishop  of  Canterbury. 

CAPTAINS  AND  COMRADES  IN  THE  FAITH  :  Sermons 
Historical  and  Biographical.     Crown  8vo,  6s.  net. 

"Should  appeal  to  very  many  thoughtful  and  practical  minds. 
The  things  most  emphasised  in  them  are  the  things  most  em- 
phasised in  the  Gospels — the  fundamental  laws  of  the  love  of 
God  and  the  love  of  man  .  .  .  the  sermons  reveal  also  those 
qualities  of  practical  wisdom  which  are  necessary  in  a  ruler  of 
the  Church." — The  Guardian. 

"Models  of  sterling  common  sense  and  frank  out-spokenness. 
One  gets  into  touch  here  with  an  essentially  sane,  level-headed, 
and  statesmanlike  commentator  on  the  things  of  daily  life,  and 
the  sermons  possess  an  invigorating  quality  which  acts  both 
as   a  mental  and  spiritual  tonic." — Sheffield  Daily  Telegraph. 

FROM  STRENGTH  TO  STRENGTH.  A  Sermon  preached 
in  Westminster  Abbey  on  Sunday,  May  8th,  1910,  the  Sunday 
following  the  Death  of  His  Majesty  King  Edward  VII.  Paper 
covers,  6d.  net. 


MR.  MURRAY'S  CATALOGUE 


DUCHESNE,  Monsignor  L. 

THE  EARLY  HISTORY  OF  THE  CHURCH.  From  its 
Foundation  to  the  End  of  the  Fourth  Century.  Rendered  into 
English  from  the  Fourth  Edition. 

Vol.  L     To  End  of  Third  Century.     Demy  8vo,  9^.  net. 

_  "  Monsignor  Duchesne  is,  it  is  needless  to  say,  a  scholar  of 
high  repute  far  outside  the  limits  of  his  own  Church.  The  present 
book  is  admirably  sound  and  fair.  .  .  .  Nor  are  accurate  scholar- 
ship and  honesty  this  book's  only  merits.  It  maintains  admirably 
that  '  middle  position  '  represented  by  the  judgment  of  serious, 
right-minded  men  which  he  claims  for  himself.  Monsignor 
Duchesne's  style  is  clear  and  pure,  with  touches  of  tender  and 
refined  eloquence  here  and  there  which  have  a  rare  and  peculiar 
charm." — Spectator. 

"  It  will  at  once  take  rank  as  one  of  the  very  best  works  on 
the  subject." — Guardian. 


DYKES,  the  Rev.  John  Bacchus. 

THE  LIFE  AND  LETTERS  OF  THE  REV.  JOHN 
BACCHUS  DYKES,  M.A..  Mus.  Doc,  late  Vicar  of  St. 
Oswald's,  Durham.  Edited  by  the  Rev.  Joseph  T.  Fowler, 
Vice-Principal  of  Hatfield  Hall,  Durham,  etc.  With  Portrait. 
Crown  8vo,  ']s.  6d. 

"  Will  not  only  be  read  with  interest  by  the  multitude  of  those 
who  have  loved  his  many  hymn-tunes,  which  have  become  almost 
inseparable  from  certain  popular  hymns,  but  as  a  study  of  an 
earnest  and  devout  Churchman  it  has  a  very  considerable  value." 
— Times. 


GLADSTONE,  William  Ewart. 

CORRESPONDENCE   ON   CHURCH   AND   RELIGION 

OF.      Selected   and   Arranged   by   D.   C.    Lathbury.      With 
Portraits.     2  vols.      Demy  8vo,  2^s.  net 

"The  highest  praise  that  can  be  given  to  these  volumes  is  to 
say  that  they  are  fit  to  be  placed  side  by  side  with  Lord  Morley's 
famous  work.  .  .  .  No  one  can  rise  from  their  perusal  without 
a  feeling  of  admiration  for  the  great  Christian  statesman  whose 
religious  life  they  so  vividly  portray.  .  .  .  We  are  given  intimate 
glimpses  into  a  noble  soul.  .  .  .  The  unreserve  and  the  uncon- 
straint  of  many  of  these  letters  is  remarkable.  .  .  .  Let  it  be 
said  at  once  that  Mr.  Lathbury  has  executed  his  task  with  great 
ability  and  unerring  judgment." — Daily   Chronicle. 


^^m.       taa     ^"^ 


/r\    /O     jTi 


UC.  BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 


C0227t3S05